HP Hewlett Packard Water Dispenser 132A User Manual

P r ogr a m m in g

Gu id e

HP 53131A/132A 225 MHz

Universal Counter

Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.

Programming Guide

This guide describes how to program the HP 53131A/132A 225 MHz Universal

Counter. The information in this guide applies to instruments having the number

prefix listed below, unless accompanied by a “Manual Updating Changes”

package indicating otherwise.

SERIAL NUMBER PREFIX: 3546 to 3622 (HP 53131A)

3546 to 3646 (HP 53132A)

HP 53131A/132A 225 MHz

Universal Counter

Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.

ã Copyright Hewlett-Packard

Certification

and Warranty

Safety Considerations

General

Safety Considerations

(contd)

Company 1996

Certification

This product and related

documentation must be

reviewed for familiarization

with this safety markings and

instructions before operation.

Reproduction, adaptation, or

translations without prior

written permission is

prohibited, except as allowed

under the copyright laws.

Hewlett-Packard Company

certifies that this product met

its published specification at

the time of shipment from the

factory. Hewlett-Packard

further certifies that its

calibration measurements are

traceable to the United States

National Institute of Standards

and Technology (formerly

National Bureau of

Indicates earth (ground)

terminal.

This product is a safety Class I

instrument (provided with a

protective earth terminal).

Printed: November 1996

Printed in USA

Before Applying Power

Standards), to the extent

allowed by the Institute's

calibration facility, and to the

calibration facilities of other

International Standards

Manual part number

53131-90044

Verify that the product is set to

match the available line

voltage and the correct fuse is

installed. Refer to instructions

in Chapter 1 of the Manual.

Indicated terminal is

connected to chassis when

such connection is not

apparent.

Organization members.

Safety Earth Ground

Warranty

An uninterruptible safety earth

ground must be provided from

the mains power source to the

product input wiring terminals

or supplied power cable.

This Hewlett-Packard

instrument product is

Indicates Alternating

current.

warranted against defects in

material and workmanship for

a period of three years from

date of shipment. During the

warranty period, Hewlett-

Packard Company will, at its

option, either repair or replace

products which prove to be

defective.

Warning Symbols That May

Be Used In This Book

Indicates Direct current.

WARNING

BODILY INJURY OR

DEATH MAY RESULT

FROM FAILURE TO

HEED A WARNING. DO

NOT PROCEED BEYOND

A WARNING SIGN UNTIL

THE INDICATED

Instruction manual symbol;

the product will be marked

with this symbol when it is

necessary for the user to refer

to the instruction manual.

For detailed warranty

information, see back matter.

CONDITIONS ARE FULLY

UNDERSTOOD AND MET.

Indicates hazardous voltages.

CAUTION

Damage to equipment, or

incorrect measurement data,

may result from failure to heed

a caution. Do not proceed

beyond a CAUTION sign until

the indicated conditions are

fully understood and met.

For additional safety and

acoustic noise information,

see back matter.

Hewlett-Packard Company

Santa Clara Division

5301 Stevens Creek Boulevard

Santa Clara, California 95052-8059

Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.

Contents

Before You Start ...

Introduction 1-2

Differences Between Prior and Current Revisions of the HP 53131A/132A

1-3

HP 53131A Containing Firmware Revisions (3317, 3335,

or 3402) 1-3

HP 53132A Time Interval Delay Arming 1-5

Getting Started 1-6

How to Use This Guide 1-6

New Users 1-6

What You Should Understand 1-6

Learning to Program the Counter 1-7

Experienced Programmers 1-7

Applications 1-8

Programming Guide Contents 1-9

Assumptions 1-9

Related Documentation

1-12

Programming Guide

Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.

Command Summary

A Quick Reference

Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.

Chapter 2 Command Summary

Introduction

This chapter is a quick reference that summarizes the Counter ’s programming

commands.

Chapter Summary

Front Panel to SCPI Command Maps¹

pg. 2-3

– Some SCPI Syntax Conventions

pg. 2-3

– Input Channels Conditioning Keys to SCPI

Command Map

pg. 2-4

pg. 2-6

– Instrument Control, Utility, Recall, and

Save & Print Keys to SCPI Command Map

– MEASURE Keys to SCPI Command Map

– Gate & ExtArm Key to SCPI Command Map

pg. 2-8

pg. 2-10

– Gate & ExtArm Key to SCPI Command Map

For HP 53131A (and HP 53132A With

S/N Prefix Below 3646) Time Interval

Arming Commands

pg. 2-13

pg. 2-16

– Gate & ExtArm Key to SCPI Command Map

For HP 53132A (With S/N Prefix 3646

and Above) Time Interval Arming Commands

pg. 2-14

pg. 2-18

– LIMITS and MATH Keys to SCPI Command

Map

– Calibration Menu to SCPI Command Map

HP 53131A/132A Command Summary ²

– SCPI Conformance Information

– IEEE 488.2 Common Commands

– HP 53131A/132A SCPI Subsystem Commands

*RST Response³

pg. 2-20

pg. 2-21

pg. 2-24

pg. 2-40

_______________________________

The section titled “Front Panel to SCPI Command Maps,” provides maps that show the front-panel keys

and their corresponding (or related) SCPI commands.

The section titled “HP 53131A/132A Command Summary,” lists the IEEE 488.2 Common and the SCPI

Subsystem commands in tables 2-1 and 2-2, respectively.

The section titled RST Response, lists the states of all of the commands that are affected by the RST

command in Table 2-3. This section also lists commands that are unaffected by RST in

Table 2-4.

2-2

Programming Guide

Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.

Chapter 2 Command Summary

Front Panel to SCPI Command Maps

Figures 2-1 through 2-6 provide maps that show the one-to-one relationship of the

front-panel keys and the SCPI commands. These maps should help with

identifying commands if you are already familiar with the front panel.

Some SCPI Syntax Conventions

[ ]

An element inside brackets is optional. Note, the brackets

are NOT part of the command and should NOT be sent to

the Counter.

1 | 2

Means use either 1 or 2.

Means enter a number.

<numeric_value>

SENSe

Means you MUST use either all the upper case letters or

the entire word. The lower case letters are optional. For

example, SENS and SENSE are both valid. However,

SEN is not valid. (Note SENSe is used here as an

example, but this convention is true for all SCPI

commands.)

When you see quotation marks in the command ’s parameter

NOTE

(shown in the “Parameter Form” column in Table 2-2), you must send the

quotation marks with the command. Refer to the section titled “Using HP BASIC”

in Chapter 3 (page 3-61) of this guide for details on how to use double quotes or

single quotes to enclose the string parameter of a command.

Programming Guide

2-3

Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.

Chapter 2 Command Summary

Front Panel to SCPI Command Maps

Input Channels Conditioning Keys to SCPI Command Map

_____________________________

*For TI 1 TO 2 (Time Interval measurements) only .

**Channel 3 is optional.

Figure 2-1. Input Channels Conditioning Keys to SCPI Command

Map (Part 1 of 2)

2-4

Programming Guide

Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.

Chapter 2 Command Summary

Front Panel to SCPI Command Maps

Input Channels Conditioning Keys to SCPI Command Map

(Cont.)

1 a. [:SENSe]:EVENt[1|2]:LEVel[:ABSolute]:AUTO ON|OFF

b . [:SENSe]:EVENt[1|2]:LEVel[:ABSolute] <numeric_value> [V]

b . [:SENSe]:EVENt[1|2]:LEVel:RELative <numeric_value> [PCT]

[:SENSe]:EVENt[1|2]:SLOPe POSitive | NEGative

d . [:SENSe]:EVENt[1|2]:HYSTeresis:RELative 100 *

d . [:SENSe]:EVENt[1|2]:HYSTeresis:RELative 50

d . [:SENSe]:EVENt[1|2]:HYSTeresis:RELative 0 **

e . [:SENSe]:EVENt2:FEED “[:]INPut[1]”

e . [:SENSe]:EVENt2:FEED “[:]INPut2”

2 :INPut[1|2]:IMPedance <nume ric_value> [OHM]

3 :INPut[1|2]:COUPling AC|DC

4 a . :INPut[1|2]:ATTenuation 1

a . :INPut[1|2]:ATTenuation 10

5 :INPut[1|2]:FILTer ON | OFF

6 :INPut3:COUPling?

:INPut3:IMPedance?

__________________________

*Note, in firmware revisions 3317, 3335 and 3402, use 0.

**_{Note, in firmware revisions 3317, 3335 and 3402, use 100.}

Figure 2-1. Input Channels Conditioning Keys to SCPI Command

Map (Part 2 of 2)

Programming Guide

2-5

Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.

Chapter 2 Command Summary

Front Panel to SCPI Command Maps

Instrument Control, Utility, Recall, and Save & Print Keys to

SCPI Command Map

Figure 2-2. Instrument Control, Utility, Recall, and Save & Print Keys

to SCPI Command Map (Part 1 of 2)

2-6

Programming Guide

Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.

Chapter 2 Command Summary

Front Panel to SCPI Command Maps

Instrument Control, Utility, Recall, and Save & Print Keys to

SCPI Command Map (Cont.)

1 a. *IDN?

b. No command

c . [:SENSe]:ROSCillator:SOURce INTernal

c . [:SENSe]:ROSCillator:SOURce EXTernal

c . [:SENSe]:ROSCillator:SOURce:AUTO ON

d. No command (see Calibration menu, Figure 2-6)

No command

g. *TST?

h. :SYSTem:COMMunicate:SERial:TRANsmit:BAUD <numeric_value>

:SYSTem:COMMunicate:SERial:TRANsmit:PARity[:TYPE]

EVEN | ODD | NONE

:SYSTem:COMMunicate:SERial:TRANsmit:PACE XON | NONE

k . :SYSTem:COMMunicate:SERial:CONTrol:DTR LIMit

k . :SYSTem:COMMunicate:SERial:CONTrol:DTR IBFull

k . :SYSTem:COMMunicate:SERial:CONTrol:DTR ON

l . :DISPlay[:WINDow]:TEXT:RADix DPOint

l . :DISPlay[:WINDow]:TEXT:RADix COMMa

2 *SAV <Nrf>

3 :INITiate:CONTinuous OFF (if running)

:ABORt (if single measurement in progress)

4 *RCL <Nrf>

5 :HCOPy:CONTinuous ON | OFF

6 :INITiate:CONTinuous ON (if in single)

:ABORt (if running)

7 :INITiate[:IMMediate]

Figure 2-2. Instrument Control, Utility, Recall, and Save & Print Keys

to SCPI Command Map (Part 2 of 2)

Programming Guide

2-7

Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.

Chapter 2 Command Summary

Front Panel to SCPI Command Maps

MEASURE Keys to SCPI Command Map

Figure 2-3. MEASURE Keys to SCPI Command Map (Part 1 of 2)

2-8

Programming Guide

Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.

Chapter 2 Command Summary

Front Panel to SCPI Command Maps

MEASURE Keys to SCPI Command Map (Cont.)

1 a. [:SENSe]:FUNCtion[:ON] “[:][XNONe:]FREQuency [1 | 2 | 3] ”

b. [:SENSe]:FUNCtion[:ON] “[:][XNONe:]FREQuency:RATio

[1,2 | 1,3 | 2,1 | 3,1]”

2 a. [:SENSe]:FUNCtion[:ON] “[:][XNONe:]TOTalize [1] ”

b. [:SENSe]:FUNCtion[:ON] “[:][XNONe:]PHASe [1,2] ”

[:SENSe]:FUNCtion[:ON] “[:][XNONe:]DCYCle [1] ”

d. [:SENSe]:FUNCtion[:ON] “[:][XNONe:]VOLTage:MINimum [1] ”

[:SENSe]:FUNCtion[:ON] “[:][XNONe:]VOLTage:MAXimum [1] ”

[:SENSe]:FUNCtion[:ON] “[:][XNONe:]VOLTage:MINimum 2 ”

[:SENSe]:FUNCtion[:ON] “[:][XNONe:]VOLTage:MAXimum 2 ”

3 a. [:SENSe]:FUNCtion[:ON] “[:][XNONe:]TINTerval [1,2] ”

b. [:SENSe]:FUNCtion[:ON] “[:][XNONe:]PERiod [1] ”

[:SENSe]:FUNCtion[:ON] “[:][XNONe:]RISE:TIME [1]”

d. [:SENSe]:FUNCtion[:ON] “[:][XNONe:]FALL:TIME [1] ”

[:SENSe]:FUNCtion[:ON] “[:][XNONe:]PWIDth [1]”

[:SENSe]:FUNCtion[:ON] “[:][XNONe:]NWIDth [1]”

Since the primary purpose of these front-panel keys is to change the function, the

corresponding [:SENSe]:FUNCtion[:ON] command is listed in the menu map

above. The front-panel keys, however, invoke couplings which affect other

settings, whereas the [:SENSe]:FUNCtion[:ON] command does not.

Figure 2-3. MEASURE Keys to SCPI Command Map (Part 2 of 2)

Programming Guide

2-9

Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.

Chapter 2 Command Summary

Front Panel to SCPI Command Maps

Gate & ExtArm Key to SCPI Command Map

Freq, Period,

Ratio

Phase

Totalize

Rise Time, Fall

Time,+/-Width,

Dutycycle

Time

Interval

(HP 53131A/132A) (HP 53131A/132A) (HP 53131A/132A) (HP 53131A/132A)

(HP 53131A and

HP 53132As with S/N

prefix below 3646 )

See page 2-14 for

HP 53132A (with S/N

prefix 3646 and

above).

Auto Arming:

a. GATE: AUTO

a. ARM: AUTO

a. GATE: AUTO

a. ARM: AUTO

a. ARM:

AUTO

b . DELAY: NONE

b . DELAY: TIME

c. TIME:

<time>

Digits Arming:

b. GATE:DIGITS

c. DIGITS: <digits>

_______________

Time Arming:

d. GATE:TIME

b. GATE:TIME

_______________

__________________

________________

e. TIME:

<time>

c. TIME:

<time>

External Arming:

f. GATE: EXTERNL

b. ARM:

c. SLOPE: POS

EXTERNL

d. GATE:

EXTERNL

e. START:POS

NEG

b. ARM:

c. SLOPE: POS

EXTERNL

d. ARM:

e. SLOPE: POS

EXTERNL

g. START:POS

NEG

h . STOP: AUTO

f . DELAY: NONE

f . STOP: TIME

h . STOP: NEG

f . DELAY: TIME

f . STOP: NEG

POS

g. TIME:

<time>

POS

h . STOP: TIME

g. TIME: <time>

I. TIME: <time>

Figure 2-4. Gate & ExtArm Key to SCPI Command Map (Part 1 of 6)

2-10

Programming Guide

Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.

Chapter 2 Command Summary

Front Panel to SCPI Command Maps

Gate & ExtArm Key to SCPI Command Map (Cont.)

Freq, Period, Ratio

Auto Arming:

[:SENSe]:FREQuency:ARM[:STARt]:SOURce IMMediate

[:SENSe]:FREQuency:ARM:STOP:SOURce IMMediate

Digits Arming:

b. [:SENSe]:FREQuency:ARM[:STARt]:SOURce IMMediate

[:SENSe]:FREQuency:ARM:STOP:SOURce DIGits

[:SENSe]:FREQuency:ARM:STOP:DIGits <numeric_value>

Time Arming:

d. [:SENSe]:FREQuency:ARM[:STARt]:SOURce IMMediate

[:SENSe]:FREQuency:ARM:STOP:SOURce TIMer

[:SENSe]:FREQuency:ARM:STOP:TIMer <numeric_value>

External Arming:

[:SENSe]:FREQuency:ARM[:STARt]:SOURce EXTernal

g. [:SENSe]:FREQuency:ARM[:STARt]:SLOPe POSitive | NEGative

h . [:SENSe]:FREQuency:ARM:STOP:SOURce IMMediate

h . [:SENSe]:FREQuency:ARM:STOP:SOURce EXTernal

[:SENSe]:FREQuency:ARM:STOP:SLOPe POSitive | NEGative

h . [:SENSe]:FREQuency:ARM:STOP:SOURce TIMer

[:SENSe]:FREQuency:ARM:STOP:TIMer <numeric_value> [S]

Phase

Auto Arming:

[:SENSe]:PHASe:ARM[:STARt]:SOURce IMMediate

External Arming:

b. [:SENSe]:PHASe:ARM[:STARt]:SOURce EXTernal

[:SENSe]:PHASe:ARM[:STARt]:SLOPe POSitive | NEGative

Figure 2-4. Gate & ExtArm Key to SCPI Command Map (Part 2 of 6)

Programming Guide

2-11

Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.

Chapter 2 Command Summary

Front Panel to SCPI Command Maps

Gate & ExtArm Key to SCPI Command Map (Cont.)

Totalize

Auto Arming:

[:SENSe]:TOTalize:ARM[:STARt]:SOURce IMMediate

[:SENSe]:TOTalize:ARM:STOP:SOURce IMMediate

Time Arming:

b . [:SENSe]:TOTalize:ARM[:STARt]:SOURce IMMediate

b . [:SENSe]:TOTalize:ARM:STOP:SOURce TIMer

[:SENSe]:TOTalize:ARM:STOP:TIMer <numeric_value> [S]

External Arming:

d. [:SENSe]:TOTalize:ARM[:STARt]:SOURce EXTernal

[:SENSe]:TOTalize:ARM[:STARt]:SLOPe POSitive | NEGative

f . [:SENSe]:TOTalize:ARM:STOP:SOURce TIMer

f . [:SENSe]:TOTalize:ARM:STOP:SOURce EXTernal

[:SENSe]:TOTalize:ARM:STOP:SLOPe POSitive | NEGative

g. [:SENSe]:TOTalize:ARM:STOP:TIMer <numeric_valu e> [S]

Rise Time, Fall Time, +/- Pulse Width, Dutycycle

Auto Arming:

a. [:SENSe]:TINTerval:ARM[:STARt]:SOURce IMMediate

External Arming:

b. [:SENSe]:TINTerval:ARM[:STARt]:SOURce EXTernal

[:SENSe]:TINTerval:ARM[:STARt]:SLOPe POSitive | NEGative

Figure 2-4. Gate & ExtArm Key to SCPI Command Map (Part 3 of 6)

2-12

Programming Guide

Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.

Chapter 2 Command Summary

Front Panel to SCPI Command Maps

Gate & ExtArm Key to SCPI Command Map — For HP 53131A

(and HP 53132A With S/N Prefix Below 3646)

Time Interval (HP 53131A and HP 53132A With S/N Prefix Below 3646)

Auto Arming:

[:SENSe]:TINTerval:ARM[:STARt]:SOURce IMMediate

b . [:SENSe]:TINTerval:ARM:STOP:SOURce IMMediate

b . [:SENSe]:TINTerval:ARM:STOP:SOURce TIMer

[:SENSe]:TINTerval:ARM:STOP:TIMer <numeric_value> [S]

External Arming:

d. [:SENSe]:TINTerval:ARM[:STARt]:SOURce EXTernal

[:SENSe]:TINTerval:ARM[:START]:SLOPe POSitive | NEGative

f . [:SENSe]:TINTerval:ARM:STOP:SOURce IMMediate

f . [:SENSe]:TINTerval:ARM:STOP:SOURce TIMer

g. [:SENSe]:TINTerval:ARM:STOP:TIMer <numeric_value> [S]

Figure 2-4. Gate & ExtArm Key to SCPI Command Map (Part 4 of 6)

Programming Guide

2-13

Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.

Chapter 2 Command Summary

Front Panel to SCPI Command Maps

Gate & ExtArm Key to SCPI Command Map (Cont.)— For

HP 53132A (With S/N Prefix 3646 and Above)

Time Interval (HP 53132A With S/N Prefix

3646 and Above )

Auto Arming:

a. TSTART: AUTO

b . DELAYT: NONE

b . DELAYT: TIME

b . DELAYT: EVENT

c. TT:

d. ET:

<time>

External Arming:

e. TSTART: EXT

f. TSLOPE: POS

NEG

g . TDELAY: NONE

g . TDELAY: TIME

TDELAY: EVENT

h. TT:

i. TE:

<time>

j . STOPT:

AUTO

EXT

j . STOPT:

k. SLOPET: POS

NEG

m . DELAYT: NONE

m . DELAYT: TIME

m . DELAYT: EVENT

n. TT:

o. ET:

<time>

Figure 2-4. Gate & ExtArm Key to SCPI Command Map (Part 5 of 6)

2-14

Programming Guide

Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.

Chapter 2 Command Summary

Front Panel to SCPI Command Maps

Gate & ExtArm Key to SCPI Command Map (Cont.) — For

HP 53132A (With S/N Prefix 3646 and Above)

Time Interval (HP 53131A and HP 53132A With S/N Prefix Below 3646)

Auto Arming:

a. [:SENSe]:TINTerval:ARM:ESTART:LAYer2:SOURce IMMediate

[:SENSe]:TINTerval:ARM:ESTOP:LAYer2:SOURce IMMediate

b . [:SENSe]:TINTerval:ARM:ESTOP[:LAYer[1]]:SOURce IMMediate

b . [:SENSe]:TINTerval:ARM:ESTOP[:LAYer[1]]:SOURce TIMer

b . [:SENSe]:TINTerval:ARM:ESTOP[:LAYer[1]]:SOURce INTernal2

c. [:SENSe]:TINTerval:ARM:ESTOP[:LAYer[1]]:TIMer <numeric_value> [S]

d. [:SENSe]:TINTerval:ARM:ESTOP[:LAYer[1]]:ECOunt <numeric_value>

External Arming:

e. [:SENSe]:TINTerval:ARM:ESTART:LAYer2:SOURce EXTernal

f. [:SENSe]:TINTerval:ARM:ESTART:LAYer2:SLOPe POSitive | NEGative

g . [:SENSe]:TINTerval:ARM:ESTART[:LAYer[1]]:SOURce IMMediate

g . [:SENSe]:TINTerval:ARM:ESTART[:LAYer[1]]:SOURce TIMer

g . [:SENSe]:TINTerval:ARM:ESTART[:LAYer[1]]:SOURce INTernal1

h. [:SENSe]:TINTerval:ARM:ESTART[:LAYer[1]]:TIMer <numeric_value>

[S]

i. [:SENSe]:TINTerval:ARM:ESTART[:LAYer[1]]: ECOunt

<numeric_value>

j . [:SENSe]:TINTerval:ARM:EST OP:LAYer2:SOURce IMMediate

j . [:SENSe]:TINTerval:ARM:EST OP:LAYer2:SOURce EXTernal

k. [:SENSe]:TINTerval:ARM:EST OP:LAYer2:SLOPe POSitive I NEGative

m . [:SENSe]:TINTerval:ARM:ESTOP[:LAYer[1]]:SOURce IMMediate

m . [:SENSe]:TINTerval:ARM:ESTOP[:LAYer[1]]:SOURce TIMer

m . [:SENSe]:TINTerval:ARM:ESTOP[:LAYer[1]]:SOURce INTernal2

n. [:SENSe]:TINTerval:ARM:ESTOP[:LAYer[1]]:TIMer <numeric_value>

[S]

o. [:SENSe]:TINTerval:ARM:ESTOP[:LAYer[1]]:ECOunt <numeric_value>

Figure 2-4. Gate & ExtArm Key to SCPI Command Map (Part 6 of 6)

Programming Guide

2-15

Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.

Chapter 2 Command Summary

Front Panel to SCPI Command Maps

LIMITS and MATH Keys to SCPI Command Map

Figure 2-5. LIMITS and MATH Keys to SCPI Command Map

(Part 1 of 2)

2-16

Programming Guide

Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.

Chapter 2 Command Summary

Front Panel to SCPI Command Maps

LIMITS and MATH Keys to SCPI Command Map (Cont.)

1 a. :CALCulate2:LIMit:UPPer[:DATA] <numeric_value> [HZ | S | DEG]

b. :CALCulate2:LIMit:LOWer[:DATA] <numeric_value> [HZ | S | DEG]

2 a. :CALCulate2:LIMit:STATe OFF | ON

b . :INITiate:AUTO OFF

b . :INITiate:AUTO ON

:CALCulate2:LIMit:DISPlay GRAPh | NUMBer

3 a. :DISPlay[:WINDow]:TEXT:FEED “CALC3” *

:CALCulate3:AVERage:TYPE MAXimum | MINimum |

SDEViation | MEAN *

:DISPlay[:WINDow]:TEXT:FEED “CALC2” *

b. :CALCulate3:AVERage:COUNt <numeric_value>

:CALCulate3:AVERage[:STATe] OFF | ON

d . :CALCulate3:LFILter:STATe OFF

d . :CALCulate3:LFILter:STATe ON

e . :TRIGger:COUNt:AUTO OFF

e . :TRIGger:COUNt:AUTO ON

4 a. :TRACe[:DATA] SCALE,

b. :TRACe[:DATA] OFFSET,

<numeric_value>

<numeric_value> [HZ | S | DEG]

:CALCulate:MATH:STATe OFF | ON

*Use CALC3:AVER:TYPE and :DISP[:WIND]:TEXT:FEED “CALC3” to specify

SHOW: STD DEV, MEAN, MAX, or MIN. Use DISP[:WIND]:TEXT:FEED “CALC2” to

specify SHOW: MEAS.

Figure 2-5. LIMITS and MATH Keys to SCPI Command Map

(Part 2 of 2)

Programming Guide

2-17

Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.

Chapter 2 Command Summary

Front Panel to SCPI Command Maps

Calibration Menu to SCPI Command Map

Figure 2-6. Calibration Menu to SCPI Command Map (Part 1 of 2)

2-18

Programming Guide

Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.

Chapter 2 Command Summary

Front Panel to SCPI Command Maps

Calibration Menu to SCPI Command Map (Cont.)

1 a. :CALibration:SECurity:STATe?

b. :DIAGnostic:CALibration:INPut1:OFFSet:AUTO ONCE

:DIAGnostic:CALibration:INPut2:OFFSet:AUTO ONCE

:DIAGnostic:CALibration:INPut1:GAIN:AUTO ONCE

:DIAGnostic:CALibration:INPut2:GAIN:AUTO ONCE

:DIAGnostic:CALibration:TINTerval:QUICk

:DIAGnostic:CALibration:TINTerval:FINE[1 | 2 | 3 | 4]

:DIAGnostic:CALibration:ROSCillator:AUTO ONCE

c . :CALibration:SECurity:CODE <new_code>

:CALibration:SECurity:STATe ON, <present_code>

c . :CALibration:SECurity:STATe OFF, <present_code>

d. :CALibration:COUNt?

No command

The Calibration Menu is accessed by holding the Scale & Offset key and cycling

POWER key.

Figure 2-6. Calibration Menu to SCPI Command Map (Part 2 of 2)

Programming Guide

2-19

Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.

Chapter 2 Command Summary

HP 53131A/132A Command Summary

This section summarizes both the IEEE 488.2 Common and

HP 53131A/132A Standard Commands for Programmable Instruments (SCPI)

commands in tabular format. IEEE 488.2 Common commands are listed first,

followed by SCPI commands.

SCPI Conformance Information

The SCPI commands used in the HP 53131A/132A are in conformance with the

SCPI Standard Version 1992.0. The SCPI command set consists of the following:

Common commands as defined in IEEE 488.2-1987—listed and summarized

in Table 2-1.

SCPI Subsystem commands as confirmed (and listed) in the SCPI Standard—

the commands defined in Table 2-2 as “Std.”

SCPI Subsystem commands designed for the instrument in conformance with

SCPI standards but not yet listed in the SCPI Standard—the commands

defined in Table 2-2 as “New.”

Details of all HP 53131A/132A commands can be found in Chapter 4, “Command

Reference” of this programming guide.

Information on the SCPI commands format, syntax, parameter, and response types

is provided in Chapter 3, “Programming Your Universal Counter for Remote

Operation,” of this programming guide.

2-20

Programming Guide

Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.

Chapter 2 Command Summary

Front Panel to SCPI Command Maps

IEEE 488.2 Common Commands

The Common Commands are general purpose commands that are common to all

instruments (as defined in IEEE 488.2). Common Commands are easy to

recognize because they all begin with an “*” (for example, *RST, *IDN?, *OPC ).

These commands are generally not related to measurement configuration. They are

used for functions like resetting the instrument, identification, or synchronization.

Table 2-1 lists the Common Commands in alphabetical order by mnemonic, name

and function. More information concerning the operation of IEEE 488.2 status

reporting commands and structure can be found in the “Status Reporting” section

of Chapter 3. Standard explanations of the IEEE 488.2 Common commands can

be found in the ANSI/IEEE Std. 488.2-1987, IEEE Standard Codes, Formats,

Protocols, and Common Commandsdocument.

Programming Guide

2-21

Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.

Chapter 2 Command Summary

HP 53131A/132A Command Summary

Table 2-1. IEEE 488.2 Common Commands

Mnemonic

Command Name

Function

*CAL?

Calibration

Causes the Counter to perform an internal interpolator self-

calibration and returns a response that indicates whether or

not the instrument completed the self-calibration without

error.

*CLS

Clear Status

Clears Status data structures (Event Registers and Error

Queue).

*DDT <arbitrary block>

Define Device Trigger Command

Define Macro Command

Defines either INIT, FETC?, READ?, or nothing to be

executed when the Counter receives a GET or *TRG

command.

*DMC <string>,

Assigns a sequence of zero or more commands/queries to a

macro label.

No query form.

*EMC <NRf>

Enable Macro Command

Enables and disables expansion of macros.

Non-zero value enables; zero value disables.

*EMC?

Enable Macro Query

Queries whether macros are enabled.

*ESE <NRf>

*ESE?

Standard Event Status Enable

Sets the Standard Event Status Enable Register.

Queries the Standard Event Status Enable Register.

Queries the Standard Event Status Register.

Standard Event Status Enable

Query

*ESR?

Event Status Register Query

Get Macro Contents Query

*GMC? <string>

Queries the current definition of a currently defined macro

label.

*IDN?

*LMC?

*OPC

Identification Query

Learn Macro Query

Operation Complete

Queries the Counter identification.

Queries the currently defined macro labels.

Causes Counter to set the operation complete bit in the

Standard Event Status Register when all pending

operations (see Note) are finished.

*OPC?

Operation Complete Query

Places an ASCII “1” in the Output Queue when all

pending operations (see Note) are completed.

Note: Pending operations include measurements in progress.

2-22

Programming Guide

Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.

Chapter 2 Command Summary

Front Panel to SCPI Command Maps

Table 2-1. IEEE 488.2 Common Commands (Continued)

Mnemonic

Command Name

Function

*OPT?

Option Identification Query

Identifies the options installed in the Counter.

*PMC

Purge Macro Command

Recall

Deletes all macros previously defined using the

*DMC command.

*RCL <NRf>

Restores the state of the Counter from a copy stored

in local non-volatile memory (0 through 20 are valid

memory registers).

*RST

Reset

Save

Resets the Counter to a known state.

*SAV <NRf>

Stores the current state of the Counter in local non-

volatile memory (1 through 20 are valid memory

registers).

*SRE <NRf>

*SRE?

Service Request Enable

Service Request Enable Query

Status Byte Query

Set the Service Request Enable register.

Queries the Service Request Enable register.

*STB?

Queries the Status Byte and Master Summary Status

bit.

*TRG

Trigger

This trigger command is the device-specific analog

of the IEEE 488.1 defined GET.

It initiates measurement, unless *DDT was used to

redefine device trigger.

*TST?

*WAI

Self-Test Query

Executes an internal self-test and reports the results.

Makes Counter wait until all pending operations (see

Note) are completed before executing commands

following *WAI command.

Wait-to-Continue

Note: Pending operations include measurements in progress.

Programming Guide

2-23

Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.

Chapter 2 Command Summary

HP 53131A/132A Command Summary

HP 53131A/132A SCPI Subsystem Commands

SCPI Subsystem commands include all measurement functions and some general

purpose functions. SCPI Subsystem Commands use a hierarchy relationship

between keywords that is indicated by a “:” (colon). For example, in the

SYST:ERR? query, the “:” between SYST and ERR? indicates ERR? is

subordinate to SYST.

Table 2-2 lists the SCPI Subsystem Commands in alphabetical order by the

command keyword. The table shows the Subsystem commands hierarchical

relationship, related parameters (if any), and any associated information and

comments.

Not all commands have a query form. Unless a command is specified as “No

Query” or “Query Only” in the “Comments” column of Table 2-2, it has both

a command and a query form. Any command in the table that is shown with a

“?” at the end,

is a “Query Only” command.

Std/New Column

The Std/New column in Table 2-2 gives the status of the command with respect to

the SCPI standard. The “Std” commands operate as defined in the SCPI standard

and as defined in this guide.

The category of “New” consists of commands that could be:

SCPI approved but are not yet in the SCPI manual

HP approved and submitted for SCPI approval.

Not approved at all.

The “New” commands operate as defined in this guide.

Parameter Form Column

Refer to the section titled “Parameter Types” on page 3-11 in Chapter 3,

“Programming Your Universal Counter for Remote Operation,” for descriptions of

the different parameter types (such as <Boolean>, <NRf>, <arbitrary block>,

etc.).

2-24

Programming Guide

Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.

Chapter 2 Command Summary

Front Panel to SCPI Command Maps

Table 2-2. HP 53131A/132A SCPI Command Summary

Keyword/Syntax

Parameter Form

Std/

New

Comments

Std

Event; no query. Aborts measurement in progress.

:ABORt

Subsystem. Performs post-acquisition math processing

(scale and offset) and data transfer on the data

acquired by a SENSe function.

:CALCulate[1]

Std

Query only. Returns scaled/offset measurement result.

Sets the data flow to be fed into the CALCulate block.

Event or query; causes the Counter to recalculate

existing data without re-acquiring.

Enables/disables automatic post-processing.

Subtree.

:DATA?

:FEED

:IMMediate

“[:]SENSe[1]”

Std

New

:AUTO

:MATH

[:EXPRession]

:CATalog?

Subtree.

Returns the name of the defined equation,

SCALE_OFFSET.

New

Returns the expression (equation) used for

math (scale/offset) processing.

[:DEFine]?

SCALE_OFFSET

New

Std

Sets the name of selected math expression (equation).

Enables/disables math (scale/offset) processing.

Note that this setting must be enabled for any of the

other :CALC[1] settings to be used.

:NAME | :SELect

:STATe

Std

Subsystem. Performs post-acquisition LIMit testing and

data transfer.

:CALCulate2

“[:]CALCulate[1]”

Std

Sets the data flow to be fed into the CALCulate2 block.

Event; no query. Causes the Counter to recalculate

existing data without re-acquiring.

Enables/disables automatic post-processing.

Subtree. Collects together the commands associated

with controlling and getting reports from a single LIMit

test.

:FEED

:IMMediate

:AUTO

:LIMit

Std

New

Subtree.

:CLEar

:AUTO

[:IMMediate]

Enables the automatic clearing of limit test results.

Event; no query. Clears the limit test results.

Sets whether the measurement display is numeric or

symbolic (on a graph).

GRAPh | NUMBer

:DISPlay

Std

Query only. Returns a 0 or 1 to indicate if the last

tested measurement passed or failed the limit test.

0 = pass; 1 = fail.

:FAIL?

Programming Guide

2-25

Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.

Chapter 2 Command Summary

HP 53131A/132A Command Summary

Table 2-2. HP 53131A/132A SCPI Command Summary (Continued)

Keyword/Syntax

Parameter Form

Std/

New

Comments

:CALCulate2 (Cont.)

:LIMit (Cont.)

:FCOunt

Std

New

Subtree. An abbreviation for Fail COunt.

Query only. Returns the number of limit test

failures at the lower limit.

:LOWer?

New

Query only. Returns the number of limit test

failures at the upper limit.

Query only. Returns the total number of

measurements that failed the limit test.

Subtree.

:UPPer?

[:TOTal]?

Std

:LOWer

[:DATA]

<numeric_value> [HZ | S

| DEG]

Sets lower limit used in limit testing.

Std

Sets the limit test enable. Note that this setting

must be enabled for any of the other :CALC2

settings can be used.

:STATe

Std

Subtree.

:UPPer

[:DATA]

<numeric_value> [HZ | S

| DEG]

Sets upper limit used in limit testing.

New

Subtree. An abbreviation for Pass COunt.

Query only. Returns the total number of

measurements that passed the limit test.

:PCOunt

[:TOTal]?

Std

New

Std

New

Std

Subsystem. Performs post-acquisition statistics

computation and data transfer.

:CALCulate3

:AVERage

:ALL?

Subtree. Collects together the commands

associated with the Statistics capabilities.

Returns all four Statistics results (i.e., mean,

standard deviation, maximum, and minimum).

Event; no query. Clears the statistics results

and statistics count.

Selects number of measurements to combine

for statistics.

Query only. Returns the current number of data

values collected, thus far.

:CLEar

<numeric_value>

:COUNt

:CURRent?

[:STATe]

Enables/disables statistics post-processing.

Note that this setting must be enabled for any

of the other :CALC3 settings to be used.

Selects which statistic will be in

MAXimum | MINimum |

SDEViation | SCALar or

MEAN

Std

:TYPE

:CALC3:DATA?,and on the front-panel display.

Std

Query only. Returns statistic result specified by

:CALC3:AVER:TYPE.

Sets the data flow to be fed into the

CALCulate3 block.

:DATA?

:FEED

“[:]CALCulate[1]”

2-26

Programming Guide

Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.

Chapter 2 Command Summary

Front Panel to SCPI Command Maps

Table 2-2. HP 53131A/132A SCPI Command Summary (Continued)

Keyword/Syntax

Parameter Form

Std/

New

Comments

:CALCulate3 (Cont.)

:LFILter

New

Subtree. Limit FILter for statistics.

Subtree.

Sets the statistics filter lower limit.

:LOWer

[:DATA]

<numeric_value> [HZ | S |

DEG]

New

Sets the statistics filter enable.

Subtree.

Sets the statistics filter upper limit.

:STATe

:UPPer

[:DATA]

<numeric_value> [HZ | S | New

DEG]

Std

Query only. Returns LFIL, AVER.

:PATH?

Std

Subsystem.

Query only. Causes an internal interpolator

self-calibration.

:CALibration

[:ALL]?

New

Query only. Returns value indicating number

of times the Counter has been calibrated.

Transfers the calibration data (input gain,

input offset, reference oscillator, and time

interval).

No query. Sets the calibration security code.

Enables or prevents calibration of the

Counter. Query returns security status. 0 =

unsecure; calibration allowed. 1 = secure;

calibration disallowed.

:COUNt?

:DATA

Std

New

:SECurity

:CODE

:STATe

<NRf>

Std

See Measurement Instructions in this table.

:CONFigure

Std

Subsystem.

Subtree.

Subtree. 1 | 2 specifies channel.

Subtree.

ONCE calibrates input gain.

Subtree.

ONCE calibrates input offset.

Subtree.

ONCE calibrates the interpolators.

:DIAGnostic

:CALibration

:INPut[1|2]

:GAIN

New

ONCE | OFF

:AUTO

:OFFSet

:AUTO

:INTerpolator

:AUTO

ONCE | OFF

ONCE | OFF | ON

Programming Guide

2-27

Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.

Chapter 2 Command Summary

HP 53131A/132A Command Summary

Table 2-2. HP 53131A/132A SCPI Command Summary (Continued)

Keyword/Syntax

Parameter Form

Std/

New

Comments

:DIAGnostic (Cont.)

:CALibration (Cont.)

New

Subtree. ROSCillator is an abbreviation for

Reference OSCillator.

ONCE calibrates the timebase. This command is

usable only if the instrument contains the medium or

high stability oscillator option.

Query only. Returns status of last calibration.

0 = pass; 1 = fail.

Subtree.

Event; no query. Four steps which calibrate out

Ch1, 2 electrical path length differences.

Event; no query. Calibrates out Ch1, 2 electrical path

length differences.

:ROSCillator

:AUTO

ONCE | OFF

[1 | 2 | 3 | 4]

New

:STATus?

New

:TINTerval

:FINE

New

Std

:QUICk

Subsystem. Controls the selection and presentation

of textual information on the display.

Controls whether the whole display is visible.

Subtree.

Sets the Counter to switch from the menu display to

the result display.

:DISPlay

OFF

Std

:ENABle

:MENU

[:STATe]

Std

Subtree.

[:WINDow]

:TEXT

Subtree. Allows for the display of textual information.

Sets which data flow is fed into the display. “CALC2”

specifies the raw measurement, scaled/offset

measurement, or Limit Graph display. “CALC3”

specifies the statistics result display.

Sets the character used to separate integral and

fractional portions of a number. (USA numerical

convention is Decimal POint.)

“[:]CALCulate2” |

“[:]CALCulate3”

:FEED

COMMa | DPOint

New

:RADix

Std

See Measurement Instructions in this table.

:FETCh

Subsystem. Sets a data format for transferring

numeric information.

:FORMat

ASCii | REAL

Std

Sets the data format.

[:DATA]

New

:HCOPy

:CONTinuous

Enables or disables printing results.

2-28

Programming Guide

Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.

Chapter 2 Command Summary

Front Panel to SCPI Command Maps

Table 2-2. HP 53131A/132A SCPI Command Summary (Continued)

Keyword/Syntax

Parameter Form

Std/

New

Comments

Std

New

Subsystem. Controls the initiation of measurements.

AUTO ON enables the Counter to automatically stop

measuring on a limit test failure. AUTO OFF

disables the automatic stop.

Sets the enable for continuously initiated

measurements.

Event; no query. Causes the instrument to initiate

the number of measurements specified by

:TRIGger:COUNt:AUTO.

:INITiate

:AUTO

Std

:CONTinuous

[:IMMediate]

Std

Subsystem. Controls the characteristics

of the instrument ’s input ports. :INPut1= channel 1

and :INPut2= channel 2

:INPut[1|2]

1 | 10

AC | DC

Std

Sets input attenuation.

Sets input coupling.

Subtree. Allows a low pass filter to be inserted in the

path of the measurement signal.

:ATTenuation

:COUPling

:FILTer

Std

Subtree. Controls the Low PASs filter.

Sets the Low PASs filter enable.

Query only. Returns the cutoff frequency of the low

pass filter. Units are Hertz.

[:LPASs]

[:STATe]

:FREQuency?

<numeric_value>

[OHM]

Std

Sets input impedance (50 W or 1 MW).

:IMPedance

Subsystem. Queries the characteristics of the

Counter’s input channel 3.

:INPut3

Std

Query only. Returns channel 3 input coupling.

Query only. Returns channel 3 input impedance.

:COUPling?

:IMPedance?

Std

See Measurement Instructions in this table.

:MEASure

Programming Guide

2-29

Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.

Chapter 2 Command Summary

HP 53131A/132A Command Summary

Table 2-2. HP 53131A/132A SCPI Command Summary (Continued)

Keyword/Syntax

Parameter Form

Std/

New

Comments

Measurement Instructions*

See <parameters> and Std

<source_list> in table

on the next page.

Std

Configures instrument to perform

specified measurement.

:CONFigure[:SCALar]:<function>

Returns function configured by the last

:CONF or :MEAS command.

:CONFigure?

See <parameters> and Std

<source_list> in table

on the next page.

Configures instrument, initiates

measurement, and queries for the result

(i.e., provides complete measurement

sequence).

:MEASure[:SCALar]:<function>?

Std

:READ[[:SCALar]:<function>]?

:FETCh[[:SCALar]:<function>]?

Initiates measurement, and queries for the

result. (Performs a :FETCh? on “fresh”

data.)

Queries the result.

*The <function> and corresponding <parameters> and <source list> are defined by the following listing in this table

(see next page).

2-30

Programming Guide

Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.

Chapter 2 Command Summary

Front Panel to SCPI Command Maps

Table 2-2. HP 53131A/132A SCPI Command Summary (Continued)

Std/

New

<function> *

[,<source_list>] **

[:VOLTage]:DCYCle

[:VOLTage]:PDUTycycle

[<reference>]

[ (@1) ]

Std

[:VOLTage]:FALL:TIME

[:VOLTage]:FTIMe

[<lower_reference>[,upper_reference>]

]

[<lower_reference>[,upper_reference>]

]

[:VOLTage]:FREQuency

[ (@1) | (@2) | (@3)

]

Std

[:VOLTage]:FREQuency:RATio ***

New

[<expected_value>[,<resolution>]]

[ (@1), (@2 | @3) |

(@2 | @3), (@1) ]

[:VOLTage]:MAXimum

[:VOLTage]:MINimum

[:VOLTage]:NWIDth

[ (@1) | (@2) ]

[ (@1) ]

Std

[<reference>]

[:VOLTage]:PERiod

[<expected_value>[,<resolution>]]

[ (@1) | (@2) | (@3)

]

Std

[:VOLTage]:PHASe

[:VOLTage]:PTPeak

[:VOLTage]:PWIDth

[ (@1), (@2) ]

[ (@1) | (@2) ]

[ (@1) ]

Std

[<reference>]

[:VOLTage]:RISE:TIME

[<lower_reference>[,upper_reference>]

]

[ (@1) ]

Std

[:VOLTage]:RTIMe

[<lower_reference>[,upper_reference>]

]

[:VOLTage]:TINTerval

[ (@1), (@2) ]

[ (@1) ]

New

[:VOLTage]:TOTalize:CONTinuous ****

[:VOLTage]:TOTalize:TIMed

[<gate_time>]

[ (@1) ]

______________________________

* The only functions which can be derived (using FETC? or READ?) from the stored data are period

to/from frequency, maximum to/from minimum, maximum to/from peak-to-peak, and minimum

to/from peak-to-peak. All other functions require an acquisition of a new type.

** <source_list> has the same syntax as SCPI <channel _list> syntax. For example, a

single-channel function (e.g., frequency, period, etc.) would use (@1) to specify channel 1,

whereas a two-channel function (e.g., time interval, phase, and frequency ratio) would use (@1),

(@2) to specify a measurement between channel 1 and channel 2.

***For HP 53131A firmware revision s below 3335, only Ratio 1 to 2 and Ratio 1 to 3 were offered .

**** This <function> is only allowed with :CONFigure.

Programming Guide

2-31

Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.

Chapter 2 Command Summary

HP 53131A/132A Command Summary

Table 2-2. HP 53131A/132A SCPI Command Summary (Continued)

Keyword/Syntax

:MEMory

Parameter Form

Std/

New

Comments

Std

Subsystem. Manages instrument

memory.

Std

New

Subtree.

:DELete

:MACRo

Event; no query. Deletes the macro with

the name specified by the string

parameter.

Std

Subtree.

:FREE

:MACRo?

Query only. Returns memory usage and

availability corresponding to macro data.

Query only. Returns the number of

available *SAV/*RCL states in the

instrument.

Std

:NSTates?

Std

See Measurement Instructions in this

table.

:READ

[:SENSe]

:DATA?

Std

Subsystem setup commands.

Query only. Returns the current

measurement result data of the SENSe

subsystem (no scale or offset applied).

Subtree. Defines the “trigger event.”

Subtree.

[“[:]SENSe[1]”]

:EVENt[1|2]

:HYSTeresis

:RELative

New

<numeric_value> [PCT]

Sets the size of the hysteresis window

as a percentage of allowable hysteresis.

Sets the sensitivity of the input channel

as a percentage of allowable sensitivity.

Subtree.

Sets the level at the center of the

hysteresis window.

:LEVel

[:ABSolute]

New

<numeric_value> [V]

:AUTO

:RELative

<numeric_value> [PCT]

New

Sets the “auto-trigger” enable.

Sets the percentage of the peak-to-peak

range of the signal at which the

instrument will auto trigger. 0-100%.

Sets which edge of the input signal will

be considered an event.

:SLOPe

POSitive | NEGative

New

:EVENt2

:FEED

New

Subtree.

“[:]INPut[1] | [:]INPut2 ”

Sets the common/separate enable.

INPut2 is separate; INPut1 is common.

(Only applies for Time Interval function.)

______________________________

1_{Current firmware revision .}

2_{Prior firmware revisions 3317, 3335, and 3402.}

2-32

Programming Guide

Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.

Chapter 2 Command Summary

Front Panel to SCPI Command Maps

Table 2-2. HP 53131A/132A SCPI Command Summary (Continued)

Keyword/Syntax

Parameter Form

Std/

New

Comments

[:SENSe] (Cont.)

New

Subtree. Queries the characteristics of the “trigger

event” for channel 3 input.

:EVENt3

New

Subtree.

:LEVel

[:ABSolute]?

:SLOPe?

Query only. Returns the channel 3 input trigger level.

Query only. Returns the edge of the channel 3 input

that will be considered an event.

Std

Subtree. Controls the frequency, frequency ratio, and

period measuring capabilities of the instrument.

Subtree. Synchronizes the frequency start and stop

arm with events.

:FREQuency

:ARM

New

Subtree.

[:STARt]

:SLOPe

POSitive | NEGative

Sets the slope of the external start arm signal used in

external arming frequency, frequency ratio, and

period measurements. Only applies when

[:SENS]:FREQ:ARM[:STAR]:SOUR EXT is selected.

Sets the start arm for frequency, frequency ratio, and

period measurements.

IMMediate | EXTernal

<numeric_value>

New

:SOURce

New

Subtree.

:STOP

:DIGits

Sets the resolution in terms of digits used in arming

frequency, frequency ratio, and period

measurements. Only applies when

[:SENS]:FREQ:ARM:STOP:SOUR DIG is selected.

Sets the slope of the external stop arm signal used in

external arming frequency, frequency ratio, and

period measurements. Only applies when

[:SENS]:FREQ:ARM:STOP:SOUR EXT is selected.

Sets the stop arm for frequency, frequency ratio, and

period measurements.

Sets the gate time used in arming frequency,

frequency ratio, and period measurements. Only

applies when [:SENS]:FREQ:ARM:STOP:SOUR TIM

is selected.

POSitive | NEGative

New

:SLOPe

IMMediate | EXTernal

TIMer | DIGits

<numeric_value> [S]

New

:SOURce

:TIMer

New

Specifies the approximate frequency of a signal you

expect to measure at channel 1, 2, or 3.

Configures Counter to perform a pre-measurement

step to automatically determine the approximate

frequency of the measurement signal(s).

:EXPected[1|2|3]

:AUTO

<numeric_value> [HZ]

Programming Guide

2-33

Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.

Chapter 2 Command Summary

HP 53131A/132A Command Summary

Table 2-2. HP 53131A/132A SCPI Command Summary (Continued)

Keyword/Syntax

Parameter Form

Std/

New

Comments

[:SENSe] (Cont.)

Std

Subtree. Selects the <sensor function> to

be sensed by the instrument.

Sets the <sensor function> to be sensed by

the instrument.

:FUNCtion

<sensor_function> (See below)

[:ON]

“[:][XNONe:]DCYCle [1] ”

“[:][XNONe:]PDUTycycle [1] ”

“[:][XNONe:]FALL:TIME [1] ”

“[:][XNONe:]FTIMe [1] ”

“[:][XNONe:]FREQuency [1 | 2 | 3] ”

“[:][XNONe:]FREQuency:RATio

[1,2 | 1,3 | 2,1 | 3,1] ”

New

Std

(Positive) duty cycle on channel 1.

Fall Time on channel 1.

Frequency on channel 1, 2, or 3.

Std

Frequency Ratio 1 to 2, 1 to 3, 2 to 1, or 3

to 1.

“[:][XNONe:]NWIDth [1]”

“[:][XNONe:]PERiod [1 | 2 | 3] ”

“[:][XNONe:]PHASe [1,2] ”

“[:][XNONe:]PWIDth [1]”

“[:][XNONe:]RISE:TIME [1]”

“[:][XNONe:]RTIMe [1] ”

New

Std

New

Std

Negative Pulse Width on channel 1.

Period on channel 1, 2, or 3.

Phase of channel 1 relative to channel 2.

Positive Pulse Width on channel 1.

Rise Time on channel 1.

Time Interval channel 1 to channel 2.

Totalize on channel 1.

“[:][XNONe:]TINTerval [1,2] ”

“[:][XNONe:]TOTalize [1] ”

“[:][XNONe:]VOLTage:MAXimum [1 | 2] ” Std

Voltage Maximum on channel 1 or 2.

Voltage Minimum on channel 1 or 2.

Voltage Peak to Peak on Channel 1 or 2.

Subtree. Controls the phase measuring

capabilities of the instrument.

Subtree.

“[:][XNONe:]VOLTage:MINimum [1 | 2] ”

“[:]{XNONe:]VOLTage:PTPeak [1 | 2]

New

:PHASe

New

:ARM

[:STARt]

Subtree. Synchronizes Phase start arm with

events.

POSitive | NEGative

New

:SLOPe

Sets the slope of the external start arm

signal used in external arming phase

measurements. Only applies when

[:SENS]:PHAS:ARM[:STAR]:SOUR EXT is

selected.

IMMediate | EXTernal

ON | OFF | ONCE

New

Std

:SOURce

:ROSCillator

:EXTernal

Sets the start arm for phase

measurements.

Subtree. Controls the Reference

OSCillator.

New

:CHECk

Subtree.

Std

:FREQuency?

Set the enable for checking the validity and

presence of the external reference.

Query only. Returns the frequency value of

the external reference oscillator.

______________________________

1_{For HP 53131A firmware revision s below 3335, only Ratio 1 to 2 and Ratio 1 to 3 were offered.}

2-34

Programming Guide

Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.

Chapter 2 Command Summary

Front Panel to SCPI Command Maps

Table 2-2. HP 53131A/132A SCPI Command Summary (Continued)

Keyword/Syntax

Parameter Form

Std/

New

Comments

[:SENSe] (Cont.)

:ROSCillator (Cont.)

:SOURce

INTernal | EXTernal

Std

Sets the selection of a reference timebase.

Sets the enable for automatically selecting a reference

timebase.

:AUTO

New

Subtree. Controls the time interval (including Time

Interval, Rise Time, Fall Time, Dutycycle, and Pulse

Width functions) measuring capabilities of the

instrument.

Subtree. Synchronizes the time interval start and stop

arm with events.

:TINTerval

See Table 2-2A on

page 2-38 for HP

53132A (with S/N

3646 and above)

TINTerval

:ARM (HP 53131A

and HP 53132A with

S/N prefix below

3646)

New

ARM commands)

Subtree.

[:STARt]

:SLOPe

Sets the slope of the external start arm signal used in

external arming time interval measurements (including

Time Interval, Rise Time, Fall Time, Dutycycle, and

Pulse Width functions). Only applies when

[:SENS]:TINT:ARM[:STAR]:SOUR EXT is selected.

Sets the start arm for time interval (including Time

Interval, Rise Time, Fall Time, Dutycycle, and Pulse

Width) measurements.

POSitive | NEGative

New

:SOURce

IMMediate | EXTernal

New

Subtree.

:STOP

:SOURce

Sets the stop arm (i.e., the delay) for Time Interval

measurements.

IMMediate | TIMer

New

Sets the time used to delay the stop arm for Time

Interval measurements. Only applies when

[:SENS]:TINT:ARM:STOP:SOUR TIM is selected.

Subtree. Controls the totalize measuring capabilities of

the instrument.

Subtree. Synchronizes totalize start and stop arm with

events.

Subtree.

Sets the slope of the external start arm signal used in

external arming totalize measurements. Only applies

when [:SENS]:TOT:ARM[:STAR]:SOUR EXT is selected.

Sets the start arm for totalize measurements.

:TIMer

<numeric_value> [S]

New

:TOTalize

:ARM

New

[:STARt]

:SLOPe

POSitive | NEGative

EXTernal | IMMediate

New

:SOURce

Programming Guide

2-35

Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.

Chapter 2 Command Summary

HP 53131A/132A Command Summary

Table 2-2. HP 53131A/132A SCPI Command Summary (Continued)

Keyword/Syntax

Parameter Form

Std/

New

Comments

[:SENSe] (Cont.)

:TOTalize (Cont.)

:ARM (Cont.)

:STOP

New

Subtree.

POSitive | NEGative

Sets the slope of the external stop arm signal used

in external arming totalize measurements. Only

applies when [:SENS]:TOT:ARM:STOP:SOUR

EXT is selected.

:SLOPe

EXTernal | TIMer | IMMediate

<numeric_value> [S]

New

Sets the stop arm for totalize measurements.

Sets the gate time used in totalize measurements.

Only applies when

:SOURce

:TIMer

[:SENS]:TOT:ARM:STOP:SOUR TIM is selected.

Std

Subsystem. Controls the SCPI-defined (Operation

and Questionable) status-reporting structures.

Subtree.

Query only. Queries the Operation Condition

Status Register.

:STATus

Std

:OPERation

:CONDition?

<non-decimal numeric> |

<NRf>

Std

Sets the Operation Event Status Enable Register.

Query only. Queries the Operation Event Status

:ENABle

[:EVENt]?

<non-decimal numeric> |

<Nrf>

<non-decimal numeric> |

<NRf>

Std

Sets the negative transition filter for the Operation

status reporting structure.

Sets the positive transition filter for the Operation

status reporting structure.

Event; No query. Presets the enable registers and

transition filters associated with the Operation and

Questionable status reporting structures.

Subtree.

Query only. Queries the Questionable Data

Condition Status Register.

:NTRansition

:PTRansition

:PRESet

Std

:QUEStionable

:CONDition?

<non-decimal numeric> |

<NRf>

Std

Sets the Questionable Data Event Status Enable

Query only. Queries the Questionable Data Event

Status Register.

Sets the positive transition filter for the

Questionable Data status reporting structure.

Sets the negative transition filter for the

Questionable Data status reporting structure.

:ENABle

[:EVENt]?

<non-decimal numeric> |

<NRf>

<non-decimal numeric> |

<NRf>

:NTRansition

:PTRansition

2-36

Programming Guide

Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.

Chapter 2 Command Summary

Front Panel to SCPI Command Maps

Table 2-2. HP 53131A/132A SCPI Command Summary (Continued)

Keyword/Syntax

Parameter Form

Std/

New

Comments

Std

Subsystem. Collects the functions that are not

related to instrument performance.

Subtree. Collects together configuration of

control/communication interfaces.

Subtree. Controls the physical configuration of

the RS- 232C port.

:SYSTem

:COMMunicate

:SERial

:CONTrol

:DTR

Std

Subtree.

IBFull | ON | LIMit

Sets the usage of the DTR line of the RS-232

port.

:TRANsmit

Std

Subtree. Affects parameters associated with

transmission.

:BAUD

:PACE

<numeric_value>

XON | NONE

Std

Sets the baud rate.

Sets the software pacing scheme.

Subtree. Controls the parity of the channel.

Sets the parity scheme.

:PARity

[:TYPE]

EVEN | ODD | NONE

<numeric_value>

:ERRor?

Query only. Queries the oldest error in the

Error Queue and removes the error from the

queue (first in, first out).

:KEY

Std

Simulates the pressing of a front-panel key.

:LOG?

New

Query only. Returns a comma-separated list of

integers representing all of the entries in the

Key Queue.

:VERSion?

Std

Query only. Returns the SCPI version number

with which the Counter complies.

Std

Subsystem.

Query only. Returns list of intrinsic constants.

Sets the offset value.

:TRACe

:CATalog?

[:DATA]

OFFSET, <numeric_value> [HZ

| S | DEG]

SCALE, <numeric_value>

OFFSET

SCALE

Std

Sets the scale value.

Queries the offset value.

Queries the scale value.

[:DATA]

[:DATA]?

Std

New

Subsystem.

Subtree.

Controls the number of measurements to be

made when :INIT[:IMM] is performed.

:TRIGger

:COUNt

:AUTO

Programming Guide

2-37

Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.

Chapter 2 Command Summary

HP 53131A/132A Command Summary

Table 2-2A. HP 53132A (S/N Prefix 3646 and Above) Time Interval

Arming SCPI Command Summary

Keyword/Syntax

Parameter Form

Std/

New

Comments

[:SENSe] (Cont.)

New

Subtree. Controls the time interval (including

Time Interval, Rise Time, Fall Time, Dutycycle,

and Pulse Width functions) measuring

capabilities of the instrument.

:TINTerval

New

Subtree. Synchronizes the time interval start and

stop arm with events.

:ARM

New

:ESTART

:LAYer2

:SLOPe

POSitive | NEGative

IMMediate | EXTernal

<numeric_value>

Sets the slope of the external start arm signal

used in external arming Time Interval

measurements (including Time Interval, Rise

Time, Fall Time, Dutycycle, and Pulse Width).

Sets the start arm for time interval (including

Time Interval, Rise Time, Fall Time, Dutycycle,

and Pulse Width) measurements.

New

:SOURce

New

[:LAYer[1]]

:ECOunt

Sets the event count used to delay the start arm

for Time Interval measurements. Only applies

when [:SENS]:TINT:ARM:ESTART:SOUR INT1

is selected.

IMMediate | TIMer |

INTernal1

<numeric_value>

New

Sets the start arm delay for Time Interval

measurements.

Sets the time used to delay the start arm for

Time Interval measurements. Only applies when

[:SENS]:TINT:ARM:ESTART:SOUR TIM is

selected.

:SOURce

:TIMer

New

:ESTOP

:LAYer2

:SLOPe

POSitive | NEGative

IMMediate | EXTernal

<numeric_value>

Sets the slope of the external stop arm signal

used in external arming Time Interval

measurements.

Sets the stop arm for Time Interval

measurements.

New

:SOURce

New

[:LAYer[1]]

:ECOunt

Sets the event count used to delay the stop arm

for Time Interval measurements. Only applies

when [:SENS]:TINT:ARM:ESTOP:SOUR INT2 is

selected.

2-38

Programming Guide

Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.

Chapter 2 Command Summary

Front Panel to SCPI Command Maps

Table 2-2A. HP 53132A (S/N Prefix 3646 and Above) Time Interval

Arming SCPI Command Summary (Continued)

Keyword/Syntax

Parameter Form

Std/

New

Comments

[:SENSe] (Cont.)

:TINTerval (Cont.)

:ARM (Cont.)

:ESTOP (Cont.)

[:LAYer[1]]

IMMediate | TIMer |

INTernal2

<numeric_value>

New

Sets the stop arm delay for Time Interval

measurements.

Sets the time used to delay the stop arm for

Time Interval measurements. Only applies

when [:SENS]:TINT:ARM:ESTOP:SOUR TIM is

selected.

:SOURce

:TIMer

New

[:STARt]

:SLOPe

POSitive | NEGative

IMMediate | EXTernal

Sets the slope of the external start arm signal

used in external arming Tme Interval

measurements (including Time Interval, Rise

Time, Fall Time, Dutycycle, and Pulse Width).

Only applies when

[:SENS]:TINT:ARM[:STAR]:SOUR EXT is

selected.

Sets the start arm for time interval (including

Time Interval, Rise Time, Fall Time, Dutycycle,

and Pulse Width) measurements.

Subtree.

Sets the stop arm (i.e., the delay) for Time

Interval measurements.

Sets the time used to delay the stop arm for

Time Interval measurements. Only applies

when [:SENS]:TINT:ARM:STOP:SOUR TIM is

selected.

New

:SOURce

New

:STOP

:SOURce

IMMediate | TIMer

<numeric_value>

New

:TIMer

Programming Guide

2-39

Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.

Chapter 2 Command Summary

*RST Response

The IEEE 488.2 *RST command returns the instrument to a specified state

optimized for remote operation. (Use *CLS to clear the status event registers and

the SCPI error queue.)

The states of commands affected by the *RST command are described in Table 2-

3. Since the HP 53131A and HP 53132A have different arming capabilities for

Time Interval measurements , sub-tables (Table 2-3A and Table 2-3B) are

provided. Table 2-3A describes the state of the HP 53131A’s [:SENSe]:Interval

commands affected by the *RST command, and Table 2-3B describes the

HP 531312A’s [:SENSe]:Interval commands affected by the *RST command.

Table 2-4 lists commands that are unaffected by *RST.

Table 2-3. HP 53131A/132A *RST State

Command Header

Parameter

State

:CALCulate[1]:FEED

“[:]SENSe[1]”

SCALE_OFFSET

“SENSe[1]”

OFF

SCALE_OFFSET

OFF

:CALCulate[1]:IMMediate:AUTO

:CALCulate[1]:MATH[:EXPRession]:NAME

:CALCulate[1]:MATH:STATe

:CALCulate2:FEED

“[:]CALCulate[1]”

GRAPh | NUMBer

<numeric_value>

“CALCulate[1]”

OFF

NUMBer

0.0000000000

OFF

:CALCulate2:IMMediate:AUTO

:CALCulate2:LIMit:CLEar:AUTO

:CALCulate2:LIMit:DISPlay

:CALCulate2:LIMit:LOWer[:DATA]

:CALCulate2:LIMit:STATe

:CALCulate2:LIMit:UPPer[:DATA]

<numeric_value>

0.0000000000

:CALCulate3:AVERage:COUNt

:CALCulate3:AVERage[:STATe]

:CALCulate3:AVERage:TYPE

<numeric_value>

100

OFF

MEAN

MAXimum | MINimum |

SDEViation | MEAN

“[:]CALCulate[1]”

<numeric_value>

:CALCulate3:FEED

“CALCulate[1]”

0.0000000000

OFF

:CALCulate3:LFILter:LOWer[:DATA]

:CALCulate3:LFILter:STATe

:CALCulate3:LFILter:UPPer[:DATA]

<numeric_value>

0.0000000000

#14INIT

DDT

:DIAGnostic:CALibration:INTerpolator:AUTO

ON | OFF | ONCE

:DISPlay:ENABle

:DISPlay:MENU[:STATe]

:DISPlay[:WINDow]:TEXT:FEED

OFF

“[:]CALCulate2” |

“[:]CALCulate3”

OFF

“CALCulate2”

2-40

Programming Guide

Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.

Chapter 2 Command Summary

Front Panel to SCPI Command Maps

Table 2-3. HP 53131A/132A *RST State (Continued)

Command Header

Parameter

<NRf>

State

0 (i.e., disabled)

ASCii

EMC

:FORMat[:DATA]

ASCii | REAL

:HCOPy:CONTinuous

OFF

:INITiate:AUTO

:INITiate:CONTinuous

OFF

:INPut[1|2]:ATTenuation

:INPut[1|2]:COUPling

1 | 10

AC | DC

:INPut[1|2]:FILTer[:LPASs]:STATe

:INPut[1|2]:IMPedance

<numeric_value> [OHM]

OFF

1E6 OHM

[:SENSe]:EVENt[1|2]:HYSTeresis:RELative

<numeric_value> [PCT]

100 PCT *

[:SENSe]:EVENt[1|2]:LEVel[:ABSolute]:AUT

[:SENSe]:EVENt[1|2]:LEVel:RELative

[:SENSe]:EVENt[1|2]:LEVel:SLOPe

<numeric_value> [PCT]

POSitive | NEGative

50 PCT

POSitive

“INPut1 | INPut2”

“INPut2”

[:SENSe]:EVENt2:FEED

(i.e., separate mode)

POSitive | NEGative

IMMediate | EXTernal

POSitive

IMMediate

[:SENSe]:FREQuency:ARM[:STARt]:SLOPe

[:SENSe]:FREQuency:ARM[:STARt]:SOURce

<numeric_value>

[:SENSe]:FREQuency:ARM:STOP:DIGits

[:SENSe]:FREQuency:ARM:STOP:SLOPe

[:SENSe]:FREQuency:ARM:STOP:SOURce

[:SENSe]:FREQuency:ARM:STOP:TIMer

[:SENSe]:FREQuency:EXPected[1|2|3]:AUTO

POSitive | NEGative

IMMediate | EXTernal | TIMer | DIGits

<numeric _value> [S]

NEGative

TIMer

100E-3 S

<sensor_function>

“FREQuency 1”

[:SENSe]:FUNCtion[:ON]

POSitive | NEGative

IMMediate | EXTernal

POSitive

IMMediate

[:SENSe]:PHASe:ARM[:STARt]:SLOPe

[:SENSe]:PHASe:ARM[:STARt]:SOURce

ON | OFF | ONCE

[:SENSe]:ROSCillator:EXTernal:CHECk

[:SENSe]:ROSCillator:SOURce:AUTO

________________________________

*For prior firmware revisions (3317, 3335, and 3402), *RST sets up “100%” meaning maximum

sensitivity.

For current firmware revision, *RST sets up “0%” meaning minimum

hysteresis.

Programming Guide

2-41

Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.

Chapter 2 Command Summary

*RST Response

Table 2-3A. HP 53131A (and HP 53132A With S/N Prefix Below

3646)Time Interval *RST State

Command Header

Parameter

State

[:SENSe]:TINTerval:ARM[:STARt]:SLOPe

[:SENSe]:TINTerval:ARM[:STARt]:SOURce

[:SENSe]:TINTerval:ARM:STOP:SOURce

[:SENSe]:TINTerval:ARM:STOP:TIMer

POSitive | NEGative

IMMediate | EXTernal

IMMediate | TIMer

POSitive

IMMediate

10E-3 S

<numeric_value> [S]

Table 2-3B. HP 53132A (S/N 3646 and above) Time Interval *RST

State

Command Header

Parameter

State

[:SENSe]:TINTerval:ARM:ESTART:LAYer2:SLOPe

[:SENSe]:TINTerval:ARM:ESTART:LAYer2:SOURce

[:SENSe]:TINTerval:ARM:ESTART[:LAYer[1]]:ECOunt

[:SENSe]:TINTerval:ARM:ESTART[:LAYer[1]]:SOURc

POSitive | NEGative

IMMediate | EXTernal

<numeric_value>

IMMediate | TIMer | INTernal1

<numeric_value>

POSitive

IMMediate

0.1ms

[:SENSe]:TINTerval:ARM:ESTART[:LAYer[1]]:TIMer

POSitive | NEGative

IMMediate | TIMer

<numeric_value>

IMMediate | TIMer | INTernal2

<numeric_value>

POSitive

IMMediate

0.1ms

[:SENSe]:TINTerval:ARM:ESTOP:LAYer2:SLOPe

[:SENSe]:TINTerval:ARM:ESTOP:LAYer 2:SOURce

[:SENSe]:TINTerval:ARM:ESTOP[:LAYer[1]]:ECOunt

[:SENSe]:TINTerval:ARM:ESTOP[:LAYer[1]]:SOURce

[:SENSe]:TINTerval:ARM:ESTOP[:LAYer[1]]:TIMer

POSitive | NEGative

IMMediate | EXTernal

IMMediate | TIMer

<numeric_value>

POSitive

IMMediate

0.1ms

[:SENSe]:TINTerval:ARM[:STARt]:SLOPe

[:SENSe]:TINTerval:ARM[:STARt]:SOURce

[:SENSe]:TINTerval:ARM:STOP:SOURce

[:SENSe]:TINTerval:ARM:STOP:TIMer

2-42

Programming Guide

Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.

Chapter 2 Command Summary

Front Panel to SCPI Command Maps

Table 2-4. Unaffected by *RST

Item

ESE

OPC?

SRE

WAI

:CALibration:COUNt?

:CALibration:DATA

:CALibration:SECurity:CODE

:CALibration:SECurity:STATe

:DISPlay[:WINDow]:TEXT:RADix

:STATus:OPERation:ENABle

:STATus:OPERation:NTRansition

:STATus:OPERation:PTRansition

:STATus:QUEStionable:ENABle

:STATus:QUEStionable:NTRansition

:STATus:QUEStionable:PTRansition

:SYSTem:COMMunicate:SERial:CONTrol:DTR

:SYSTem:COMMunicate:SERial:TRANsmit:BAUD

:SYSTem:COMMunicate:SERial:TRANsmit:PACE

:SYSTem:COMMunicate:SERial:TRANsmit:PARity[:TYPE]

:SYSTem:ERRor?

HP-IB Address

(Error Queue)

Programming Guide

2-43

Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.

Chapter 2 Command Summary

*RST Response

2-44

Programming Guide

Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.

Programming Your Universal Counter for

Remote Operation

Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.

Chapter 3 Programming Your Universal Counter for Remote Operation

Introduction

This chapter provides remote operation setup, and programming information that

helps you operate the Counter as a remote device.

Chapter Summary

Configuring the HP-IB

pg. 3-4

Overview of Command Types and Formats

Elements of SCPI Commands

pg. 3-7

pg. 3-8

Using Multiple Commands

pg. 3-13

pg. 3-15

pg. 3-18

pg. 3-20

pg. 3-38

pg. 3-43

Overview of Response Message Formats

Status Reporting

Command Settings for Optimizing Throughput

How to Program the Counter for Status Reporting

How to Program the Counter to Display Results

How to Program the Counter to Synchronize

Measurements

pg. 3-46

How to Program the Counter for Math/Limit

Operation

pg. 3-49

pg. 3-52

pg. 3-55

pg. 3-58

How to Program the Counter to Define Macros

Writing SCPI Programs

Programming Examples

Where to Find Some Specific Information

To Set the HP-IB Mode and Address

To Connect the Counter to a Computer

Remote/Local Operation

pg. 3-4

pg. 3-6

pg. 3-7

pg. 3-9

pg. 3-10

Common Command Format

SCPI Command and Query Format

Abbreviated Commands, Keyword Separator

Optional Keyword

Implied Channel (Optional Numeric Keyword Suffix)

Parameter Types

3-2

Programming Guide

Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.

Chapter 3 Programming Your Universal Counter for Remote Operation

Elements of SCPI Commands

Parameter Separator, Query Parameters, Suffixes

Command Terminator

pg. 3-11

pg. 3-13

pg. 3-14

pg. 3-16

Program Messages

Response Messages, Response Message Syntax

Where to Find HP BASIC Programming Examples

Easiest Way to Make a Measurement

To Make a Frequency Measurement

To Perform Limit Testing

pg. 3-59

pg. 3-62

pg. 3-63

pg. 3-64

pg. 3-66

pg. 3-68

pg. 3-69

pg. 3-73

pg. 3-75

To Measure the Statistics of 50 Measurements

To Use Limits to Filter Data Before Measuring Stats

To Read and Store Calibration Data

To To Perform a Time Interval Calibration

To Optimize Throughput

To Use Macros

Where to Find QuickBASIC Programming Examples

To Make a Frequency Measurement

pg. 3-77

pg. 3-78

pg. 3-80

pg. 3-82

pg. 3-85

pg. 3-86

To Perform Limit Testing

To Measure the Statistics of 50 Measurements

To Use Limits to Filter Data Before Measuring Stats

To Read and Store Calibration Data

To Optimize Throughput

To Use Macros pg. 3-88

Where to Find Turbo C Programming Examples

To Make a Frequency Measurement

To Use Limits to Filter Data Before Measuring Stats

To Optimize Throughput

pg. 3-91

pg. 3-93

pg. 3-96

Programming Guide

3-3

Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.

Chapter 3 Programming Your Universal Counter for Remote Operation

Configuring the HP-IB

This section gives information on connecting and configuring the

HP-IB to enable remote operation of the Counter .

The Counter has two HP-IB operating modes :

Addressed (talk/listen)—This mode is for bi-directional communication. The

Counter can receive commands and setups from the computer, and can send

data and measurement results.

To select the talk/listen operating mode, set the Counter ’s HP-IB address

from 0 to 30. Refer to the following section titled “To Set the HP-IB Mode

and Address” for instructions on how to set an HP-IB address from the front-

panel.

Talk-only—In this mode, the Counter can send data to a printer. It cannot

receive commands or setups from the computer.

To select the talk-only operating mode, set the Counter ’s HP-IB mode to

“TALK”. Refer to the following section titled

“To Set the HP-IB Mode and Address” for instructions on how to set the talk-

only mode from the front-panel.

When the Counter is shipped from the factory, it is configured as addressed

(talk/listen) with the address set to “3.”

To Set the HP-IB Mode and Address

Press and hold Recall (Utility) key, then cycle POWER.

Press Recall (Utility) key until HP-IB: is displayed.

To best demonstrate how to set the address, let’s assume that

HP-IB: 3 is currently being displayed.

3-4

Programming Guide

Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.

Chapter 3 Programming Your Universal Counter for Remote Operation

Elements of SCPI Commands

3a To set the address to “15”, perform the following:

a. Press s key.

HP-IB: 03 is displayed. Note that “0” digit appears and is highlighted,

indicating that this digit will change when the

or f arrow key is pressed.

b. Press d key.

HP-IB: 13 is displayed.

c. Press g key

HP-IB: 13 is displayed, but now the “3” digit is highlighted, indicating

that this digit will change when the d or f arrow key is pressed.

d. Press d key twice or until 15 is displayed.

HP-IB: 15 is displayed.

e. Go on to step 4.

3b To set the HP-IB mode to “TALK,” perform the following:

a. Press s key.

HP-IB: 03 is displayed. Note that “0” digit appears and is highlighted,

indicating that this digit will change when the

or f arrow key is pressed.

b. Press d key until “TALK” is displayed.

HP-IB: TALK is displayed.

c. Go on to step 4.

Press Enter key.

BE SURE to press the Enter key to complete the entry.

NOTE

The address/mode is now stored in non-volatile memory, and does not change

when power is cycled or after a remote interface reset.

Programming Guide

3-5

Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.

Chapter 3 Programming Your Universal Counter for Remote Operation

Configuring the HP-IB

To Connect the Counter to a Computer

Connect the Counter to a computer by simply installing an HP-IB cable (such as

an HP 10833A cable) between the two units as shown in Figure 3-1.

Figure 3-1. HP-IB Interconnection

Remote/Local Operation

At power-up, the Counter is under front-panel (local) control. Once in remote, the

Counter settings cannot be affected by the front-panel controls. The Save & Print

key may be used to manually return to local control (only if local-lockout is off).

3-6

Programming Guide

Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.

Chapter 3 Programming Your Universal Counter for Remote Operation

Elements of SCPI Commands

Overview of Command Types and Formats

There are two types of HP 53131A/132A programming commands: IEEE 488.2

Common Commands and Standard Commands for Programmable Instruments

(SCPI). The IEEE 488.2 Common Commands control and manage

communications between the HP 53131A/132A and the controller or personal

computer. The SCPI commands control instrument functions. The format of each

type of command is described in the following paragraphs. (Refer to

Chapter 2, “Command Summary ,” for SCPI conformance information.)

Common Command Format

The IEEE 488.2 Standard defines the Common commands as commands that

perform functions like reset, self-test, status byte query, and identification.

Common commands always begin with the asterisk (*) character, and may include

parameters. The command keyword is separated from the first parameter by a

space character. Some examples of Common commands are as follows:

*RST

*IDN?

*RCL 1

SCPI Command and Query Format

SCPI commands perform functions like instrument setup. A subsystem command

has a hierarchical structure that usually consists of a top level (or root) keyword,

one or more lower-level keywords, and parameters. The following example shows

a command and its associated query:

:INPut:COUPling AC

:INPut:COUPling?

INPut is root-level keyword with COUPling the second level keyword, and AC is

the command parameter.

Programming Guide

3-7

Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.

Chapter 3 Programming Your Universal Counter for Remote Operation

Elements of SCPI Commands

A program command or query is composed of functional elements that include a

header (or keywords with colon separators), program data, and terminators . These

elements are sent to the Counter over the

HP-IB as a sequence of ASCII data messages. Examples of a typical Common

Command and Subsystem Command are:

OUTPUT 712;"*CLS"

OUTPUT 712;":INP1:COUP AC;IMP 1.0 MOHM"

Subsystem Command Syntax

Figure 3-2 shows the simplified syntax of a Subsystem Command. You must use a

space (SP) between the last command mnemonic and the first parameter in a

Subsystem Command. Note that if you send more than one parameter with a single

command, you must separate adjacent parameters with a comma .

NOTE: sp = space. ASCII character decimal 32

Figure 3-2. Simplified Program Command Syntax Diagram

Common Command Syntax

Figure 3-3 shows the simplified syntax of a Common Command . You must use a

space (SP) between the command mnemonic and the parameter in a Common

Command.

3-8

Programming Guide

Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.

Chapter 3 Programming Your Universal Counter for Remote Operation

Elements of SCPI Commands

NOTE: sp = space. ASCII character decimal 32

Figure 3-3. Simplified Common Command Syntax Diagram

Abbreviated Commands

The command syntax shows most keywords as a mixture of upper and lower case

letters. Upper case letters indicate the abbreviated spelling for the command. For

better program readability, you may send the entire keyword. The HP

53131A/132A accepts either command form and is not case sensitive.

For example, if the command syntax shows CALCulate, then CALC and

CALCULATE are both acceptable forms. Other forms of CALCulate, such as

CALCU or CALCULA will generate an error. You may use upper and/or lower

case letters. Therefore, CALCULATE, calculate, and CaLcUlAtE are all

acceptable.

Keyword Separator

A colon (:) always separates one keyword from the next lower-level keyword as

shown below:

:INPut:COUPling?

Optional Keyword

Optional keywords are those which appear in square brackets ([ ]) in the command

syntax. (Note that the brackets are not part of the command and are not sent to the

Counter.)

Suppose you send a second level keyword without the preceding optional keyword.

In this case, the Counter assumes you intend to use the optional keyword and

responds as if you had sent it.

Programming Guide

3-9

Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.

Chapter 3 Programming Your Universal Counter for Remote Operation

Elements of SCPI Commands

Examine the portion of the [:SENSe] subsystem shown below:

[:SENSe]

:FREQuency

:ARM

:STOP

:SOURce EXTernal

The root-level keyword [:SENSe] is an optional keyword. To set the Counter ’s

frequency stop arm to external, you can use either of the following:

:SENS:FREQ:ARM:STOP:SOUR EXT

:FREQ:ARM:STOP:SOUR EXT

Implied Channel (Optional Numeric Keyword Suffix)

Some commands allow specifying a channel with an optional numeric keyword

suffix. These commands will show the channel numbers within square brackets.

The brackets are not part of the command and are not sent to the Counter.

For example, :INPut[1|2]:COUPling AC | DC represents coupling commands for

channels 1 and 2:

:INPut[1]:COUPling AC | DC

:INPut2:COUPling AC | DC

If you do not specify the channel number, the implied channel is 1. For example,

you can send either of the following to configure

channel 1’s coupling to AC:

:INPut1:COUPling AC

:INPut:COUPling AC

3-10

Programming Guide

Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.

Chapter 3 Programming Your Universal Counter for Remote Operation

Elements of SCPI Commands

Parameter Types

Table 3-1 contains explanations and examples of parameter types. Parameter

types may be numeric value, Boolean , literal, NRf, string, non-decimal numeric ,

or arbitrary block.

Table 3-1. Command and Query Parameter Types

TYPE

EXPLANATIONS AND EXAMPLES

Accepts all commonly used decimal representation of numbers including optional signs, decimal

points, and scientific notation:

123, 123e2, -123, -1.23e2, .123, 1.23e -2, 1.23000E-01.

Special cases include MINimum and MAXimum as follows:

MINimum selects minimum value available.

MAXimum selects maximum value available.

Queries using MINimum or MAXimum return the associated numeric value.

Represents a single binary condition that is either true or false:

1 or ON, 0 or OFF (Query response returns only 1 or 0.)

An <NRf> is rounded to an integer. A non-zero value is interpreted as 1.

Selects from a finite number of choices. These parameters use mnemonics to represent each valid

setting. An example is the INPut:COUPling AC | DC command parameters (AC | DC).

<NRf>

Flexible numeric representation. Only positive integers are used for NRf parameters in the Counter.

A string parameter is delimited by either single quotes or double quotes. Within the quotes, any

characters in the ASCII 7-bit code may be specified.

The following HP BASIC program statement sends a command containing a <string> parameter:

OUTPUT 703;"FUNC ‘FREQ’"

<non-decimal

numeric>

Format for specifying hexadecimal (#H1F), octal (#Q1077), and binary (#B10101011) numbers

using ASCII characters. May be used in :STATus subsystem commands.

The syntax is a pound sign (#) followed by a non-zero digit representing the number of digits in the

subsequent decimal integer. The decimal integer specifies the number of

8-bit data bytes being sent. This is followed by the actual data. The terminator is a line feed

asserted with EOI. For example, for transmitting 8 bytes of data, the format could be:

The “2” indicates the number of digits that follow and the two digits “08” indicate the number of

bytes to be transmitted.

data

A zero-length block has the format: #0<new line>^EOI

<new line> is defined as a single ASCII-encoded byte corresponding to 10 decimal.

Programming Guide

3-11

Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.

Chapter 3 Programming Your Universal Counter for Remote Operation

Elements of SCPI Commands

Parameter Separator

If you send more than one parameter with a single command, you must separate

adjacent parameters with a comma.

Query Parameters

All selectable <numeric value> parameters can be queried to return the minimum

or maximum values they are capable of being set to by sending a MINimum or

MAXimum parameter after the “?.” For example, consider the INPut:IMPedance?

query.

If you send the query without specifying a parameter (INP:IMP?), the present

impedance value is returned. If you send the MIN parameter (using INP:IMP?

MIN), the command returns the minimum level currently available. If you send the

MAX parameter, the command returns the maximum level currently available. Be

sure to place a space between the question mark and the parameter.

Suffixes

A suffix is the combination of suffix elements and multipliers that can be used to

interpret the <numeric value> sent. If a suffix is not specified, the Counter

assumes that <numeric value> is unscaled (that is, Volts, seconds, etc.)

For example, the following two commands are equivalent:

OUTPUT 703;"INP:IMP 1 MOHM"

OUTPUT 703;"INP:IMP 1E+6"

Suffix Elements

Suffix elements , such as HZ (Hertz), S (seconds), V (volts),

OHM (Ohms), PCT (percent), and DEG (degrees) are allowed within this format.

3-12

Programming Guide

Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.

Chapter 3 Programming Your Universal Counter for Remote Operation

Elements of SCPI Commands

Suffix Multipliers

Table 3-2 lists the suffix multipliers that can be used with suffix elements (except

PCT and DEG).

Table 3-2. Suffix Multipliers

DEFINITION

1E18

1E15

1E12

1E9

MNEMONIC

NAME

ETA

PETA

TERA

GIGA

MEGA

KILO

1E6

MA ( or M for OHM and HZ)*

1E3

1E-3

M (except for OHM and HZ)*

MILLI

1E-6

MICRO

NANO

PICO

1E-9

1E-12

1E-15

1E-18

FEMTO

ATTO

*The suffix units, MHZ and MOHM, are special cases that should not be confused with

<suffix multiplier>HZ and <suffix multiplier>OHM.

Command Terminator

A command may be terminated with a <new line> (ASCII character decimal 10), an

EOI (End-of-Identify) asserted concurrent with last byte, or an EOI asserted

concurrent with a <new line> as the last byte.

Programming Guide

3-13

Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.

Chapter 3 Programming Your Universal Counter for Remote Operation

Using Multiple Commands

Program Messages

Program Messages are a combination of one or more properly formatted SCPI

Commands. Program messages always go from a computer to the Counter. They

are sent to the Counter over the Counter’s HP-IB as a sequence of ASCII data

messages.

Program Message Syntax

Figure 3-4 shows the simplified syntax of a program message. You can see

Common Commands and Subsystem Commands in the same program message. If

you send more than one command in one message, you must separate adjacent

commands with a semicolon.

NOTE:

<new line> = ASCII character decimal 10

^END = EOI asserted concurrent with last byte

Figure 3-4. Simplified Program Message Syntax Diagram

When using IEEE 488.2 Common commands with SCPI Subsystem commands on

the same line, use a semicolon between adjacent commands. For example:

*RST;:INP:COUP AC

When multiple subsystem commands are sent in one program message, the first

command is always referenced to the root node. Subsequent commands, separated

by “;”, are referenced to the same level as the preceding command if no “:” is

present immediately after the command separator (the semicolon).

3-14

Programming Guide

Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.

Chapter 3 Programming Your Universal Counter for Remote Operation

Elements of SCPI Commands

For example, sending :INP:COUP AC;IMP 50 is equivalent to sending:

:INP:COUP AC

:INP:IMP 50

:INP:COUP AC;:INP:IMP 50

The “:” must be present to distinguish another root level command. For example:

:INP:COUP AC;:INIT:CONT OFF

is equivalent to sending:

:INP:COUP AC

:INIT:CONT OFF

If the “:”(which is following the “;” and is in front of INIT) is omitted, the Counter

assumes that the second command is “:INP:INIT:CONT OFF” and generates a

syntax error.

Programming Guide

3-15

Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.

Chapter 3 Programming Your Universal Counter for Remote Operation

Overview of Response Message Formats

Response Messages

Response messages are data sent from the Counter to a computer in response to a

query. (A query is a command followed by a question mark. Queries are used to

find out how the Counter is currently configured and to transfer data from the

Counter to the computer.)

After receiving a query, the Counter interrogates the requested configuration and

places the response in its HP-IB output queue.

The output message remains in the qu eue until it is read or another command is

issued. When read, the message is transmitted across the HP-IB to the computer.

You read the message by using some type of enter statement that includes the

device address and an appropriate variable. Use a print statement to display the

message. The following HP BASIC example illustrates how to query the Counter

and display the message:

10 OUTPUT 703;":INP:COUP?"

20 ENTER 703; A$

30 PRINT A$

40 END

Response Message Syntax

Figure 3-5 shows the simplified syntax of a Response Message. Response

messages may contain both commas and semicolon separators. When a single

query command returns multiple values, a comma is used to separate each item.

When multiple queries are sent in the same program message, the groups of data

corresponding to each query are separated by a semicolon. Note that a <new line>

^END is always sent as a response message terminator.

NOTE:

<new line> = ASCII character decimal 10

^END = EOI asserted concurrent with last byte

; = multiple response separator (ASCII character decimal 59)

, = data separator within a response (ASCII character decimal 44)

Figure 3-5. Simplified Response Message Syntax Diagram

3-16

Programming Guide

Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.

Chapter 3 Programming Your Universal Counter for Remote Operation

Elements of SCPI Commands

Response Message Data Types

Table 3-3 contains explanations of response data types.

Table 3-3. Response Message Data Types

Type

Description

<NR1>

This numeric representation has an implicit radix point.

The maximum number of characters in <NR1> response data is 17 (maximum

16 digits, 1 sign).

<NR2>

This numeric representation has an explicit radix point.

The maximum number of characters in <NR2> response data is 17 (maximum

15 mantissa digits, 1 sign, 1 decimal point).

<NR3>

This numeric representation has an explicit radix point and an exponent.

The maximum number of characters in <NR3> response data is 22 (maximum

15 mantissa digits, 2 signs, 1 decimal point , 1 ‘E’ character, 3 exponent digits).

Not a Number

Not a Number is represented by the value 9.91E37 . (Not a Number is defined in

IEEE 754). The Counter responds with this numeric value when queried for a

floating point number it cannot provide. This value will be formatted as an

<NR3>.

Programming Guide

3-17

Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.

Chapter 3 Programming Your Universal Counter for Remote Operation

Overview of Response Message Formats

Table 3-3. Response Message Data Types (Continued)

Type

Description

A single ASCII-encoded byte, 0 or 1, is returned for the query of settings that use

<Boolean> parameters.

ASCII-encoded bytes corresponding to the short form of the literal used as the

command parameter.

For example, if the :CALC3:AVER:TYPE MAXimum command is sent to the

Counter, the :CALC3:AVER:TYPE? response would be MAX.

A string response consists of ASCII characters enclosed by double quotes.

For example, string data is used for the “<error description>” portion of

:SYST:ERR? response and for [:SENS]:FUNC? response.

<definite length

block>

The syntax is a pound sign (#) followed by a non-zero digit representing the

number of digits in the subsequent decimal integer. The decimal integer specifies

the number of 8-bit data bytes being sent. This is followed by the actual data.

The terminator is a line feed asserted with EOI. For example, for transmitting 8

bytes of data, the format might be:

The “2” indicates the number of digits that follow and the two digits “08” indicate

the number of data bytes to be transmitted.

A zero-length block has the format: #0<new line>^EOI

<new line> is defined as a single ASCII-encoded byte corresponding to

10 decimal.

3-18

Programming Guide

Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.

Chapter 3 Programming Your Universal Counter for Remote Operation

Elements of SCPI Commands

Status Reporting

The HP 53131A/132A status registers conform to the SCPI and IEEE 488.2

standards.

Figure 3-6 shows all the status system register groups and queues in the Counter.

This is a high level drawing that does not show all the registers that are contained

in each group. It is intended as a guide to the bits used in each of these register

groups to monitor the Counter ’s status. Note that besides the Operation Status and

the Questionable Data/Signal Register groups, a summary of the Standard Status

Structure Registers (defined by IEEE 488.2-1987) is shown.

Refer to the section in this chapter titled “How to Program the Counter for Status

Reporting” and the flowchart in Figure 3-10 for detailed information on

programming the status reporting system.

Programming Guide

3-19

Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.

Chapter 3 Programming Your Universal Counter for Remote Operation

Status Reporting

Figure 3-6. HP 53131A/132A SCPI Status Reporting Summary

Functional Diagram

3-20

Programming Guide

Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.

Chapter 3 Programming Your Universal Counter for Remote Operation

Elements of SCPI Commands

Status Byte Register and Service Request Enable Register

Figure 3-7. Status Byte and Service Request Enable

Status Byte Register

The Status Byte Register is the summary-level register in the status reporting

structure. It contains summary bits that monitor activity in the other status

registers and queues as shown in Figure 3-7.

The Status Byte Register is a live register—its summary bits are set TRUE or

FALSE (one or zero) by the presence or absence of the condition which is being

summarized.

The Status Byte Register can be read with either a serial poll or the *STB? query.

The Status Byte Register is altered only when the state of the overlying status data

structures is altered.

The entire Status Byte Register can be cleared by sending the *CLS command, by

itself in a program message, to the Counter.

Table 3-4 lists the Status Byte Register bits and briefly describes each bit.

Programming Guide

3-21

Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.

Chapter 3 Programming Your Universal Counter for Remote Operation

Status Reporting

Table 3-4. Status Byte Register

BIT

WEIGH

SYMBOL

DESCRIPTION

Not used

Questionable Data/Signal Status Register

Summary Bit

QSB

MAV

ESB

128

Message Available Summary Bit

Standard Event Status Register Summary Bit

RQS/MSS Request Service/Master Status Summary Bit

OSB Operation Status Register Summary Bit

A detailed description of each bit in the Status Byte Register follows:

Bits 0–2 are not used.

Bit 3 (QSB) summarizes the Questionable Data/Signal Status Event

This bit indicates whether or not one or more of the enabled Questionable

Data/Signal events have occurred since the last reading or clearing of the

Questionable Data/Signal Status Event Register.

This bit is set TRUE (one) when an enabled event in the Questionable

Data/Signal Status Event Register is set TRUE. Conversely, this bit is set

FALSE (zero) when no enabled events are set TRUE.

Bit 4 (MAV) summarizes the Output Queue.

This bit indicates whether or not the Output Queue is empty.

This bit is set TRUE (one) when the Counter is ready to accept a request

by the external computer to output data bytes; that is, the Output Queue is

not empty. This bit is set FALSE (zero) when the Output Queue is empty.

3-22

Programming Guide

Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.

Chapter 3 Programming Your Universal Counter for Remote Operation

Elements of SCPI Commands

Bit 5 (ESB) summarizes the Standard Event Status Register.

This bit indicates whether or not one of the enabled Standard Event Status

Standard Event Status Register.

This bit is set TRUE (one) when an enabled event in the Standard Event

Status Register is set TRUE. Conversely, this bit is set FALSE (zero)

when no enabled events are set TRUE.

Bit 6 (RQS/MSS) summarizes IEEE 488.1 RQS and Master Summary

Status.

When a serial poll is used to read the Status Byte Register,

the RQS bit indicates if the device was sending SRQ TRUE. The RQS bit

is set FALSE by a serial poll.

When *STB? is used to read the Status Byte Register, the MSS bit

indicates the Master Summary Status. The MSS bit indicates whether or

not the Counter has at least one reason for requesting service.

Bit 7 (OSB) summarizes the Operation Status Event Register.

This bit indicates whether or not one or more of the enabled Operation

events have occurred since the last reading or clearing of the Operation

Status Event Register.

This bit is set TRUE (one) when an enabled event in the Operation Status

Event Register is set TRUE. Conversely, this bit is set FALSE (zero)

when no enabled events are set TRUE.

Service Request Enable Register

The Service Request Enable Register selects which summary bits in the Status

Byte Register may cause service requests as shown in

Figure 3-7.

Use *SRE to write to this register and *SRE? to read this register.

Use *SRE 0 to clear the register. A cleared register does not allow status

information to generate the service requests. (Power-on also clears this register.)

Programming Guide

3-23

Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.

Chapter 3 Programming Your Universal Counter for Remote Operation

Status Reporting

Standard Event Status Register Group

Figure 3-8. Standard Event Status Reporting

Standard Event Status Register

The Standard Event Status Register contains bits that monitor specific IEEE

488.2-defined events as shown in Figure 3-8.

Use *ESR? to read this register.

Use *ESR? or *CLS to clear this register.

Table 3-5 lists the Standard Event Status Register bits and briefly describes each

bit.

Table 3-5. Standard Event Status Register

BIT

WEIGH

SYMBOL DESCRIPTION

OPC

Operation Complete

(RQC)

Not used because this instrument cannot

request permission to become active

IEEE 488.1 controller-in-charge.

QYE

DDE

EXE

Query Error

Device-Specific Error

Execution Error

Command Error

CME

(URQ)

Not used because this instrument does not

define any local controls as “User Request”

controls.

128

PON

Power On

3-24

Programming Guide

Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.

Chapter 3 Programming Your Universal Counter for Remote Operation

Elements of SCPI Commands

A detailed description of each bit in the Standard Event Status Register follows:

Bit 0 (Operation Complete) is an event bit which is generated in response

to the *OPC command. This bit indicates that the Counter has completed

all pending operations.

If there are no pending operations at the time *OPC executes, this bit sets

immediately.

If there is a pending operation at the time *OPC executes, this event bit sets

when the pending operation condition transistions from TRUE to FALSE.

the :TRIGger:COUNt:AUTO is OFF, or

statistics are disabled, or

the function is set to Totalize or Voltage Peaks,

then the pending operation condition is set TRUE when either: 1) a single

measurement is initiated, or 2) a continuous measurement cycle is initiated.

The pending operation condition is set FALSE when the measurement cycle

terminates.

the TRIGger:COUNt:AUTO is ON, and

statistics are enabled, and

the function is set to Totalize or Voltage Peaks,

then the pending operation condition is set TRUE when a block of

measurements is initiated. The pending operation condition is set FALSE

when the block of measurements completes; that is, when the last

measurement in the block completes.

Bit 1 is not used.

Bit 2 (Query Error) is an event bit which indicates that either 1) an

attempt was made to read the Output Queue when it was empty or 2) data

in the Output Queue has been lost.

Errors -400 through -499 are query errors.

Programming Guide

3-25

Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.

Chapter 3 Programming Your Universal Counter for Remote Operation

Status Reporting

Bit 3 (Device-Specific Error) is an event bit which indicates an operation

did not properly complete due to some condition of the Counter.

Errors -300 through -399 and all those with positive error numbers

(+2000 through ...) are device-specific errors.

Bit 4 (Execution Error) is an event bit which indicates that a command

could not be executed 1) because the parameter was out of range or

inconsistent with the Counter ’s capabilities, or 2) because of some

condition of the Counter.

Errors -200 through -299 are execution errors.

Bit 5 (Command Error) is an event bit which indicates one of the

following has occurred: 1) an IEEE 488.2 syntax error, 2) a semantic

error indicating an unrecognized command, or 3) a Group Execute

Trigger was entered into the input buffer inside of a program message.

Bit 6 is not used.

Bit 7 (Power On) is an event bit which indicates that an off-to-on

transition has occurred in the Counter ’s power supply.

Standard Event Status Enable Register

The Standard Event Status Enable Register selects which events in the Standard

Event Status Register are reflected in the ESB summary bit (bit 5) of the Status

Byte Register as shown in

Figure 3-8.

Use *ESE to write to this register and *ESE? to read this register.

Use *ESE 0 to clear the register. (Power-on also clears this register.)

3-26

Programming Guide

Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.

Chapter 3 Programming Your Universal Counter for Remote Operation

Elements of SCPI Commands

Operation Status Register Group and Questionable Data/Signal

Status Register Group

The Operation Status Register Group and the Questionable Data/Signal Status

a condition register

a positive transition filter register

a negative transition filter register

an event register

an event enable register

Figure 3-9 shows the model that these register groups follow.

Figure 3-9. Operation and Questionable Status Reporting Model

Programming Guide

3-27

Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.

Chapter 3 Programming Your Universal Counter for Remote Operation

Status Reporting

Condition Register

A condition register continuously monitors the hardware and firmware status of

the Counter. There is no latching or buffering for this register; it is updated in real

time. Reading a condition register does not change its contents.

To read the condition registers use:

:STATus:OPERation:CONDition?

:STATus:QUEStionable:CONDition?

Transition Filter

A transition filter specifies the transition criteria for setting event bits TRUE.

When the transition filter specifies a positive transition, the event becomes TRUE

when its associated condition makes a FALSE to TRUE transition only.

When the transition filter specifies a negative transition, the event becomes TRUE

when its associated condition makes a TRUE to FALSE transition only.

When the transition filter specifies either a positive or a negative transition, the

event becomes TRUE when its associated condition makes either a FALSE to

TRUE or a TRUE to FALSE transition.

A transition filter is defined by a positive and negative transition filter register.

Table 3-6 describes how the transition filter registers define the transition criteria

for setting an event bit TRUE.

Table 3-6. Transition Filter Definition

Positive

Negative

Transition Transition Transition Which Causes the

Filter Bit

TRUE

Filter Bit

FALSE

TRUE

Event-Bit to be set TRUE

positive transition

FALSE

TRUE

negative transition

TRUE

either a positive or negative transition

neither transition (event reporting is disabled)

FALSE

3-28

Programming Guide

Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.

Chapter 3 Programming Your Universal Counter for Remote Operation

Elements of SCPI Commands

Transition filters are unaffected by *CLS or queries. Transition filters are set to

default values by :STATus:PRESet and power-on.

To write to the transitions filter registers use:

:STATus:OPERation:PTRansition

:STATus:OPERation:NTRansition

:STATus:QUEStionable:PTRansition

:STATus:QUEStionable:NTRansition

To read the transition filter registers use:

:STATus:OPERation:PTRansition?

:STATus:OPERation:NTRansition?

:STATus:QUEStionable:PTRansition?

:STATus:QUEStionable:NTRansition?

Event Register

An event register captures changes in conditions.

An event register bit (event bit) shall be set TRUE when an associated event

occurs. These bits, once set, are “sticky.” That is, they cannot be cleared even if

they do not reflect the current status of a related condition, until they are read.

To read the event registers use:

:STATus:OPERation[:EVENt]?

:STATus:QUEStionable[:EVENt]?

Use event register queries or *CLS to clear event registers.

Event Enable Register

An event enable register selects which event bits in the corresponding event

To write the event enable registers use:

:STATus:OPERation:ENABle

:STATus:QUEStionable:ENABle

To read the event enable registers use:

:STATus:OPERation:ENABle?

:STATus:QUEStionable:ENABle?

The event enable registers are cleared by :STATus:PRESet and power-on .

Programming Guide

3-29

Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.

Chapter 3 Programming Your Universal Counter for Remote Operation

Status Reporting

Operation Status Register Group

The Operation Status Register Group monitors conditions which are part of the

Counter’s normal operation.

Table 3-7 lists the Operation Status Register bits and briefly describes each bit.

Table 3-7. Operation Status Register

BIT

WEIGHT DESCRIPTION

Calibrating

Not used

Measuring

Not used

256

Computing Statistics

Using Internal Reference

In Limit Event

Not used

512

1024

11–14

Not used since some controllers may have difficulty

reading a 16-bit unsigned integer. The value of this bit

shall always be 0.

A detailed description of each bit in the Operation Status Register follows:

Bit 0 (Calibrating) is a condition bit which indicates the Counter is

currently performing a (front-panel invoked or HP-IB invoked)

calibration.

The condition bit is TRUE (one) during a calibration and FALSE (zero)

otherwise.

3-30

Programming Guide

Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.

Chapter 3 Programming Your Universal Counter for Remote Operation

Elements of SCPI Commands

Bits 1–3 are not used.

Bit 4 (Measuring) is a condition bit which indicates the Counter is

actively measuring.

The condition bit is TRUE (one) during a measurement and FALSE (zero)

otherwise.

If the external reference has been explicitly selected and an absent or

invalid signal at the external reference input is detected, then the Counter

will not report Measuring (even though it may perform an auto trigger) in

response to the user initiating a measurement.

Bits 5–7 are not used.

Bit 8 (Computing Statistics) is a condition bit which indicates the

Counter has begun collecting measurements for the next statistical

computation.

The condition bit is TRUE (one) once the first of N measurements has

begun, and remains TRUE until the last of N measurements has

completed.

Bit 9 (Using Internal Reference) is a condition bit which indicates the

Counter is using the internal reference.

The condition bit is TRUE (one) while the Counter is using the internal

reference. The condition bit is FALSE (zero) while the Counter is using

the external reference.

This bit monitors both explicit and automatic reference changes. Explicit

reference changes occur when you select internal or external using the

front-panel Utility menu or the HP-IB command, [:SENS]:ROSC:SOUR.

Automatic reference changes occur when the Counter is configured to

select the reference (automatically) by detecting whether or not an external

reference is being supplied.

Bit 10 (In Limit Event) is an event bit indicating the last measurement

limit tested was “in limit.”

Each and every time a measurement is limit tested and found to be in

limit, this event will be reported.

Programming Guide

3-31

Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.

Chapter 3 Programming Your Universal Counter for Remote Operation

Status Reporting

Note that this is the only bit in the Operation Status Register which is not

representing a condition. Therefore, the transition filters have no effect on

this bit.

The Counter does not monitor the condition indicating whether the last

measurement was in or out of limit. Hence, the In Limit Event bit does

NOT represent the transition from an “out of limit measurement” to “in

limit measurement.”

Bits 11–15 are not used.

Questionable Data/Signal Status Register Group

The Questionable Data/Signal Status Register Group monitors

SCPI-defined conditions.

Table 3-8 lists the Questionable Data/Signal Status Register bits and briefly

describes each bit.

Table 3-8. Questionable Data/Signal Status Register

BIT

WEIGHT DESCRIPTION

Not used

Time (Time Interval, Rise Time, Fall Time, Pulse Width,

Duty Cycle, and Period)

Not used

Frequency (only Frequency; not Frequency Ratio)

Phase

Not used

256

Calibration Error

Not used

11–13

1024

16384

Out of Limit Event

Not used

Command Warning

Not used since some controllers may have difficulty

reading a 16-bit unsigned integer. The value of this bit

shall always be 0.

3-32

Programming Guide

Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.

Chapter 3 Programming Your Universal Counter for Remote Operation

Elements of SCPI Commands

A detailed description of each bit in the Questionable Data/Signal Status Register

Group follows:

Bits 0–1 are not used.

Bit 2 (Time) is a condition bit which indicates that the Time

measurements (Period, Time Interval, Rise/Fall Time, Pulse Width, and

Duty Cycle) may be affected by the disabling of automatic interpolator

calibration.

The condition bit is TRUE when automatic interpolator calibration is

disabled. The condition bit is FALSE when automatic interpolator

calibration is enabled.

Bits 3–4 are not used.

Bit 5 (Frequency) is a condition bit which indicates that

Frequency measurements (this does not include the Frequency Ratio

measurements) may be affected by the disabling of automatic interpolator

calibration.

The condition bit is TRUE when automatic interpolator calibration is

disabled. The condition bit is FALSE when automatic interpolator

calibration is enabled.

Bit 6 (Phase) is a condition bit which indicates that Phase measurements

may be affected by the disabling of automatic interpolator calibration.

The condition bit is TRUE when automatic interpolator calibration is

disabled. The condition bit is FALSE when automatic interpolator

calibration is enabled.

Bit 7 is not used.

Bit 8 (Calibration Error) is an event bit which indicates that one of the

following has occurred: 1) an HP-IB invoked calibration failed, 2) a front-

panel invoked calibration failed, 3) an automatic interpolator calibration

failed during the measurement cycle, or 4) an automatic measurement

calibration failed during the measurement cycle.

Since this is an event bit, the transition filters have no effect on this bit.

Bit 9 is not used.

Programming Guide

3-33

Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.

Chapter 3 Programming Your Universal Counter for Remote Operation

Status Reporting

Bit 10 (Out of Limit Event) is an event bit indicating the last

measurement limit tested was “out of limit.”

Each and every time a measurement is limit tested and found to be out of

limit, this event will be reported.

Note that this bit is not representing a condition. Therefore, the transition

filters have no effect on this bit.

The Counter does not monitor the condition indicating whether the last

measurement was in or out of limit. Hence, the Out of Limit Event bit

does NOT represent the transition from an “in limit measurement” to “out

of limit measurement.”

Bits 11–13 are not used.

Bit 14 (Command Warning) is an event bit indicating a command, such

as CONFigure or MEASure, ignored a parameter during execution.

Since this is an event bit, the transition filters have no effect on this bit.

Bit 15 is not used.

3-34

Programming Guide

Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.

Chapter 3 Programming Your Universal Counter for Remote Operation

Elements of SCPI Commands

Command Settings for Optimizing Throughput

This section lists the commands which enable the Counter to transfer data at the

fastest possible rate. See the “To Optimize Throughput” sample programs on

pages 3-73 , 3-86, and 3-96

Commands to Set Counter for Optimal Throughput

Unless otherwise noted, these settings are stored on Save (*SAV).

All of these settings are reset by *RST or a power cycle.

Disable auto trigger on measurement channel(s):

Specify absolute trigger levels—

[:SENSe]:EVENt[1|2]:LEVel[:ABSolute] <numeric_value> [V]

or simply disable auto-trigger—

[:SENSe]:EVENt[1|2]:LEVel[:ABSolute]:AUTO OFF

Set gate/arm to auto for appropriate measurement:

For Frequency, Period, and Ratio—

[:SENSe]:FREQuency:ARM[:STARt]:SOURce IMMediate

[:SENSe]:FREQuency:ARM:STOP:SOURce IMMediate

For Phase—

[:SENSe]:PHASe:ARM[:STARt]:SOURce IMMediate

For Time Interval (HP 53131A Only)—

[:SENSe]:TINTerval:ARM[:STARt]:SOURce IMMediate

[:SENSe]:TINTerval:ARM:STOP:SOURce IMMediate

For Time Interval (HP 53132A Only)—

[:SENSe]:TINTerval:ARM: ESTART:LAYer2:SOURce IMMediate

[:SENSe]:TINTerval:ARM :ESTART[:LAYer[1]]:SOURce IMMediate

[:SENSe]:TINTerval:ARM :ESTOP:LAYer2:SOURce IMMediate

[:SENSe]:TINTerval:ARM: :ESTOP[:LAYer[1]]:SOURce IMMediate

Define device trigger to FETC?:

When the device trigger is defined as FETC?, the Group Execute Trigger

should be used to query for a result.

*DDT #15FETC?

Programming Guide

3-35

Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.

Chapter 3 Programming Your Universal Counter for Remote Operation

Command Settings for Optimizing Throughput

Set reference oscillator to non-auto state (internal or external):

[:SENSe]:ROSCillator:SOURce INTernal | EXTernal (See Note below.)

Disable checking of external source if using external reference oscillator:

[:SENSe]:ROSCillator:EXTernal:CHECk OFF (See Note below.)

Disable automatic interpolator calibration:

:DIAGnostic:CALibration:INTerpolator:AUTO OFF (See Note below.)

Disable display:

:DISPlay:ENABle OFF (See Note below.)

Disable printing:

:HCOPy:CONTinuous OFF

Disable post-processing (math, limit testing, statistics):

:CALCulate:MATH:STATe OFF

:CALCulate2:LIMit:STATe OFF

:CALCulate3:AVERage[:STATe] OFF

Specify expected frequency for Frequency, Period, Ratio, Phase, and Duty

Cycle measurements:

[:SENSe]:FREQuency:EXPected[1|2|3] <numeric_value> [HZ]

(See Note below.)

Specify ASCII format for result query responses:

:FORMat[:DATA] ASCii

Specify continuous measurements:

:INITiate:CONTinuous ON

Configure the read/fetch function memory:

Issue the following query and read the response.

:FETCh[:SCALar]:<function>?

__________________________

Note: This value is not stored on Save and is not part of the non-volatile state.

Typical Optimizing Throughput Results for Different Computers

3-36

Programming Guide

Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.

Chapter 3 Programming Your Universal Counter for Remote Operation

Elements of SCPI Commands

Table 3-9 lists the typical performance for three different computers. The “To

Optimize Throughput” sample programs on pages 3- 73 , 3-86, and 3-96 were used

to generate the numbers in the table. The actual examples listed in this guide show

the Frequency Auto Arming function, but the technique is the same for the other

two functions (Frequency Time Arming .001 and Time Interval 1 to 2). You only

have to change the function in the program to generate the numbers in the table.

Table 3-9. Typical Optimizing Throughput Results in Measurements

per Second

IBM PC Compatible HP 82324A

HP 9000 Series 300

Model 360

486/25 MHz

Basic Language

Function

HP 82335A Card

Processor

Time Interval 1 to 2

Auto Arming

235

200

155

225

230

195

160

Frequency

Auto Arming

190

Frequency

Time Arming .001

155

Programming Guide

3-37

Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.

Chapter 3 Programming Your Universal Counter for Remote Operation

How to Program the Counter for Status Reporting

How to Program the Counter for Status

Reporting

Determining the Condition of the Counter

The Counter has status registers that are used to indicate its condition. There are

four register groups that can be examined individually, or used to alert a

computer. These registers, shown in Figure 3-6, are:

Operation Status Register Group

Questionable Data/Signal Register Group

Standard Event Status Register Group

Status Byte Register Group

The first three groups all have event registers that can be fed into the Status Byte

IB and thus alert the computer that the Counter needs attention. The following

examples show how each of the register groups can be used. (Figure 3-10 is a

flowchart diagram of how to program the Counter for Status Reporting.)

Resetting the Counter and Clearing the HP-IB Interface—

Example 1

Before attempting any programming, it is a good idea to set the Counter to a

known state . The following command grouping shows how to reset the Counter.

Before issuing these commands, execute a device clear to reset the interface and

Counter. Consult your interface card ’s documentation for how to issue a device

clear since the device clear command will be specific to the interface you are

using. Perform the following:

1. Issue a Device Clear (See your computer or interface card documentation

for how to issue this command).

2. Issue the following commands:

*RST

*CLS

*SRE 0

*ESE 0

:STAT:PRES

3-38

Programming Guide

Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.

Chapter 3 Programming Your Universal Counter for Remote Operation

Elements of SCPI Commands

Using the Standard Event Status Register to Trap an Incorrect

HP-IB command—Example 2

The following command grouping shows how to use the Standard Event Status

command is sent to the Counter.

The command *ESE 32 tells the Counter to summarize the command error bit ( bit

5 of the Event Status Register) in the Status Byte Register. The command error bit

is set when an incorrect command is received by the Counter. The command *SRE

32 tells the Counter to assert the SRQ line when the Event Status Register

summary bit is set to 1. If the Counter is serial polled after a command error, the

serial poll result will be 96.

Event Status Register

*ESE 32

Enable for bad command.

*SRE 32

Assert SRQ from Standard Event Status Register summary.

Using the Questionable Data/Signal Status Register to Alert the

Computer When Automatic Interpolator Calibration is

Disabled—Example 3

The default operation of the Counter is for automatic interpolator calibration to

occur before every measurement. To optimize throughput over the HP-IB, the

automatic calibration can be disabled. When it is disabled, the most recent

calibration values are used. These values may not be the optimal values for a

particular temperature or other environmental condition. For this reason,

the Time, Frequency and Phase bits in the Questionable Data register are set

whenever the automatic calibration is disabled.

In the following Questionable Data Status Register example, the first line tells the

Counter to detect a transition from negative

(non-questionable data) to positive (questionable data) of bits 2, 5, and 6 in the

Questionable Data Register. The next line tells the Counter to summarize the

detected events in the Status Byte Register. The command *SRE 8 tells the

Counter to assert the SRQ line when the summary bit for the Questionable Data

calibration transitions from on to off.

Programming Guide

3-39

Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.

Chapter 3 Programming Your Universal Counter for Remote Operation

How to Program the Counter for Status Reporting

Questionable Data Status Register

:STAT:QUES:PTR 100; NTR 0 Detect transition from non-questionable to

questionable data.

Enable to detect for auto cal off.

:STAT:QUES:ENABLE 100

*SRE 8

Assert SRQ on Questionable Summary bit.

Using the Operation Status Register to Alert the Computer When

Measuring has Completed—

Example 4

The following command grouping illustrates how to use the Operation Status

completed. This is useful if the Counter is making a long measurement. For

example, a frequency measurement with a gate time of 10 seconds. When the

measurement is complete, the Counter can alert the computer.

The first line tells the Counter to watch for a negative transition from true

(measuring) to false (non-measuring) of bit 4. This negative transition indicates

that the Counter has completed a measurement. The next line tells the Counter to

summarize the detected event (bit 4 of the Operation Status Register) in the Status

Byte Register. The command *SRE 128 tells the Counter to assert SRQ when the

summary bit for the Operation Status register is set to 1. A serial poll will return

192 when a measurement has completed.

Operation Status Register

:STAT:OPER:PTR 0; NTR 16 Detect transition from measuring to non-

measuring.

Enable to detect measuring.

:STAT:OPER:ENABLE 16

*SRE 128

Assert SRQ on Operation Summary bit.

3-40

Programming Guide

Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.

Chapter 3 Programming Your Universal Counter for Remote Operation

Elements of SCPI Commands

Figure 3-10. Status Reporting Flowchart (1 of 2)

Programming Guide

3-41

Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.

Chapter 3 Programming Your Universal Counter for Remote Operation

How to Program the Counter for Status Reporting

Figure 3-10. Status Reporting Flowchart (2 of 2)

3-42

Programming Guide

Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.

Chapter 3 Programming Your Universal Counter for Remote Operation

Elements of SCPI Commands

How to Program the Counter to Display Results

Configuring the Counter ’s Display

The Counter has five different display modes:

1. Non-scaled/offset results—frequency, period, time interval, etc. This

display mode is used on power-up.

2. Scaled/offset results—results modified by scale and offset values

3. Limit graph—a graphical look that shows if a measurement is within

limits

4. Statistics—mean, min, max or standard deviation

5. Display Enable—All segments and LEDs (except Remote and SRQ) off

or on

The following command groupings show how to program the Counter to any of

the above display modes.

Commands for Displaying Non-Scaled/Offset Results

The following lines will always show the raw (non-scaled/offset) measurement

result.

:DISP:MENU OFF

Clear any menu items that may be on

display.

:DISP:TEXT:FEED ‘CALC2’

:CALC2:LIM:DISP NUMBER

:CALC:MATH:STATE OFF

:CALC:IMM

Show the non-statistical result.

Use the numeric display mode.

Disable math so scale and offset not used.

Cause a calculation to be made to update display.

Note that :CALC2:LIM:DISP NUMBER will only show the raw result if the

command :DISP:TEXT:FEED ‘CALC2’ is also issued. These commands must be

issued in pairs.

Programming Guide

3-43

Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.

Chapter 3 Programming Your Universal Counter for Remote Operation

How to Program the Counter to Display Results

Commands for Displaying Scaled/Offset Results

The following lines will enable Math (scale/offset). It is assumed that the values

for scale and offset are already set. If not, the default value for scale is 1 and for

offset is 0.

:DISP:MENU OFF

Clear any menu items that may be on

display.

:DISP:TEXT:FEED ‘CALC2’

:CALC2:LIM:DISP NUMBER

:CALC:MATH:STATE ON

:CALC:IMM

Show the non-statistical result.

Use the numeric display mode.

Enable math.

Cause a calculation to be made to update

display.

Note that :CALC2:LIM:DISP NUMBER will only show the raw result if the

command :DISP:TEXT:FEED ‘CALC2’ is also issued. These commands must be

issued in pairs.

Commands for Displaying the Limit Graph

The following lines enable limit testing and show the limit graph.

If the Math is enabled, the scale and offset will be applied to the measurement

result before being tested for the limit graph.

:DISP:MENU OFF

Clear any menu items that may be on

display.

:DISP:TEXT:FEED ‘CALC2’

:CALC2:LIM:STATE ON

:CALC2:LIM:DISP GRAPH

:CALC:IMM

Show the non-statistical result.

Enable limit testing.

Display the limit test result graph.

Cause a calculation to be made to update

display.

Commands for Displaying Statistics Results

The following lines enable Statistics. The default value displayed is Mean.

:DISP:MENU OFF

Clear any menu items that may be on display.

Show statistical results.

:DISP:TEXT:FEED ‘CALC3’

:CALC3:AVER ON

Enable statistics.

3-44

Programming Guide

Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.

Chapter 3 Programming Your Universal Counter for Remote Operation

Elements of SCPI Commands

Commands for Enabling and Disabling the Display

The Counter display can be turned on or off. The normal condition is for the

display to be on. To achieve maximum HP-IB throughput,

the display must be disabled.

:DISP:ENABLE OFF

:DISP:ENABLE ON

Disable the display, all segments off.

Normal display mode.

Programming Guide

3-45

Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.

Chapter 3 Programming Your Universal Counter for Remote Operation

How to Program the Counter to Synchronize Measurements

How to Program the Counter to Synchronize

Measurements

Synchronizing Measurement Completion

The Counter has three different methods for synchronizing the end of a

measurement and computer transfer of data. The three methods are:

1. Using the *WAI command

2. Using the *OPC? command

3. Using the *OPC command to assert SRQ

The following discussion shows how to use all three methods.

Resetting the Counter and Clearing the HP-IB Interface

Before attempting any programming, it is a good idea to set the Counter to a

known state. The following command grouping illustrates how to reset the

Counter. Before issuing these commands, execute a device clear to reset the

interface and Counter. Consult your interface card ’s documentation for how to

issue a device clear since the device clear command will be specific to the interface

you are using. Perform the following:

1. Issue a Device Clear. (See your computer or interface card documentation

for how to issue this command.)

2. Issue the following commands:

*RST

*CLS

*SRE 0

*ESE 0

:STAT:PRES

Using the *WAI Command

This method is most useful when only the Counter is on the bus and you want the

Counter to send the data when it is ready. In this example, the Counter is

instructed to take 50 measurements and return the statistics for these 50

measurements. After the :INIT command is issued, the Counter is instructed to

hold off execution of any more commands by the *WAI command. When the

Counter has completed the 50 measurements and statistics, it executes the

:CALC3:AVERAGE:ALL? command, which asks for the results.

3-46

Programming Guide

Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.

Chapter 3 Programming Your Universal Counter for Remote Operation

Elements of SCPI Commands

:CALC3:AVERAGE ON

:CALC3:AVERAGE:COUNT 50

:TRIG:COUNT:AUTO ON

:INIT

Enable statistics.

Base statistics on 50 measurements.

On INIT, take 50 measurements.

Start 50 measurements.

*WAI

Wait until 50 measurements are complete

before Counter executes another

command. At this point, commands could

be issued to other instruments.

Asks for the statistics. This command, will

not be executed until the 50th

:CALC3:AVERAGE:ALL?

measurement is complete.

Using the *OPC? Command

This method is useful if you want to hold off execution of the program while you

wait for the Counter to complete any pending activity. In the *WAI example

above, the line following the *WAI command is accepted by the Counter.

However, the Counter does not execute the command because of the preceding

*WAI command. If this line had been a command to address another instrument, it

would be immediately executed. If you had wanted to hold off the command to

another instrument, you would use the *OPC? command instead of the *WAI

command.

:CALC3:AVERAGE ON

:CALC3:AVERAGE:COUNT 50

:TRIG:COUNT:AUTO ON

:INIT

Enable statistics.

Base statistics on 50 measurements.

On INIT, take 50 measurements.

Start making measurements.

*OPC?

Tell Counter to put a 1 in the output buffer

when 50th measurement is complete.

Read the Counter. The program will wait here until the Counter returns a 1.

:CALC3:AVERAGE:ALL? Ask for statistics.

Using the *OPC Command to Assert SRQ

This method is recommended when the Counter is on the HP-IB with many other

instruments, any of which can assert SRQ. The commands *OPC, *ESE 1 and

Programming Guide

3-47

Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.

Chapter 3 Programming Your Universal Counter for Remote Operation

How to Program the Counter to Synchronize Measurements

*SRE 32 are used to assert the SRQ line to alert the computer that the Counter

has completed a measurement. It is up to the computer to use the serial poll

command to determine which of the instruments on the bus requested service.

Of the three procedures discussed here, this is the most flexible, but also the most

complex.

:CALC3:AVERAGE ON

:CALC3:AVERAGE:COUNT 50

:TRIG:COUNT:AUTO ON

*ESE 1

Enable statistics.

Base statistics on 50 measurements.

On INIT, take N measurements.

Summarize OPC bit for Status Byte

*SRE 32

SRQ when event summary bit is 1.

Set up program to specify service routine and enable interrupt when SRQ is

asserted.

:INIT

*OPC

Start measurements.

Enable OPC bit.

Program could be doing other things while waiting for SRQ.

When SRQ occurs and the Counter has been identified as the cause of the SRQ,

ask for the data:

:CALC3:AVERAGE:ALL?

Ask for statistics.

3-48

Programming Guide

Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.

Chapter 3 Programming Your Universal Counter for Remote Operation

Elements of SCPI Commands

How to Program the Counter for Math/Limit

Operations

Updating Math and Limit Results Over HP-IB

When using the Limits or Math capabilities from the front panel, the default

(power-up) operation is for results to be automatically updated whenever a value

is updated in either the Limit or Scale&Offset menu. For example, entering a scale

value automatically enables Math and updates the result in the display to reflect

the changes. Similarly, entering either an upper or lower limit automatically

enables Limit Testing. If, after entering a value in either of these menus, you do

not want limits or math, you must go to the appropriate menu item and turn off

limits or math.

When the Counter is programmed, there are additional issues that must be

addressed.

The first thing done in most programs is to put the Counter in a known state using

*RST. The *RST command resets the Counter. One of the things this command

does is disable the automatic

post-processing of Limit and Math operations . What this means is, that if you

set a limit, scale or offset value, and enable Limits or Math, the answer will

not be automatically updated to reflect the Limit or Math values . Whenever a

new measurement is made, the result will be updated, but, if the Counter is in

Single mode, changing the Limits or Math will not result in an automatic re-

calculation.

There are two things you can do to make sure the results are updated. One is to

send the command :CALC:IMM:AUTO ON after the *RST command. This will

cause the results to be updated whenever a limit, scale or offset value is changed.

The benefit with this command is that you only have to send this command once

and the Counter will always return data that reflects the current limit or

scale/offset settings.

One potential drawback is that results you may not care about can occur, possibly

causing an unexpected event (like an SRQ or out-of-limit condition). For example,

if you wanted to change the scale and offset, you might first send the scale value.

With :CALC:IMM:AUTO ON, the scale value will be immediately applied, before

the offset value is received. You may not care what this scaled-only value is,

but it may cause an out-of-limit condition, which may in turn cause an SRQ,

neither of which you might have expected.

The other option is to program the Counter to update post-processed results only

when you tell it to. This is accomplished by sending the command :CALC:IMM

after you send all of the limits or scale/offset values. This way, no intermediate

Programming Guide

3-49

Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.

Chapter 3 Programming Your Universal Counter for Remote Operation

How to Program the Counter for Math/Limit Operations

results are calculated. The only drawback with this command is that you must

always send it when you change the limits or scale/offset values.

The section in this chapter titled “How to Program the Counter to Display

Results” uses the :CALC:IMM technique to make sure the results are properly

displayed.

Using the Scale and Offset Over HP-IB

Using the scale and offset values over the bus is different from setting any other

value.

The commands for setting the scale and offset are in the TRACE subsystem. For

example, if you make a frequency measurement and want to set the scale to 5.0

and the offset to 100 Hz, send the following commands:

:TRACE SCALE, 5

:TRACE OFFSET, 100

Set scale value.

Set offset value.

The above commands just set the values. To enable them, Math must be turned on,

and the results processed as described in the previous section:

:CALC1:MATH:STATE ON

:CALC:IMM

Enable math.

Process results using scale and offset.

If you then wanted the to have the Counter ’s display show the processed results,

the following commands must be issued:

:DISP:MENU OFF

Clear any menu items that may be on

display.

:DISP:TEXT:FEED ‘CALC2’

:CALC2:LIM:DISP NUMBER

Show the non-statistical result.

Use the numeric display mode.

3-50

Programming Guide

Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.

Chapter 3 Programming Your Universal Counter for Remote Operation

Elements of SCPI Commands

If you need to query the scale and offset values, you need to know if you are in

ASCII or REAL data format. The values returned from the following query will

be sent using the format that is currently defined (:FORMat[:DATA]) in the box.

To query the scale, use the following command:

:TRACE? SCALE

Then, enter the data, keeping in mind how it will be formatted

(ASCII or REAL).

Programming Guide

3-51

Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.

Chapter 3 Programming Your Universal Counter for Remote Operation

How to Program the Counter to Define Macros

A macro is a user defined command that can be used to replace one or many

Counter commands. There are two good reasons to use macros in place of other

commands:

1. They provide a mnemonic for long or complex commands.

2. They reduce the overhead associated with sending long commands.

For example, if you often want the Counter to display the limit graph, you can

replace the following string of commands with a macro called ‘limitresult’ (you

can provide any name you wish).

:DISP:MENU OFF;:DISP:TEXT:FEED ‘CALC2’;

:CALC2:LIM:STATE ON;:CALC2:LIM:DISP GRAPH

Anytime you wanted to display the limit graph, you would just send the command

‘limitresult’.

To assign the macro ‘limitresult’ to the above command sequence,

you would send the following:

*DMC ‘limitresult’,#280:DISP:MENU OFF;

:DISP:TEXT:FEED ‘CALC2’;:CALC2:LIM:STATE ON;

:CALC2:LIM:DISP GRAPH

The #2 indicates that the next two characters contain the length of the command,

in this example, 80 characters. To program a macro, you need to know the length

of characters in the command. This can be tedious and is prone to users counting

incorrectly. The “To Use Macros” sample programs on pages 3-75 and 3-88, can

be used to help set up macros and perform the counting for you.

3-52

Programming Guide

Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.

Chapter 3 Programming Your Universal Counter for Remote Operation

Elements of SCPI Commands

A macro also lets you send variable parameters along with the name. For example,

you could have a macro that sets up a measurement channel. One of the variables

may be the input impedance, either 50 Ohms or 1 Megaohm. To program this, you

would send the macro name along with the impedance value. To assign a variable

inside the macro definition, you would replace the normal parameter with a $

followed by a number from 1 to 9. Up to 9 variables can be assigned. When

sending the macro, the first parameter would be assigned to the $1 and all

occurrences of $1 in the macro. The second parameter would be assigned to $2

and so on. Here is what the macro called ‘setimp’ would look like. It changes the

impedance on channel 1 to the value assigned to $1 in the macro command.

*DMC ‘setimp’,#212:INP1:IMP $1

To change the impedance to 50 ohms, send:

setimp 50

The above is a very simple example. Macros are best used for a long sequence of

commands. A good use for macros is changing the display from one format to

another. To change to the limit graph, the following commands must be sent:

:DISP:MENU OFF

:DISP:TEXT:FEED ‘CALC2’

:CALC2:LIM:STATE ON

:CALC2:LIM:DISP GRAPH

:CALC:IMM

These commands can all be replaced by a macro called ‘limitdisplay ’, defined as

follows:

*DMC ‘limitdisplay ’,#290:DISP:MENU OFF;

:DISP:TEXT:FEED ‘CALC2’;:CALC2:LIM:STATE ON;

:CALC2:LIM:DISP GRAPH;:CALC:IMM

There is a finite amount of memory available in the Counter for storing macros. If

you find that you are running low on memory,

you can shorten the commands as follows:

1. Do not send the complete path unless it is necessary.

2. Use 1 and 0 instead of ON and OFF for <Boolean> parameters.

3. Use the short form for keywords, INP for INPut, FUNC for FUNCtion

and so on.

The above example for switching to the limit display can be significantly

decreased in length using these shortcuts:

Programming Guide

3-53

Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.

Chapter 3 Programming Your Universal Counter for Remote Operation

How to Program the Counter to Define Macros

*DMC ‘limitdisplay ’,#268

:DISP:MENU 0;TEXT:FEED ‘CALC2’;:CALC2:LIM:STAT 1;DISP

GRAP;

:CALC:IMM

Programming examples using macros are provided in the following section titled

“Programming Examples.” The first macro program listing (starting on page 3- 75)

uses HP BASIC for an HP 9000 series 300 computer. The second Macro program

listing (starting on page

3-88) is for an IBM PC (or clone) and HP 82335A/B card. Both are softkey

driven and can be used to define macros, enable or disable macros, determine what

macros are available and purge macros. There is little error trapping in the

programs, if you misspell a command, the Counter will give an error message.

3-54

Programming Guide

Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.

Chapter 3 Programming Your Universal Counter for Remote Operation

Elements of SCPI Commands

Writing SCPI Programs

Figure 3-11 is a general summation of how to write SCPI programs .

It shows a typical sequence you might go through in the process of writing a

program. You do not have to follow this exact sequence,

but it will help you to become familiar with the Counter ’s capabilities and to direct

you to sections of the guide which will be useful while writing programs.

Programming Guide

3-55

Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.

Chapter 3 Programming Your Universal Counter for Remote Operation

Writing SCPI Programs

Figure 3-11. SCPI Programming Flowchart (Sheet 1 of 2)

3-56

Programming Guide

Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.

Chapter 3 Programming Your Universal Counter for Remote Operation

Elements of SCPI Commands

Figure 3-11. SCPI Programming Flowchart (Sheet 2 of 2)

Programming Guide

3-57

Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.

Chapter 3 Programming Your Universal Counter for Remote Operation

Programming Examples

In this section, you will see how to program the HP 53131A/132A to make many

common measurements. Examples are provided in the following programming

languages:

HP BASIC

MicrosoftÒ QuickBASIC (version 4.5)*

BorlandÒ Turbo C**

Using HP BASIC

This guide uses doubles quotes to enclose string parameters in syntax descriptions,

but uses single quotes in the HP BASIC programming examples for readability.

The Counter allows string parameters to be enclosed by either double or single

quotes. Each method is discussed in the following sub-sections.

To Send a Double-Quoted String

For the HP BASIC OUTPUT statements, remember that strings enclosed in

double quotes need special consideration. For example, send the FUNC “FREQ 1”

command with the following:

OUTPUT 703;"FUNC ""FREQ 1"""

Note that a pair of double quotes (as shown in bold) is required by

HP BASIC to embed a double quote within an HP BASIC string.

To Send a Single-Quoted String

For more readable HP BASIC OUTPUT statements, you may send, for example,

the following:

OUTPUT 703;"FUNC 'FREQ 1'"

Note the pair of single quotes (as shown in bold) is more readable.

___________________________

*Microsoft is a U.S. registered trademark of Microsoft Corporation.

**Turbo C is a product of Borland International, Inc.

3-58

Programming Guide

Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.

Chapter 3 Programming Your Universal Counter for Remote Operation

Elements of SCPI Commands

Using QuickBASIC

The QuickBASIC examples assume you have an HP 82335A

HP-IB Interface card inside your IBM PC or compatible.

Using Turbo C

The Turbo C examples assume you have an HP 82335A

HP-IB Interface card inside your IBM PC or compatible.

List of the Programming Examples

The following examples are provided:

1. Easiest Way to Make a Measurement (HP BASIC only)

2. To Make a Frequency Measurement

3. To Perform Limit Testing (HP BASIC and QuickBASIC only)

4. To Measure the Statistics of 50 Measurements (HP BASIC and

QuickBASIC only)

5. To Use Limits to Filter Data Before Measuring Statistics.

6. To Read and Store Calibration Data—this program is useful if you plan

to calibrate your HP 53131A/132A and want to be able to return to the

original calibration at a later date.

(HP BASIC and QuickBASIC only)

7. To Perform a Time Interval Calibration—this program shows how to

perform both types of time interval calibrations.

(The “fine” time interval calibration uses the HP 59992A J06 Time

Interval Calibrator.) This program also shows how to use the basic

calibration security capabilities. Note, early versions of the Counter

cannot execute this program since they do not support calibration security

or “fine” time interval calibration. (HP BASIC only)

8. To Optimize Throughput; that is, to set up the Counter to transfer data at

the fastest possible rate.

9. To Use Macros

All programming examples use the ASCII format to transfer data from the

Counter to the computer. The ASCII format is the default format when *RST is

used.

NOTE

Programming Guide

3-59

Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.

Chapter 3 Programming Your Universal Counter for Remote Operation

Programming Examples

Easiest Way to Make a Measurement (HP BASIC)

10 ! This program shows how to use the MEASure group of instructions to

20 ! quickly and easily make any of the counter's measurements.

30 ! In this program, time interval, frequency and period will be measured.

40 ! However, the MEASure group can make measurements using any of the other

50 ! counter functions.

60 ! The program is composed of three subroutines. The first uses only

70 ! the MEAS:TINT? (@1),(@2) command to make a time interval measurement.

80 ! The second subroutine uses CONF:FREQ and READ? to make a measurement.

90 ! The third uses CONF:FREQ, INIT and FETCH? to make a measurement.

100! The comments at the start of each subroutine explain the benefits of

110! each method.

120 INTEGER I

130 DIM Freq$[22]

140 DIM Period$[22]

150 DIM Tint$[22]

160

! Declare variables

! Declare string to enter data

! Using strings to enter ASCII format

! data yields results formatted to the

! correct resolution. ASCII is the

! default format for the counter.

170

180 ! The following commands reset the counter

190 ASSIGN @Count TO 703

200 CLEAR 703

! Assign I/O path for counter

! Clear the counter and interface

! Reset the counter

! Clear event registers and error queue

! Clear service request enable register

! Clear event status enable register

! Preset enable registers and

! transition filters for operation and

! questionable status structures.

! Call subroutines to make measurements

210 OUTPUT @Count;"*RST"

220 OUTPUT @Count;"*CLS"

230 OUTPUT @Count;"*SRE 0"

240 OUTPUT @Count;"*ESE 0"

250 OUTPUT @Count;":STAT:PRES"

260

270

280 GOSUB Measure

290 LINPUT "Press RETURN for CONF and READ",A$

300 GOSUB Conf_read

310 LINPUT "Press RETURN for CONF, INIT and FETC",A$

320 GOSUB Init_fetc

330 STOP

340 !

350 !

360 Measure:! Use the MEAS:TINT? (@1),(@2) command

370 ! The MEAS:TINT? (@1),(@2) query initiates a complete measurement

380 ! sequence. It configures the counter for a 2 channel time interval

390 ! measurement, starts the measurement and asks for the data. The MEAS

400 ! command is the simplest (and least flexible) way to make a measurement

410 ! and collect data.

420 ! Make sure there are signals at both counter inputs.

430 PRINT "Time Interval from 1 to 2 measured using MEAS:TINT? (@1),(@2)"

440 OUTPUT @Count;"MEAS:TINT? (@1),(@2)" ! Configure for time interval

450

! and query counter for results.

460 ENTER @Count;Tint$

470 PRINT

480 PRINT "Time Interval 1 to 2 = ";Tint$

490 PRINT

500 RETURN

510 !

520 !

530 Conf_read:! Use CONF and READ? command

3-60

Programming Guide

Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.

Chapter 3 Programming Your Universal Counter for Remote Operation

Elements of SCPI Commands

Easiest Way to Make a Measurement (HP BASIC) (Continued)

540 ! The following commands will measure the frequency on channel 1.

550 ! The MEAS? query can be broken down into CONF and READ? commands.

560 ! The CONF and READ? allow more flexibility than the MEAS? query.

570 ! CONF can be used to configure a measurement. Additional commands

580 ! can then be issued to fine tune the measurement setup. The READ?

590 ! command than reads the result. In the following example, a frequency

600 ! measurement is configured, then, as an example for changing the setup

610 ! created by the CONF command, the counter is programmed for a trigger

620 ! level of 50 mV. (The CONF command tells the counter to use the AUTO

630 ! trigger level mode) Finally, the data is read using the READ? command.

640 PRINT

650 PRINT "Frequency measured using CONF:FREQ (@1) and READ?"

660 OUTPUT @Count;"CONF:FREQ (@1)"

! Configure for frequency measurement

670 OUTPUT @Count;":EVENT1:LEVEL .05" ! Set trigger level to 50 mV

680 OUTPUT @Count;"READ?"

690 ENTER @Count;Freq$

700 PRINT

! Ask for data

710 PRINT "Frequency = ";Freq$

720 PRINT

730 RETURN

740 !

750 !

760 Init_fetc:! Use INIT and FETCH to read frequency and period

770 ! The READ? command can be broken down into INIT and FETCH?, providing

780 ! even more measurement flexibility. By using FETCH?, you can retrieve

790 ! results based on already acquired data. For example, period can be

800 ! derived from a frequency measurement, without a new acquisition.

810 ! The following example uses CONF to set up a frequency measurement.

820 ! The trigger level is then changed to -50 millivolts and an INIT is

830 ! performed, starting the measurement process. The data is read using

840 ! the FETCH:FREQUENCY? command. The period can then be read by sending

850 ! FETCH:PERIOD?, this time asking for the period.

860 PRINT

870 PRINT "Frequency and Period measured using CONF:FREQ (@1), INIT, FETCH?"

880 OUTPUT @Count;"CONF:FREQ (@1)"

! Configure for frequency measurement

890 OUTPUT @Count;":EVENT1:LEVEL -.05"! Change trigger level

900 OUTPUT @Count;"INIT"

! Start a measurement

910 OUTPUT @Count;"FETCH:FREQUENCY?" ! Ask for frequency result

920 ENTER 703;Freq$

930 PRINT

940 PRINT "Frequency = ";Freq$

950 OUTPUT @Count;"FETCH:PERIOD?"

960

970

! Ask for period result derived from

! frequency measurement. Note that

! another measurement was not made.

980 ENTER @Count;Period$

990 PRINT

1000 PRINT "Period = ";Period$

1010 PRINT

1020 RETURN

1030 END

Programming Guide

3-61

Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.

Chapter 3 Programming Your Universal Counter for Remote Operation

Programming Examples

To Make a Frequency Measurement (HP BASIC)

10 ! This program sets up the counter to make 10 frequency

20 ! measurements on channel 1, using a 0.1 second gate time.

30 ! The results are displayed on the computer CRT.

40 ! ASCII format is used to preserve resolution.

50 !

100

110

INTEGER I

DIM Freq$(10)[22]

! Declare variables

! Declare string to enter data

! Using strings to enter ASCII format

! data yields results formatted to the

! correct resolution. ASCII is the

! default format for the counter.

! Take 10 measurements

120 Samples=10

130

140 ASSIGN @Count TO 703

150 CLEAR 703

! Assign I/O path for counter

! Clear the counter and interface

! Reset the counter

! Clear event registers and error queue

! Clear service request enable register

! Clear event status enable register

! Preset enable registers and

! transition filters for operation and

! questionable status structures.

160 OUTPUT @Count;"*RST"

170 OUTPUT @Count;"*CLS"

180 OUTPUT @Count;"*SRE 0"

190 OUTPUT @Count;"*ESE 0"

200 OUTPUT @Count;":STAT:PRES"

210

220

230 OUTPUT @Count;":FUNC 'FREQ 1'" ! Measure frequency on channel 1

240 OUTPUT @Count;":FREQ:ARM:STAR:SOUR IMM" ! These three lines enable

250 OUTPUT @Count;":FREQ:ARM:STOP:SOUR TIM" ! Using time arming, with a

260 OUTPUT @Count;":FREQ:ARM:STOP:TIM .100" ! 0.1 second gate time

270

280 CLEAR SCREEN

290 FOR I=1 TO Samples

300

310

320

330

! Clear the computer display

! Start making measurements

! Start a measurement and

! fetch the data

OUTPUT @Count;"READ:FREQ?"

ENTER @Count;Freq$(I)

PRINT USING "11A,DD,4A,22A,3A";"Frequency (";I;") = ";Freq$(I);" Hz"

! Enter the frequency

340 NEXT I

350 LOCAL 703

360 END

! Return counter to local

3-62

Programming Guide

Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.

Chapter 3 Programming Your Universal Counter for Remote Operation

Elements of SCPI Commands

To Perform Limit Testing (HP BASIC)

10 ! This program sets up the counter to make period measurements

20 ! indefinitely until an out of limits measurement occurs.

30 ! The upper limit is 1 usec and the lower limit is 500 nsec.

40 ! If a measurement falls outside of these limits, the counter will

50 ! stop measuring and report the out of limits value to the computer

60 ! ASCII format is used to preserve resolution.

Lower=5.00E-7

Upper=1.E-6

DIM Result$[22]

! Lower limit for period

! Upper limit for period

! Read out of limit period into Result$

! Assign I/O path for the counter

! Clear the counter and interface

! Reset the counter

! Clear event registers and error queue

! Clear service request enable register

! Clear event status enable register

! Preset enable registers and

100 ASSIGN @Count TO 703

110 CLEAR 703

120 OUTPUT @Count;"*RST"

130 OUTPUT @Count;"*CLS"

140 OUTPUT @Count;"*SRE 0"

150 OUTPUT @Count;"*ESE 0 "

160 OUTPUT @Count;":STAT:PRES"

170

! transition filters for Operation and

! Questionable status structures

180

190 OUTPUT @Count;":FUNC ""PER 1""" ! Measure period on channel 1

200

210

220

! Note that the function selected must be a quoted string.

! The actual string sent to the counter is "PER 1".

230 OUTPUT @Count;":FREQ:ARM:STAR:SOUR IMM" ! These two lines enable

240 OUTPUT @Count;":FREQ:ARM:STOP:SOUR IMM" ! Automatic arming.

250

260 OUTPUT @Count;":CALC2:LIM:STAT ON"

270 OUTPUT @Count;":CALC2:LIM:DISP GRAP"

! Enable limit testing

! Show the analog limit graph

280 OUTPUT @Count;":CALC2:LIM:LOWER ";Lower ! Set lower limit to 500 ns

290 OUTPUT @Count;":CALC2:LIM:UPPER ";Upper ! Set upper limit to 1 us

300 OUTPUT @Count;":INIT:AUTO ON"

310 OUTPUT @Count;":STAT:QUES:ENAB 1024"

320 OUTPUT @Count;"*SRE 8"

330

340 ON INTR 7 GOTO Out_of_limits

350 ENABLE INTR 7;2

! Stop when out of limit

! 1024 is out of limit bit

! Enable SRQ on questionable

! data register event

! If SRQ goto out_of_limits

! Enable the interrupt

360 OUTPUT @Count;":INIT:CONT ON"

370 Loop_here:GOTO Loop_here

380 !

! Start making measurements

! Loop while in limits

390 Out_of_limits:

! Here because SRQ line

! asserted Serial poll counter

! Query the counter

400 Status_byte=SPOLL(703)

410 OUTPUT @Count;"FETCH:PERIOD?"

420 ENTER @Count;Result$

! Read the period

430 PRINT "Out of limits measurement is ";Result$;" seconds"

440 PRINT "Status byte is ";Status_byte

450 LOCAL 703

! Should be 72 (64+8)

! Return counter to local

460 END

Programming Guide

3-63

Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.

Chapter 3 Programming Your Universal Counter for Remote Operation

Programming Examples

To Measure the Statistics of 50 Measurements

(HP BASIC)

! This program instructs the counter to take 50 period measurements.

! The counter is put into SINGLE measurement mode. The number of

! measurements to take is programmed using ":CALC3:AVER:COUNT 50"

! The counter is told to stop after 50 measurements using

! ":TRIG:COUNT:AUTO ON"

! At the end of 50 measurements, the statistics are calculated and

! sent to the computer.

! ASCII format is used to preserve resolution.

! In this example, the status reporting structure is used to alert

100 ! the program that the statistics are ready.

110 ! The "*OPC" command and the "*ESE 1 " command are used together

120 ! to generate an output from the Event Status Register when

130 ! the measurement is complete. The output of this register is

140 ! used as an input to the Service Request Register. In order for the

150 ! Service Request Register to be able to use that input, the "*SRE 32"

160 ! command must be used. This enables the Service Request Register to

170 ! assert the SRQ line when the measurement is complete.

180 ! Note, that the *OPC command must be sent prior to every measurement

190 ! in order to enable the OPC bit. See Line # 520.

200 INTEGER I,Num_meas

210 DIM Sdev$[22],Mean$[22],Minimum$[22],Maximum$[22]

220 Num_meas=50

! Statistics based on Num_meas measurements

230 ASSIGN @Count TO 703

240 CLEAR 703

250 OUTPUT @Count;"*RST"

260 OUTPUT @Count;"*CLS"

270 OUTPUT @Count;"*SRE 0 "

280 OUTPUT @Count;"*ESE 0 "

! Clear the counter and interface

! Reset the counter

! Clear event registers and error queue

! Clear service request enable register

! Clear event status enable register

290 OUTPUT @Count;":STAT:PRES" ! Preset enable registers and transition

300

310

! filters for operation and questionable

! status structures.

320 OUTPUT @Count;":FUNC 'PER 1'" ! Measure Period on channel 1.

330

340

350

360

! Note that the functions must be

! a quoted string. The actual

! string sent to the counter

! is 'PER 1'.

370 OUTPUT @Count;":FREQ:ARM:STAR:SOUR IMM" ! These three lines enable

380 OUTPUT @Count;":FREQ:ARM:STOP:SOUR TIM" ! time arming with a 0.01

390 OUTPUT @Count;":FREQ:ARM:STOP:TIM .01" ! second gate time.

400 OUTPUT @Count;":DISP:TEXT:FEED 'CALC3'" ! Display statistics

410 OUTPUT @Count;":CALC3:AVER:TYPE SDEV" !Display the standard deviation

420 OUTPUT @Count;":CALC3:AVER ON"

! Enable statistics

430 OUTPUT @Count;":CALC3:AVER:COUNT ";Num_meas ! Do statistics on num_meas

440

! measurements.

!Take Num_meas measurements

! "*ESE 1" is used so bit 5

!of the service request register will allow

! an SRQ when measurement complete.

450 OUTPUT @Count;":TRIG:COUNT:AUTO ON "

460 OUTPUT @Count;"*ESE 1"

470

480 OUTPUT @Count;"*SRE 32"

490 ON INTR 7 GOTO Get_averages ! Goto Get_averages on interrupt.

500 ENABLE INTR 7;2

510 PRINT "Waiting for measurement to complete"

! Enable interrupt on counter SRQ.

3-64

Programming Guide

Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.

Chapter 3 Programming Your Universal Counter for Remote Operation

Elements of SCPI Commands

To Measure the Statistics of 50 Measurements

(HP BASIC) (Continued)

520 OUTPUT @Count;":INIT;*OPC" ! Enable OPC bit and starts measurement

530 Loop_here:GOTO Loop_here

540 !

! Wait here until measurement complete.

550 Get_averages:

! Data ready

560 Serial_poll=SPOLL(703)

570 OUTPUT @Count;":CALC3:AVERAGE:TYPE MAX;:CALC3:DATA?"

580 ENTER @Count;Maximum$

590 OUTPUT @Count;":CALC3:AVERAGE:TYPE MIN;:CALC3:DATA?"

600 ENTER @Count;Minimum$

610 OUTPUT @Count;":CALC3:AVERAGE:TYPE MEAN;:CALC3:DATA?"

620 ENTER @Count;Mean$

630 OUTPUT @Count;":CALC3:AVERAGE:TYPE SDEV;:CALC3:DATA?"

640 ENTER @Count;Sdev$

650 PRINT

660 PRINT "Serial Poll = ";Serial_poll

670 PRINT

! Should be 96

680 PRINT USING "21A,22A,X,8A";"Minimum Period

690 PRINT USING "21A,22A,X,8A";"Maximum Period

700 PRINT USING "21A,22A,X,8A";"Mean Period

= ";Minimum$;" seconds"

= ";Maximum$;" seconds"

= ";Mean$;" seconds"

710 PRINT USING "21A,22A,X,8A";"Standard Deviation = ";Sdev$;" seconds"

720 LOCAL 703

730 END

Programming Guide

3-65

Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.

Chapter 3 Programming Your Universal Counter for Remote Operation

Programming Examples

To Use Limits to Filter Data Before Measuring Stats (HP

BASIC)

! This program instructs the counter to determine the statistics of

! 50 Period measurements that are within the limits defined by the

! variables "Upper" and "Lower". Periods that are outside of

! the limits are not included in the statistics. The Limit graph is

! displayed so you can see if measurements are in limit.

! To alert the program that the statistics are ready, bit 8 in the

! Operation Status register is used. When statistics are being

! calculated, this bit is high, when they are complete, the bit goes

! low. By using the transition filters, an SRQ can be generated when

100 ! statistics are complete.

110 ! ASCII format is used to preserve resolution.

120 !

130 INTEGER I,Num_meas

140 DIM Sdev$[22],Mean$[22],Minimum$[22],Maximum$[22]

150 Num_meas=50

160 Upper=1.10E-7

170 Lower=1.00E-7

! Statistics based on num_meas measurements

! Upper period to be included in statistics

! Lower period to be included in statistics

180 CLEAR SCREEN

190 ASSIGN @Count TO 703

200 CLEAR 703

210 OUTPUT @Count;"*RST"

220 OUTPUT @Count;"*CLS"

230 OUTPUT @Count;"*SRE 0"

240 OUTPUT @Count;"*ESE 0"

! Clear the counter and interface

! Reset the counter

! Clear event registers and error queue

! Clear service request enable register

! Clear event status enable register

250 OUTPUT @Count;":STAT:PRES" ! Preset enable registers and transition

260

270

! filters for operation and questionable

! status structures.

280 OUTPUT @Count;":FUNC 'PER'"

! Measure frequency on channel 1

! Note that the function must be

! a quoted string. The actual

! string sent to the counter

! is "PER".

290

300

310

320

330 OUTPUT @Count;":FREQ:ARM:STAR:SOUR IMM" ! These three lines enable

340 OUTPUT @Count;":FREQ:ARM:STOP:SOUR TIM" ! time arming with a 0.01

350 OUTPUT @Count;":FREQ:ARM:STOP:TIM .01" ! second gate time.

360 OUTPUT @Count;":STAT:OPER:ENABLE 256"

370

! Computing Statistics bit in

! Operation status register

380 OUTPUT @Count;":STAT:OPER:NTR 256" ! When statistics are complete,

390 OUTPUT @Count;":STAT:OPER:PTR 0"

400

410

420

! the bit will go from high to low

! so a negative transition is

! needed to enable the bit that

! is summarized in the Status Byte

! Register.

430

440 OUTPUT @Count;"*SRE 128"

! This is the bit from the

! Operation Status register that is

! summarized in the Status Byte

! Register.

! When it goes high, SRQ will be

! asserted.

450

460

470

480

490

3-66

Programming Guide

Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.

Chapter 3 Programming Your Universal Counter for Remote Operation

Elements of SCPI Commands

To Use Limits to Filter Data Before Measuring Stats (HP

BASIC) (Continued)

500 OUTPUT @Count;":CALC3:LFIL:STATE ON"

! Enable statistics filter

510 OUTPUT @Count;":CALC3:LFIL:LOWER ";Lower ! Set the lower limit

520 OUTPUT @Count;":CALC3:LFIL:UPPER ";Upper ! Set the upper limit

530 OUTPUT @Count;":CALC3:AVER ON"

! Enable statistics

540 OUTPUT @Count;":CALC3:AVER:COUNT ";Num_meas! Set number of

550

! measurements for stats.

560 OUTPUT @Count;":CALC2:LIM:STATE ON"

570

580

! Enable limit testing. This

! must happen in order to

! see the limit graph.

590 OUTPUT @Count;":CALC2:LIM:LOWER ";Lower

600 OUTPUT @Count;":CALC2:LIM:UPPER ";Upper

610 OUTPUT @Count;":CALC2:LIM:DISP GRAPH"

620 !

! Set the limits lower limit

! Set the limits upper limit

! Display the limit graph

630 ON INTR 7 GOTO Stats_ready

640 ENABLE INTR 7;2

! Where to go when statistics ready

! Enable interrupt on SRQ

650 PRINT "Waiting for measurement to complete"

660 OUTPUT @Count;":INIT:CONT ON"

670 Loop_here: !WAITING FOR STATISTICS TO COMPLETE

680 GOTO Loop_here

! Set counter to RUN

690

700 Stats_ready:

!Statistics are ready

710 S=SPOLL(703)

720 OUTPUT @Count;":INIT:CONT OFF"

! Serial poll to see if correct bit is set.

! Stop making new measurements

730 OUTPUT @Count;":CALC3:AVERAGE:TYPE MAX;:CALC3:DATA?"

740 ENTER @Count;Maximum$

750 OUTPUT @Count;":CALC3:AVERAGE:TYPE MIN;:CALC3:DATA?"

760 ENTER @Count;Minimum$

770 OUTPUT @Count;":CALC3:AVERAGE:TYPE MEAN;:CALC3:DATA?"

780 ENTER @Count;Mean$

790 OUTPUT @Count;":CALC3:AVERAGE:TYPE SDEV;:CALC3:DATA?"

800 ENTER @Count;Sdev$

810 PRINT

820 PRINT "Serial Poll Result = ";S

830 PRINT

! Should be 192

840 PRINT USING "21A,22A,X,8A";"Minimum Period

850 PRINT USING "21A,22A,X,8A";"Maximum Period

860 PRINT USING "21A,22A,X,8A";"Mean Period

= ";Minimum$;" seconds"

= ";Maximum$;" seconds"

= ";Mean$;" seconds"

870 PRINT USING "21A,22A,X,8A";"Standard Deviation = ";Sdev$;" seconds"

880 LOCAL 703

890 END

! Put counter is local

Programming Guide

3-67

Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.

Chapter 3 Programming Your Universal Counter for Remote Operation

Programming Examples

To Read and Store Calibration Information

(HP BASIC)

10 !This program reads the calibration data for the counter into an array.

20 !Before calibrating the counter, it is a good idea to read

30 !and store the current values in case something goes wrong with the

40 !calibration.

50 !In this program, the calibration values are stored in the array cal_data.

60 !Normally, you would store the calibration data on a disk for safe

70 !keeping. The calibration values should only be changed by running the

80 ! calibration diagnostics.

90 !

100 DIM Cal_data$[57]

110 DIM Err_string$[255]

120 CLEAR SCREEN

! Array to hold calibration data

! Array to hold error message

130 ASSIGN @Count TO 703

140 CLEAR @Count

! Assign I/O path for HP 53131A

150 OUTPUT @Count;"*RST"

160 OUTPUT @Count;"*CLS"

170 OUTPUT @Count;"*SRE 0"

180 OUTPUT @Count;"*ESE 0"

190 OUTPUT @Count;":STAT:PRES"

200

! Reset the HP 53131A

! Clear event registers and error queue

! Clear service request enable register

! Clear event status enable register

! Preset enable registers and

! transition filters for operation and

! questionable status structures.

! Ask for data

210

220 OUTPUT @Count;":CAL:DATA?"

230 ENTER @Count USING "#,4A";Head1$

240 ENTER @Count USING "%,K";Cal_data$

250 PRINT "Calibration data now in array Cal_data"

260 ! You may want to store Cal_data$ and Head1$ on a disk.

270 ! If, at some later point, you need to send the calibration data

280 ! back to the counter, you would use the following command:

290 ! OUTPUT @Count;":CAL:DATA ";Head1$&Cal_data$ ! Send calibration data

300 ! REPEAT

310 ! OUTPUT @Count;"SYST:ERR?"

320 ! ENTER @Count;Err_num,Err_string$

330 ! IF Err_num<>0 THEN

340 !

PRINT Err_num,Err_string$

350 ! END IF

360 ! UNTIL Err_num=0

370 END

3-68

Programming Guide

Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.

Chapter 3 Programming Your Universal Counter for Remote Operation

Elements of SCPI Commands

To Perform a Time Interval Calibration (HP BASIC)

Early versions of the Counter cannot execute this program since they do not

support calibration security or “fine” time interval calibration.

NOTE

10 ! This program shows you how to perform a TIME INTERVAL calibration

20 ! using HP-IB. There are two types of Time Interval calibration:

30 ! a quick calibration, requiring a simple calibration signal, and

40 ! a FINE calibration, requiring a more complex signal--but producing

50 ! a better result. Both calibrations are coded below.

60 ! When you perform a calibration, the additional steps required

70 ! include: storing a backup copy of old calibration data, using

80 ! the security system to UNSECURE the counter prior to calibration,

90 ! using the security system to SECURE the counter after calibration.

100 ! These tasks are coded below.

110 !

120 ! PROGRAM SHOWS:

130 ! FINE Time Interval Calibration

140 ! QUICK Time Interval Calibration

150 !

160 ! Storing current calibration values before recalibrating--as a backup

170 ! Restoring the backup calibration values

180 !

190 ! SECURING and UNSECURING the counter

200 !

210 !

220 DIM Cal_data$[57]

230 DIM Err_string$[255]

240 CLEAR SCREEN

250 ASSIGN @Count TO 703

260 ASSIGN @Cal TO 708

270

! Array to hold calibration data

! Array to hold error message

! Assign I/O path for Counter

! Assign I/O path for Calibrator

! used only for the FINE calibration

280 !

290 GOSUB Init

300 GOSUB Store_cal

310 GOSUB Unsecure

320 !

330 INPUT "Which calibration: QUICK or FINE?",Answer$

340 IF Answer$[1,1]="f" OR Answer$[1,1]="F" THEN

350

GOSUB Cal_fine

360 ELSE

370

GOSUB Cal_quick

380 END IF

390 !

400 GOSUB Restore_cal

410 GOSUB Resecure

420 GOTO End

430 Init: !

Programming Guide

3-69

Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.

Chapter 3 Programming Your Universal Counter for Remote Operation

Programming Examples

To Perform a Time Interval Calibration (HP BASIC)

(Continued)

440 CLEAR @Count

450 OUTPUT @Count;"*RST"

460 OUTPUT @Count;"*CLS"

470 OUTPUT @Count;"*SRE 0"

480 OUTPUT @Count;"*ESE 0"

490 OUTPUT @Count;":STAT:PRES"

500

! Reset the HP 53131A

! Clear event registers and error queue

! Clear service request enable register

! Clear event status enable register

! Preset enable registers and

! transition filters for operation and

! questionable status structures.

510

520 RETURN

530 !

540 Unsecure: ! Routine UNSECURES the device

550 OUTPUT @Count;":CAL:SEC:STAT?" ! Query the current security status

560 ENTER @Count;Device_secure

570 WHILE Device_secure=1

! Check: SECURED=1, UNSECURED=0

! If device is SECURED

580

590

600

610

620

630

640

650

INPUT "Enter security code to unsecure counter.",Code$

OUTPUT @Count;":CAL:SEC:STAT OFF,";Code$ ! UNSECURE the device

OUTPUT @Count;":CAL:SEC:STAT?"

ENTER @Count;Device_secure

IF Device_secure=1 THEN

PRINT "Wrong code, try again."

GOSUB Read_errors

! verify it is SECURED

! On operator error, loop

END IF

660 END WHILE

670 RETURN

680 !

690 Resecure: ! Routine SECURES the device

700 OUTPUT @Count;":CAL:SEC:STAT?" ! Query the current security status

710 ENTER @Count;Device_secure

720 WHILE Device_secure=0

! Check: SECURED=1, UNSECURED=0

! If device is UNSECURED

730

740

750

760

770

780

790

800

INPUT "Enter security code to secure counter.",Code$

OUTPUT @Count;":CAL:SEC:STAT ON,";Code$ ! SECURE the device

OUTPUT @Count;":CAL:SEC:STAT?"

ENTER @Count;Device_secure

IF Device_secure=0 THEN

PRINT "Wrong code, try again."

GOSUB Read_errors

! verify it is SECURED

! On operator error, loop

END IF

810 END WHILE

820 RETURN

830 !

840 Store_cal: ! Routine collects the calibration data

850 OUTPUT @Count;":CAL:DATA?"

Ask for calibration data

860 ENTER @Count USING "#,4A";Head1$ ! Collect the data. Store Head1$ and

870 ENTER @Count USING "%,K";Cal_data$ ! Cal_data$ on a disk as your backup

880 RETURN

890 !

900 !

3-70

Programming Guide

Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.

Chapter 3 Programming Your Universal Counter for Remote Operation

Elements of SCPI Commands

To Perform a Time Interval Calibration (HP BASIC)

(Continued)

910 Cal_quick: ! Calibrates using the QUICK TI calibration.

920 PRINT "Connect square wave signal to Channel 1"

930 GOSUB Wait_for_input

940 PRINT "Recalibrating"

950 OUTPUT @Count;"DIAG:CAL:TINT:QUICK"

960 OUTPUT @Count;"DIAG:CAL:STATUS?"

970 ENTER @Count;Status

980 IF Status<>0 THEN

990

PRINT "Quick TI calibration failed."

1000 END IF

1010 RETURN

1020 !

1030 !

1040 Cal_fine:! Calibrates using the FINE TI calibration.

1050

1060

! Code below includes the commands required to drive

! the HP 59992 JO6 Time Interval Calibrator.

1070 PRINT "Connect 10-MHz signal to calibrator back-panel input."

1080 PRINT "Connect calibrator Channel A,B outputs to 53131 Channel 1,2"

1090 GOSUB Wait_for_input

1100 PRINT "Recalibrating"

1110 OUTPUT @Cal;"B1"

! B1 = Button 1 on calibrator

1120 OUTPUT @Count;":DIAG:CAL:TINT:FINE1" ! Counter processes B1 signal.

1130 OUTPUT @Count;":DIAG:CAL:STATUS?"

1140

1150

! Query status only to force

! program to wait until prior

! command has completed.

1160 ENTER @Count;Status

1170

! Response comes back when box

! is ready for next CAL command.

1180

1190 OUTPUT @Cal;"B2"

! B2 = Button 2 on calibrator

1200 OUTPUT @Count;":DIAG:CAL:TINT:FINE2" ! Counter processes B2 signal.

1210 OUTPUT @Count;":DIAG:CAL:STATUS?"

1220 ENTER @Count;Status

! Query status only to wait

1230

1240 OUTPUT @Cal;"B3"

! B3 = Button 3 on calibrator

1250 OUTPUT @Count;":DIAG:CAL:TINT:FINE3" ! Counter processes B3 signal.

1260 OUTPUT @Count;":DIAG:CAL:STATUS?"

1270 ENTER @Count;Status

! Query status only to wait

1280

1290 OUTPUT @Cal;"B4"

! B4 = Button 4 on calibrator.

1300 OUTPUT @Count;":DIAG:CAL:TINT:FINE4" ! Counter processes B4 signal.

1310 OUTPUT @Count;":DIAG:CAL:STATUS?"

1320 ENTER @Count;Status

! NOW query status to assess

! PASS/FAIL status of the

! calibration.

1330

1340

! 0=PASS, 1=FAIL

1350 IF Status<>0 THEN

1360

PRINT "Fine TI calibration failed."

1370 END IF

1380 RETURN

1390 !

Programming Guide

3-71

Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.

Chapter 3 Programming Your Universal Counter for Remote Operation

Programming Examples

To Perform a Time Interval Calibration (HP BASIC)

(Continued)

1400 Restore_cal:! Restores the calibration data previously saved.

1410 IF Status=0 THEN

1420

INPUT "Calibration successful, restore backup anyway?",Answer$

1430 ELSE

1440

INPUT "Calibration unsuccessful, restore backup?",Answer$

1450 END IF

1460 IF Answer$[1,1]="y" OR Answer$[1,1]="Y" THEN

1470

1480

PRINT "Restoring saved data"

OUTPUT @Count;":CAL:DATA ";Head1$&Cal_data$! Send calibration data

1490 END IF

1500 GOSUB Read_errors

1510 RETURN

1520 !

1530 Wait_for_input:!

1540 INPUT "Input signal ready?",Answer$

1550 WHILE Answer$[1,1]<>"Y" AND Answer$[1,1]<>"y"

1560

INPUT "Input signal ready?",Answer$

1570 END WHILE

1580 RETURN

1590 !

1600 Read_errors: !

1610 REPEAT

1620

1630

1640

1650

1660

OUTPUT @Count;"SYST:ERR?"

ENTER @Count;Err_num,Err_string$

IF Err_num<>0 THEN

PRINT Err_num,Err_string$

END IF

1670 UNTIL Err_num=0

1680 RETURN

1690 End: !

1700 END

3-72

Programming Guide

Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.

Chapter 3 Programming Your Universal Counter for Remote Operation

Elements of SCPI Commands

To Optimize Throughput (HP BASIC)

! This program shows how to set up the counter to transfer data at the

! fastest possible rate. Note that the arming mode is AUTO. This mode

! provides the least resolution of all arming modes.

! The program comments discuss the meaning of each command.

! ASCII result format is to preserve resolution.

CLEAR SCREEN

INTEGER I

DIM A$(200)[22],Dummy$[22]

100 ASSIGN @Count TO 703

110 CLEAR 703

! Clear the counter and interface

! Reset the counter

120 OUTPUT @Count;"*RST"

130 OUTPUT @Count;"*CLS"

140 OUTPUT @Count;"*SRE 0"

150 OUTPUT @Count;"*ESE 0"

160 OUTPUT @Count;":STAT:PRES"

170

! Clear event registers and error queue

! Clear service request enable register

! Clear event status enable register

! Preset enable register and transition

! filters for operation and questionable

! status structures.

180

190 ! The following lines will provide the highest throughput, regardless

200 ! of the state of the counter before these lines are executed.

210 OUTPUT @Count;":FORMAT ASCII" ! ASCII format for fastest throughput

220 OUTPUT @Count;":FUNC 'FREQ 1'" ! Select frequency

230 OUTPUT @Count;":EVENT1:LEVEL 0"

! Set Ch 1 trigger level to 0 volts

240 OUTPUT @Count;":FREQ:ARM:STAR:SOUR IMM" ! These two lines enable the

250 OUTPUT @Count;":FREQ:ARM:STOP:SOUR IMM" ! AUTO arming mode.

260 OUTPUT @Count;":ROSC:SOUR INT"

! Use internal oscillator. If

! you want to use an external

! timebase, you must select it

! and turn off the automatic

! detection using:

! :ROSC:EXT:CHECK OFF

270

280

290

300

310

320

330 OUTPUT @Count;":DIAG:CAL:INT:AUTO OFF" ! Disable automatic interpolater

340

350

360

! calibration. The most recent

! calibration values are used in

! the calculation of frequency

! Turn off the counter display

! This greatly increases

370 OUTPUT @Count;":DISP:ENAB OFF"

380

390

! measurement throughput.

400 OUTPUT @Count;":CALC:MATH:STATE OFF" ! Disable any post processing.

410 OUTPUT @Count;":CALC2:LIM:STATE OFF"

420 OUTPUT @Count;":CALC3:AVER:STATE OFF"

430 OUTPUT @Count;":HCOPY:CONT OFF"

440 OUTPUT @Count;"*DDT #15FETC?"

450

460

470

480

490

! Disable any printing operation

! Define the Trigger command

! This means the command FETC?

! does not need to be sent for

! every measurement, decreasing

! the number of bytes

! transferred over the bus.

Programming Guide

3-73

Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.

Chapter 3 Programming Your Universal Counter for Remote Operation

Programming Examples

To Optimize Throughput (HP BASIC) (Continued)

500 OUTPUT @Count;":INIT:CONT ON"

510 OUTPUT @Count;"FETCH:FREQ?"

520 ENTER @Count USING "#,K";Dummy$

! Put counter in Run mode

! Fetch the frequency to be used

! for the expected frequency.

530 OUTPUT @Count;":FREQ:EXP1 ";VAL(Dummy$)!Tell the counter what frequency

540

550

560

570

580

590

600

! to expect on Ch 1. This number

! must be within 10% of the input

! frequency. Using this greatly

! increases throughput. When

! high throughput is not needed,

! the expected value is not

! required.

610 FOR I=1 TO 200

620

630

TRIGGER @Count

ENTER @Count;A$(I)

! Trigger the counter and read

640 NEXT I

650 FOR I=1 TO 10

! Print first 10 measurements

660

PRINT A$(I),

670 NEXT I

680 END

3-74

Programming Guide

Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.

Chapter 3 Programming Your Universal Counter for Remote Operation

Elements of SCPI Commands

To Use Macros (HP BASIC)

USER 1 KEYS

ON KEY 1 LABEL " Macro Free ",1 CALL Macro_free

ON KEY 2 LABEL " Enable Macros",1 CALL Macro_enable

ON KEY 3 LABEL " Display Macros",1 CALL Display_macros

ON KEY 4 LABEL " Macro Query",1 CALL Macro_query

ON KEY 5 LABEL " Define Macro",1 CALL Define_macro

ON KEY 6 LABEL " Delete Macro",1 CALL Delete_macro

ON KEY 7 LABEL " Send

ON KEY 8 LABEL " Disable Macros",1 CALL Disable_macro

Macro",1 CALL Send_macros

100 Loop_h:GOTO Loop_h

110 END

120 SUB Macro_free

! Display memory available for macros.

130

140

150

160

OUTPUT 703;":MEM:FREE:MACRO?"

ENTER 703;Macro_free

DISP "Macro memory free = ";Macro_free

LOCAL 703

170 SUBEND

180 SUB Macro_enable

! Enable macros. Default is disabled

190

200

210

OUTPUT 703;"*EMC 1"

DISP "Macros Enabled!"

LOCAL 703

220 SUBEND

230 SUB Disable_macro

! Disable macros.

240

250

OUTPUT 703;"*EMC 0"

DISP "Macros Disabled!"

260 SUBEND

270 SUB Display_macros

! Display available macros.

280

290

300

310

320

330

340

350

CLEAR SCREEN

DIM Macros$[6500]

OUTPUT 703;"*LMC?"

ENTER 703;Macros$

PRINT "The following macros are available:"

PRINT Macros$

360 SUBEND

370 SUB Send_macros

! Send a macro command to the counter.

! A list of macros to choose from is

! shown on the computer.

380

390

400

410

420

430

440

450

460

470

480

490

500

CLEAR SCREEN

CALL Display_macros

DIM Name$[25],Macro$[200],Send$[255]

LINPUT "Enter the name of the macro",Name$

IF Name$="" THEN SUBEXIT

OUTPUT 703;"*GMC? "&CHR$(39)&Name$&CHR$(39)

ENTER 703;Macro$

PRINT "Macro ";Name$;" is defined as follows:"

PRINT Macro$

LINPUT "Enter the macro name and commands to be sent",Send$

OUTPUT 703;Send$

510 SUBEND

Programming Guide

3-75

Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.

Chapter 3 Programming Your Universal Counter for Remote Operation

Programming Examples

To Use Macros (HP BASIC) (Continued)

520 SUB Define_macro

! Define a macro for the counter

530

540

550

560

570

580

590

600

610

DIM Name$[25],Macro$[200],Send$[255],Header$[2]

CLEAR SCREEN

LINPUT "Enter the name of the macro",Name$

LINPUT "Enter the counter commands",Macro$

Length=LEN(Macro$)

Num_char=INT(LGT(Length))+1 ! Determine # of characters for header

Header$="#"&VAL$(Num_char)

Send$="*DMC "&CHR$(39)&Name$&CHR$(39)&","&Header$&VAL$(Length)&Macro$

OUTPUT 703;Send$

620 SUBEND

630 SUB Macro_query

! Ask for the definition of a macro.

640

650

660

670

680

690

700

710

720

730

740

DIM Name$[25],Macro$[255]

CLEAR SCREEN

CALL Display_macros

LINPUT "Enter the name of the macro you want to see",Name$

IF Name$="" THEN SUBEXIT

OUTPUT 703;"*GMC? "&CHR$(39)&Name$&CHR$(39)

ENTER 703;Macro$

PRINT "Macro ";Name$;" is defined as follows:"

PRINT Macro$[(VAL(Macro$[2,2])+3)] ! Display command portion of macro

750 SUBEND

760 SUB Delete_macro

! Delete a macro.

770

780

790

800

810

DIM Name$[25]

CALL Display_macros

LINPUT "Enter the name of the macro you want to delete",Name$

IF Name$="" THEN SUBEXIT

OUTPUT 703;":MEM:DELETE:MACRO ";CHR$(39)&Name$&CHR$(39)

820 SUBEND

3-76

Programming Guide

Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.

Chapter 3 Programming Your Universal Counter for Remote Operation

Elements of SCPI Commands

To Make a Frequency Measurement (QuickBASIC)

'This program sets up the counter to make 10 frequency measurements

'on channel 1 using a 0.1 second gate time.

'The results are printed on the computer CRT.

'Data is sent in ASCII format to preseve resolution.

'The SUB sendhp sends commands to the counter

DECLARE SUB sendhp (code$)

REM $INCLUDE: 'QBSETUP.BAS'

DIM SHARED source AS LONG

DIM i AS INTEGER

'Required by HP 82335A

'Address and select code

'i is used for loops

DIM samples AS INTEGER

samples = 10

DIM freqs(10) AS STRING * 23

'Number of measurements

'String to be read

'Reading ASCII formatted data

'gives results to the correct

'resolution. Must be read into

'a string. The maximum number

'of characters that can ever be

'sent is 20 per measurement.

'Counter at address 3

source& = 703

isc& = 7

'Select code 7

state% = 1

'Used in IOEOI

CLS

'Clear screen

'Make sure EOI enabled

'Clear the counter and interface

'Reset counter

'Clear event registers and error queue

'Clear service request enable register

'Clear event status enable register

'Preset enable registers and transition

'filters for operation and questionable

'status structures

CALL IOEOI(isc&, state%)

CALL IOCLEAR(source&)

CALL sendhp("*RST")

CALL sendhp("*CLS")

CALL sendhp("*SRE 0")

CALL sendhp("*ESE 0")

CALL sendhp(":STAT:PRES")

CALL sendhp(":func " + CHR$(34) + "FREQ 1" + CHR$(34)) 'Measure frequency

CALL sendhp(":FREQ:ARM:STAR:SOUR IMM")

CALL sendhp(":FREQ:ARM:STOP:SOUR TIM")

CALL sendhp(":FREQ:ARM:STOP:TIM .1")

CLS

'These 3 lines enable using

'time arming with a 0.1 second

'gate time

'Clear computer screen

FOR i = 1 TO samples

CALL sendhp("READ:FREQ?")

'Initiate a measurement and

'get the result

CALL IOENTERS(source&, freqs(i), 23, actf%) 'Read the ASCII characters

PRINT "Frequency"; i; "= "; freqs(i)

NEXT i

END

SUB sendhp (code$)

CALL iooutputs(source, code$, LEN(code$))

END SUB

Programming Guide

3-77

Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.

Chapter 3 Programming Your Universal Counter for Remote Operation

Programming Examples

To Perform Limit Testing (QuickBASIC)

'This program sets up the counter to make period measurements

'indefinitely until an out of limits measurement occurs. The upper

'limit is set to 1 us and the lower limit is set to 500 ns.

'If a measurement falls outside of these limits, the counter will

'stop measuring and send the out of limits period to the computer.

'The out of limit period is sent in ASCII format to preserve resolution.

'The SUB sendhp sends commands to the counter

DECLARE SUB sendhp (code$)

REM $INCLUDE: 'QBSETUP.BAS'

DIM SHARED source AS LONG

'Required by HP 82335A

'Address and select code

DIM period AS STRING * 23

'Period string, the maximum number

'of characters that can ever be

'sent is 23

DIM complete AS INTEGER

DIM statusbyte AS INTEGER

upper = .000001

lower = .0000005

source& = 703

'Status byte variable

'Upper period

'lower period

'Counter at address 3

'Select code 7

isc& = 7

complete = 0

state% = 1

'Used to check if stats received

'Used in IOEOI

priority% = 1

CLS

'Used in IOPEN

'Clear the screen

CALL IOEOI(isc&, state%)

CALL IOCLEAR(source&)

CALL sendhp("*RST")

CALL sendhp("*CLS")

CALL sendhp("*SRE 0")

CALL sendhp("*ESE 0")

CALL sendhp(":STAT:PRES")

'Make sure EOI enabled

'Clear the counter and interface

'Reset counter

'clear event registers and error queue

'clear service request enable register

'clear event status enable registers

'preset filters for operation and

'questionable status structures

CALL sendhp(":FUNC " + CHR$(34) + "PER 1" + CHR$(34)) 'Measure period

'The function must be a quoted string. The actual string sent to the

'counter is "PER 1"

CALL sendhp(":FREQ:ARM:STAR:SOUR IMM")

CALL sendhp(":FREQ:ARM:STOP:SOUR IMM")

'These 2 lines enable using

'automatic arming

CALL sendhp(":CALC2:LIM:STAT ON")

CALL sendhp(":CALC2:LIM:DISP GRAP")

'Enable limit testing

'Show the analog limit graph

CALL sendhp(":CALC2:LIM:LOWER " + STR$(lower)) 'Set lower limit

CALL sendhp(":CALC2:LIM:UPPER " + STR$(upper)) 'Set upper limit

CALL sendhp(":INIT:AUTO ON")

CALL sendhp("*SRE 8")

'Stop when out of limit

'Enable SRQ on questionable data

'register event

CALL sendhp(":STAT:QUES:ENAB 1024")

'1024 is out of limit bit

3-78

Programming Guide

Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.

Chapter 3 Programming Your Universal Counter for Remote Operation

Elements of SCPI Commands

To Perform Limit Testing (QuickBASIC) (Continued)

ON PEN GOSUB limitfail

PEN ON

'When SRQ happens, go get out of

'limit result

CALL IOPEN(isc&, priority%)

CALL sendhp(":INIT:CONT ON")

'Set counter to run

PRINT "Making Period measurements"

Loophere:

IF complete THEN GOTO endprogram

GOTO Loophere

'Wait here until out of limit

'If already serviced out of limit

'then end program

limitfail:

complete = 1

'Test bit

CALL IOSPOLL(source&, statusbyte)

PRINT "Status byte = ", statusbyte

CALL sendhp("FETCH:PERIOD?")

'Check status byte. Should be 72

'Fetch the out of limits period

CALL IOENTERS(source&, period, 23, actf%) 'Read the out of limit period

PRINT "Out of limits period is ", period 'Print results

RETURN

endprogram:

END

SUB sendhp (code$)

CALL iooutputs(source, code$, LEN(code$))

END SUB

Programming Guide

3-79

Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.

Chapter 3 Programming Your Universal Counter for Remote Operation

Programming Examples

To Measure the Statistics of 50 Measurements (QuickBASIC)

'This program instructs the counter to take 50 period measurements

'and return the mean, minimum, maximum and standard deviation.

'The counter is put into SINGLE measurement mode.

'The number of measurements is programmed using ":CALC3:AVER:COUNT 50"

'The counter is set up to take 50 measurements and then stop

'using the ":TRIG:COUNT:AUTO ON" command.

'At the end of the 50 measurements, the statistics are sent to the

'computer. The data is sent in ASCII format to preserve resolution.

'When the program has completed, the statistics will be displayed on

'the computer and the standard deviation will be displayed on the

'counter

'In this example, the status reporting structure is used to alert the

'program that the statistics are ready.

'The "*OPC" and "*ESE 1" command are used together to generate an output

'from the Event Status Register when the measurement is complete. The

'output of this register is summarized in the Status Byte Register

'In order for the Service Request Register to summarize that input

'the "*SRE 128" command must be used. This enables the Service

'Request Register to assert the SRQ line when the measurement is complete.

'Note that the *OPC command must be sent at the start of every measurement.

'The SUB sendhp sends commands to the counter

DECLARE SUB sendhp (code$)

REM $INCLUDE: 'QBSETUP.BAS'

DIM SHARED source AS LONG

DIM samples AS INTEGER

DIM maximum AS STRING * 23

DIM minimum AS STRING * 23

DIM mean AS STRING * 23

DIM sdev AS STRING * 23

maxelem% = 23

'Required by HP 82335A

'Address and select code

'Number of measurements

'Strings for statistics

'The maximum number of characters that

'can ever be sent is 23

'Maximum number of characters expected

'Returns actual characters received

'Number of statistics measurements

'Counter at address 3

actual% = 0

samples = 50

source = 703

isc& = 7

state% = 1

'Select code 7

'Used in IOEOI

priority% = 1

'Used in IOPEN

CLS

CALL IOEOI(isc&, state%)

CALL IOCLEAR(source&)

CALL sendhp("*RST")

CALL sendhp("*CLS")

CALL sendhp("*SRE 0")

CALL sendhp("*ESE 0")

CALL sendhp(":STAT:PRES")

'Make sure EOI enabled

'Reset the counter and interface

'Reset the counter

'Clear event registers and error queue

'Clear service request enable register

'Clear event status enable register

'Preset enable registers and transition

'filters for operation and questionable

'status structures.

3-80

Programming Guide

Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.

Chapter 3 Programming Your Universal Counter for Remote Operation

Elements of SCPI Commands

To Measure the Statistics of 50 Measurements (QuickBASIC)

(Continued)

CALL sendhp(":FUNC " + CHR$(34) + "PER 1" + CHR$(34)) 'Measure Period

'The function must be a quoted string. The actual string sent to the

'counter is "PER 1"

CALL sendhp(":FREQ:ARM:STAR:SOUR IMM")

CALL sendhp(":FREQ:ARM:STOP:SOUR TIM")

CALL sendhp(":FREQ:ARM:STOP:TIM .01")

'These 3 lines enable using

'time arming with a 0.01 second

'gate time

CALL sendhp(":DISP:TEXT:FEED " + CHR$(34) + "CALC3" + CHR$(34)) 'Display stats

CALL sendhp(":CALC3:AVER:TYPE SDEV")

CALL sendhp(":CALC3:AVER ON")

'Display the standard deviation

'Enable statistics

CALL sendhp(":CALC3:AVER:COUNT " + STR$(samples)) 'Do stats on samples

CALL sendhp(":TRIG:COUNT:AUTO ON")

CALL sendhp("*ESE 1")

'Take samples measurements

'"*ESE 1" is used so the

'correct bit is summarized

'in the Status Byte Register

'when the measurement is complete

CALL sendhp("*SRE 32")

PRINT "Waiting for measurement to complete"

ON PEN GOSUB statsready

PEN ON

'Wait for interrupt

CALL IOPEN(isc&, priorty%)

CALL sendhp(":INIT;*OPC")

'Enable OPC bit and start meas

loophere:

IF complete THEN GOTO endprogram

GOTO loophere

'Wait here, if already made

'stats measurements, then goto

'endprogram.

statsready:

'Ready to read statistics

CALL sendhp(":CALC3:AVERAGE:TYPE MIN;:CALC3:DATA?") 'Read them individually

CALL IOENTERS(source&, minimum, maxelem%, actual%)

CALL sendhp(":CALC3:AVERAGE:TYPE MAX;:CALC3:DATA?")

CALL IOENTERS(source&, maximum, maxelem%, actual%)

CALL sendhp(":CALC3:AVERAGE:TYPE MEAN;:CALC3:DATA?")

CALL IOENTERS(source&, mean, maxelem%, actual%)

CALL sendhp(":CALC3:AVERAGE:TYPE SDEV;:CALC3:DATA?")

CALL IOENTERS(source&, sdev, maxelem%, actual%)

PRINT "Minimum Period

PRINT "Maximum Period

PRINT "Mean Period

= ", minimum

= ", maximum

= ", mean

PRINT "Standard Deviation = ", sdev

complete = 1

RETURN

endprogram:

'All done!

SUB sendhp (code$)

CALL iooutputs(source, code$, LEN(code$))

END SUB

Programming Guide

3-81

Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.

Chapter 3 Programming Your Universal Counter for Remote Operation

Programming Examples

To Use Limits to Filter Data Before Measuring Stats

(QuickBASIC)

'This program sets up the counter to determine the statistics of

'50 period measurements that are within limits defined by the variables

''UPPER' and 'LOWER'. Periods that are outside of the limits are not

'included in the statistics. The Limit graph is displayed so you can see if

'measurements are in limit.

'To alert the program that the statistics are ready, bit 8 in the Operation

'Status register is used. When statistics are being calculated, this bit

'is high, when they are complete, the bit goes low. By using the transition

'filters, an SRQ can be generated when statistics are complete.

'The SUB sendhp sends commands to the counter

DECLARE SUB sendhp (code$)

REM $INCLUDE: 'QBSETUP.BAS'

DIM SHARED source AS LONG

DIM status AS INTEGER

DIM complete AS INTEGER

DIM statusbyte AS INTEGER

DIM maximum AS STRING * 23

DIM minimum AS STRING * 23

DIM mean AS STRING * 23

DIM sdev AS STRING * 23

DIM nummeas AS INTEGER

DIM lower AS SINGLE

DIM upper AS SINGLE

nummeas = 50

'Required by HP 82335A

'Address and select code

'Status byte variable

'Variable used in the program

'Status Byte variable

'Strings used to enter stats

'Number of measurements

'Lower limit

'Upper limit

'Number of statistics measurements

'Limit values

lower = .0000005

upper = .000001

actual% = 0

maxelem% = 23

source& = 703

'Used in IOENTERS

'Counter at address 3

'Select code 7

isc& = 7

complete = 0

state% = 1

'Used to check if stats received

'Used in IOEOI

priority% = 1

'Used in IOPEN

CLS

CALL IOEOI(isc&, state%)

CALL IOCLEAR(source&)

CALL sendhp("*RST")

CALL sendhp("*CLS")

CALL sendhp("*SRE 0")

CALL sendhp("*ESE 0")

CALL sendhp(":STAT:PRES")

'Make sure EOI enabled

'Reset counter and interface

'Reset counter

'Clear event registers and error queue

'Clear service request enable register

'Clear event status enable registers

'Preset filters for Operation and

'Questionable Status structures

CALL sendhp(":FUNC " + CHR$(34) + "PER 1" + CHR$(34)) 'Measure period

'The function must be a quoted string. The actual string sent to the

'counter is "PER 1"

3-82

Programming Guide

Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.

Chapter 3 Programming Your Universal Counter for Remote Operation

Elements of SCPI Commands

To Use Limits to Filter Data Before Measuring Stats

(QuickBASIC) (Continued)

CALL sendhp(":FREQ:ARM:STAR:SOUR IMM")

CALL sendhp(":FREQ:ARM:STOP:SOUR TIM")

CALL sendhp(":FREQ:ARM:STOP:TIM .01")

'These 3 lines enable time

'arming with a 0.01 second

'gate time.

CALL sendhp(":STAT:OPER:ENABLE 256")

'Computing statistics bit in

'Operation Status Register.

CALL sendhp(":STAT:OPER:NTR 256")

CALL sendhp(":STAT:OPER:PTR 0")

'When stats are complete, the bit

'will go from high to low, so a

'negative transition is needed to

'enable the bit that is summarized

'in the Status Byte Register.

CALL sendhp("*SRE 128")

'This is the bit from the Operation

'Status register that is summarized

'in the Status Byte Register. When

'it goes high, SRQ will be asserted.

CALL sendhp(":CALC3:LFIL:STATE ON")

'Enable statistics filter

CALL sendhp(":CALC3:LFIL:LOWER " + STR$(lower)) 'Set lower stats limit

CALL sendhp(":CALC3:LFIL:UPPER " + STR$(upper)) 'Set upper stats limit

CALL sendhp(":CALC3:AVER ON")

'Enable statistics

CALL sendhp(":CALC3:AVER:COUNT " + STR$(nummeas))'Set number of measurements

'to use in statistics

'calculation

CALL sendhp(":CALC2:LIM:STATE ON")

'Enable limit testing. Must

'do this to see graph

CALL sendhp(":CALC2:LIM:LOWER " + STR$(lower)) 'Set lower limit

CALL sendhp(":CALC2:LIM:UPPER " + STR$(upper)) 'Set upper limit

CALL sendhp(":CALC2:LIM:DISP GRAPH")

'Display limit graph

ON PEN GOSUB getstats

PEN ON

'When SRQ happens, go get

'statistics

CALL IOPEN(isc&, priority%)

PRINT "Making Period measurements"

CALL sendhp(":INIT:CONT ON")

'Watch for interrupts

'Set counter to run

Loophere:

IF complete THEN GOTO endprogram

GOTO Loophere

'Wait here until complete

'If stats received, then end

getstats:

complete = 1

'Test bit

CALL IOSPOLL(source&, statusbyte)

'Check status byte

'Should be 192

CALL sendhp(":INIT:CONT OFF")

'Put counter in single

Programming Guide

3-83

Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.

Chapter 3 Programming Your Universal Counter for Remote Operation

Programming Examples

To Use Limits to Filter Data Before Measuring Stats

(QuickBASIC) (Continued)

PRINT "Status byte = ", statusbyte

CALL sendhp(":CALC3:AVERAGE:TYPE MIN;:CALC3:DATA?") 'Ask for all the stats

CALL IOENTERS(source&, minimum, maxelem%, actual%)

CALL sendhp(":CALC3:AVERAGE:TYPE MAX;:CALC3:DATA?")

CALL IOENTERS(source&, maximum, maxelem%, actual%)

CALL sendhp(":CALC3:AVERAGE:TYPE MEAN;:CALC3:DATA?")

CALL IOENTERS(source&, mean, maxelem%, actual%)

CALL sendhp(":CALC3:AVERAGE:TYPE SDEV;:CALC3:DATA?")

CALL IOENTERS(source&, sdev, maxelem%, actual%)

PRINT "Minimum Period

PRINT "Maximum Period

PRINT "Mean Period

= ", minimum

= ", maximum

= ", mean

PRINT "Standard Deviation = ", sdev

RETURN

endprogram:

END

SUB sendhp (code$)

CALL iooutputs(source, code$, LEN(code$))

END SUB

3-84

Programming Guide

Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.

Chapter 3 Programming Your Universal Counter for Remote Operation

Elements of SCPI Commands

To Read and Store Calibration Data (QuickBASIC)

'Before calibrating the counter, it is a good idea to read

'and store the current calibration values in case something goes wrong with

'the calibration.

'This program reads the cal values, and stores them in a file on the computer

'hard drive. It then reads the data from the file and sends it back to

'the counter.

'The SUB sendhp sends commands to the counter

DECLARE SUB sendhp (code$)

REM $INCLUDE: 'QBSETUP.BAS'

DIM SHARED source AS LONG

DIM CALDATA AS STRING * 61

source& = 703

'Required by HP 82335A

'Address and select code

'Strings to be read

'Counter at address 3

'Select code 7

isc& = 7

state% = 1

CLS 0

CALL IOEOI(isc&, state%)

CALL IOCLEAR(source&)

CALL sendhp("*RST")

CALL sendhp("*CLS")

CALL sendhp("*SRE 0")

CALL sendhp("*ESE 0")

CALL sendhp(":STAT:PRES")

'Make sure EOI enabled

'Clear the counter and interface

'Reset HP counter

'Clear event registers and error queue

'Clear service request enable register

'Clear event status enable register

'Preset enable registers and transition

'filters for operation and questionable

'status structures.

PRINT "Reading Calibration Data"

CALL sendhp(":CAL:DATA?")

CALL ioenters(source&, CALDATA, 61, actf%) 'Read the ASCII characters

OPEN "CALDATA.DAT" FOR BINARY AS #1

PUT #1, 1, CALDATA

'Store the cal data in a file

CLOSE #1

'The following lines show how to open a file with calibration data

'and send it back to the counter.

PRINT "Sending calibration data to counter"

OPEN "CALDATA.DAT" FOR BINARY AS #1

GET #1, 1, CALDATA

CLOSE #1

CALL sendhp(":CAL:DATA " + CALDATA)

END

'Send the data just read to counter

SUB sendhp (code$)

CALL iooutputs(source, code$, LEN(code$))

END SUB

Programming Guide

3-85

Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.

Chapter 3 Programming Your Universal Counter for Remote Operation

Programming Examples

To Optimize Throughput (QuickBASIC)

'This program sets up the counter make 1000 frequency as fast as possible.

'Note that the arming is set to AUTO. This allows measurements to be taken

'quickly, but at the least resolution the counter can provide.

'See the program comments for details.

'Requires an HP 82335A/B HPIB interface card to a PC.

'The data is sent in ASCII format to preserve resolution.

'The SUB sendhp sends commands to the counter

DECLARE SUB sendhp (code$)

REM $INCLUDE: 'QBSETUP.BAS'

DIM SHARED source AS LONG

DIM i AS INTEGER

'Required by HP 82335A

'Address and select code

'i is used for loops

DIM samples AS INTEGER

samples = 1000

DIM freqstring(1000) AS STRING * 23

'Number of measurements

'String to be read

'Reading ASCII formatted data

'gives results to the correct

'resolution. Must be read into

'a string. Also, provides the

'fastest data transfer.

'Maximum number of characters expected

'Returns actual characters received

'Counter at address 3

maxelem% = 22

actual% = 0

source& = 703

isc& = 7

'Select code 7

state% = 1

'Used in IOEOI

CLS 0

CALL IOEOI(isc&, state%)

CALL IOCLEAR(source&)

CALL sendhp("*RST")

CALL sendhp("*CLS")

CALL sendhp("*SRE 0")

CALL sendhp("*ESE 0")

CALL sendhp(":STAT:PRES")

'Make sure EOI enabled

'Clear the counter and interface

'Reset counter

'Clear event registers and error queue

'Clear service request enable register

'Clear event status enable register

'Preset enable registers and transition

'filters for operation and questionable

'status structures

'The following commands will provide the fastest measurement throughput,

'independent of the state of the counter prior to these commands.

CALL sendhp(":FORMAT ASCII")

'ASCII give fastest throughput

CALL sendhp(":FUNC " + CHR$(34) + "FREQ 1" + CHR$(34)) 'Measure frequency

'The function must be a quoted string. The actual string sent to the

'counter is "FREQ 1"

3-86

Programming Guide

Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.

Chapter 3 Programming Your Universal Counter for Remote Operation

Elements of SCPI Commands

To Optimize Throughput (QuickBASIC) (Continued)

'The following lines will provide the fastest throughput, regardless of

'the state of the counter before these lines are executed.

CALL sendhp(":FREQ:ARM:STAR:SOUR IMM")

CALL sendhp(":FREQ:ARM:STOP:SOUR IMM")

CALL sendhp(":EVENT1:LEVEL 0")

'These 3 lines enable using

'time arming with a 0.1 second

'Set trigger level on channel 1

'This also disables auto trigger

'Make sure all post-processing

'is turned off.

CALL sendhp(":CALC:MATH:STATE OFF")

CALL sendhp(":CALC2:LIM:STATE OFF")

CALL sendhp(":CALC3:AVER:STATE OFF")

CALL sendhp(":HCOPY:CONT OFF")

'Do not update printing operations

CALL sendhp(":ROSC:SOUR INT")

CALL sendhp(":ROSC:EXT:CHECK OFF")

CALL sendhp(":DIAG:CAL:INT:AUTO OFF")

'Disable automatic interpolator

'calibration. The most recent

'calibration factors will be

'used in the calculation for

'frequency

CALL sendhp("*DDT #15FETC?")

CALL sendhp(":DISP:ENABLE OFF")

CALL sendhp("READ:FREQUENCY?")

'Define trigger as fetc?

'Turn off the display

'Read the expected frequency

CALL IOENTERS(source&, freqstring(1), maxelem%, actual%)

CALL sendhp(":FREQ:EXP1 " + freqstring(1)) 'Send the expected frequency

CALL sendhp(":INIT:CONT ON")

PRINT "Making measurements"

'Start making measurements

FOR i = 1 TO samples

CALL IOTRIGGER(source)

'Query the counter for data

CALL IOENTERS(source&, freqstring(i), 22, actual%) 'Read the ASCII characters

NEXT i

PRINT "Measurements complete"

END

SUB sendhp (code$)

CALL iooutputs(source, code$, LEN(code$))

END SUB

Programming Guide

3-87

Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.

Chapter 3 Programming Your Universal Counter for Remote Operation

Programming Examples

To Use Macros (QuickBASIC)

'This program is useful for writing macros for the counter. Softkeys

'are available at the bottom of the computer screen to help determine

'the status of the macros.

'The SUB sendhp sends commands to the HP 53131A

DECLARE SUB sendhp (code$)

REM $INCLUDE: 'QBSETUP.BAS'

DIM SHARED source AS LONG

DIM maxlength AS INTEGER

DIM actual AS INTEGER

DIM length AS INTEGER

maxlength = 6400

'Required by HP 82335A

'Address and select code

DIM answer AS STRING

DIM namemacro AS STRING

DIM commandmacro AS STRING

DIM results AS STRING * 6400

DIM macros AS STRING

source = 703

'HP 53131A at address 3

'Select code 7

isc& = 7

state% = 1

CLS

CALL IOEOI(isc&, state%)

CALL sendhp("*RST")

CALL sendhp("*CLS")

CALL sendhp("*SRE 0")

CALL sendhp("*ESE 0")

CALL sendhp(":STAT:PRES")

'Make sure EOI enabled

'Reset the counter

'Clear event registers and error queue

'Clear service request enable register

'Clear event status enable register

'Preset enable registers and transition

'filters for operation and questionable

'status structures.

CALL sendhp(":INIT:CONT OFF")

'Put counter in Single

KEY 1, "Free"

KEY 2, "Enable"

KEY 3, "Display"

KEY 4, "Query"

KEY 5, "Define"

KEY 6, "Delete1"

KEY 7, "Purge"

KEY 8, "Disable"

KEY 9, "Send"

KEY 10, "QUIT"

FOR i = 1 TO 10

KEY(i) ON

NEXT i

KEY ON

3-88

Programming Guide

Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.

Chapter 3 Programming Your Universal Counter for Remote Operation

Elements of SCPI Commands

To Use Macros (QuickBASIC) (Continued)

ON KEY(1) GOSUB availablememory

ON KEY(2) GOSUB enablemacro

ON KEY(3) GOSUB displaymacro

ON KEY(4) GOSUB querymacro

ON KEY(5) GOSUB definemacro

ON KEY(6) GOSUB deletemacro

ON KEY(7) GOSUB purgemacro

ON KEY(8) GOSUB disablemacro

ON KEY(9) GOSUB sendmacro

ON KEY(10) GOSUB quit

loophere: GOTO loophere

'Wait for function key to be pressed

'Display available macro memory

availablememory:

CALL sendhp(":MEM:FREE:MACRO?")

CALL IOENTER(source&, freemacro)

PRINT "Available macro memory = "; freemacro

RETURN

enablemacro:

'Enable all macros

sendhp ("*EMC 1")

PRINT "Macros Enabled"

RETURN

displaymacro:

CLS

'Display macros available in counter

sendhp ("*LMC?")

CALL IOENTERS(source, results$, maxlength, actual)

macros$ = LEFT$(results$, actual)

PRINT "The following macros are available:"

PRINT macros$

RETURN

querymacro:

'Ask for definition of a macro

CLS

GOSUB displaymacro

INPUT "Enter the name of the macro you want to see ", namemacro$

IF namemacro$ = "" THEN RETURN

sendhp ("*GMC? " + CHR$(39) + namemacro$ + CHR$(39))

CALL IOENTERS(source, results, maxlength, actual)

macroname$ = LEFT$(results, actual)

PRINT namemacro$; " is defined as:"

PRINT macroname$

RETURN

deletemacro:

'Delete a macro

GOSUB displaymacro

INPUT "Enter the name of the macro you want to delete ", namemacro$

IF namemacro$ = "" THEN RETURN

sendhp ("MEM:DELETE:MACRO " + CHR$(39) + namemacro$ + CHR$(39))

RETURN

Programming Guide

3-89

Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.

Chapter 3 Programming Your Universal Counter for Remote Operation

Programming Examples

To Use Macros (QuickBASIC) (Continued)

purgemacro:

'Purge all macros

INPUT "Are you sure you want to purge all macros? ", answer$

answer$ = UCASE$(answer$)

IF answer$ = "Y" THEN

sendhp ("*PMC")

PRINT "All macros purged"

END IF

RETURN

disablemacro:

'Disable macros, but do not purge

sendhp ("*EMC 0")

PRINT ("Macros Disabled")

RETURN

sendmacro:

CLS

GOSUB displaymacro

INPUT "Enter the name of the macro to send ", namemacro$

IF namemacro$ = "" THEN RETURN

sendhp (namemacro$)

RETURN

definemacro:

CLS

'Define a macro

INPUT "Enter the name of the macro to be defined ", namemacro$

INPUT "Enter the commands to be sent ", commandmacro$

length = LEN(commandmacro$)

numchar = INT(LOG(length) / LOG(10#)) + 1

header$ = "#" + LTRIM$(STR$(numchar))

PRINT header$

macrocommand$ = header$ + LTRIM$(STR$(length)) + commandmacro$

code$ = "*DMC " + CHR$(39) + namemacro$ + CHR$(39) + "," + macrocommand$

PRINT code$

CALL iooutputs(source, code$, LEN(code$))

RETURN

quit:

PRINT "End of Program"

STOP

RETURN

SUB sendhp (code$)

CALL iooutputs(source, code$, LEN(code$))

END SUB

3-90

Programming Guide

Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.

Chapter 3 Programming Your Universal Counter for Remote Operation

Elements of SCPI Commands

To Make a Frequency Measurement (Turbo C)

/* This program sets up the counter to make 10 freqeuncy measurements

on channel 1, using a 0.1 second gate time.

The results are displayed on the computer CRT

The program comments discuss the meaning of each command.

ASCII result format is used to preserve resolution. */

#include <stdio.h>

#include <string.h>

#include "CHPIB.H"

#include "CFUNC.H"

void sendhp(char *); /* function to send command to counter */

/* global data */

long ctr=703;

/* Counter is at address 03. HP-IB is at select code 7

int error;

void main()

{ long isc=7;

int state=1;

/* Select code 7 */

/* Used in IOEOI

int i;

/* Used for loop counter */

int samples=10;

int length=23;

char freq[23];

IORESET(isc);

sendhp("*RST");

sendhp("*CLS");

sendhp("*SRE 0");

sendhp("*ESE 0");

sendhp(":STAT:PRES");

/* Number of measurements to take */

/* Max number of bytes per measurements */

/* Array to hold frequency string */

/* Clear the HP-IB interface */

/* Reset the counter */

/* Clear event registers and error queue */

/* Clear service request enable register */

/* Clear event status enable register */

/* Preset enable registers and transition

filters for operation and questionable

status structures */

IOEOI(isc,state);

/* Enable use of EOI */

sendhp(":FUNC 'FREQ 1'");

/* Measure frequency on channel 1

Note that the function must

be a quoted string. The actual

string sent to the counter is

'FREQ 1'. */

sendhp(":FREQ:ARM:STAR:SOUR IMM");

sendhp(":FREQ:ARM:STOP:SOUR TIM");

sendhp(":FREQ:ARM:STOP:TIM .1");

/* These 3 lines enable the */

/* time arming mode with a */

/* 0.1 second gate time */

Programming Guide

3-91

Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.

Chapter 3 Programming Your Universal Counter for Remote Operation

Programming Examples

To Make a Frequency Measurement (Turbo C) (Continued)

for (i=1; i<=samples ;i++)

{

sendhp("INIT");

/* Start a measurement */

sendhp("FETCH:FREQUENCY?");

IOENTERS(ctr,freq,&length);

length=strlen(freq);

freq[length-1]='\0';

/* fetch the data */

/* Get length of result so */

/* the linefeed can be removed */

printf ("Frequency %d = %s Hz\n",i,freq);

}

printf("Press a key to continue\n");

getch();

}

/* Function to send command to HP 53131A */

void sendhp(hpib_cmd)

char *hpib_cmd;

{

char hpcmd[80];

/* Variables used by function */

int length;

strcpy(hpcmd,hpib_cmd);

length=strlen(hpcmd);

error=IOOUTPUTS(ctr,hpcmd,length); /* Send command to HP 53131A */

if (error!=0)

printf("Error during HP-IB: %d Command %s\n",error,hpcmd);

}

3-92

Programming Guide

Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.

Chapter 3 Programming Your Universal Counter for Remote Operation

Elements of SCPI Commands

To Use Limits to Filter Data Before Measuring Statistics (Turbo

/* This program instructs the counter to determine the statistics of

50 Period measurements that are within programmed test limit values.

Periods that are outside of the limits are not included in the statistics.

The Limit graph is displayed so you can see if measurements are in limit.

To alert the program that the statistics are ready, bit 8 in the Operation

Status Register is used. When statistics are being calculated, this bit is

high, when they are complete, this bit goes low. By using the transition

filters, an SRQ can be generated when statistics are complete (the

transition from high to low of bit 8 in the Operation Status register.)*/

#include <stdio.h>

#include <dos.h>

/* used for printf() */

/* used for delay() */

#include "CHPIB.H"

#include "CFUNC.H"

/* HP-IB library constant declarations */

/* HP-IB library function prototypes */

void sendhp(char *); /* function to send command to counter */

/* global data */

long ctr=703; /* Counter is at address 03. HP-IB is at select code 7 */

int error;

void main()

{

long isc=7;

/* Select code 7 */

int condition=1;

int status;

int state=1;

/* Used in IOSTATUS */

/* Used in IOEOI

char mean[23];

char minimum[23];

char maximum[23];

char sdev[23];

int length=23;

clrscr();

/* mean variable */

/* minimum variable */

/* maximum variable */

/* standard deviation variable */

/* Used in IOENTERS */

/* Clear the computer CRT */

IORESET(isc);

/* Clear the HP-IB interface */

/* Reset the counter */

sendhp("*RST");

sendhp("*CLS");

sendhp("*SRE 0");

sendhp("*ESE 0");

sendhp(":STAT:PRES");

/* Clear event registers and error queue */

/* Clear service request enable register */

/* Clear event status enable register */

/* Preset enable registers and transition

filters for operation and questionable

status structures */

Programming Guide

3-93

Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.

Chapter 3 Programming Your Universal Counter for Remote Operation

Programming Examples

To Use Limits to Filter Data Before Measuring Statistics (Turbo

C) (Continued)

IOEOI(isc,state);

sendhp(":FUNC 'FREQ 1'");

/* Enable use of EOI */

/* Make a frequency measurement */

sendhp(":FREQ:ARM:STAR:SOUR IMM"); /* These 3 lines enable */

sendhp(":FREQ:ARM:STOP:SOUR TIM"); /* time arming with a .001 */

sendhp(":FREQ:ARM:STOP:TIM .001"); /* second gate time */

sendhp(":STAT:OPER:ENABLE 256");

/* Computing statistics bit in

Operation Status register */

/* When statistics are complete, */

/* the bit will go from high to low

so a negative transition is

sendhp(":STAT:OPER:NTR 256");

sendhp(":STAT:OPER:PTR 0");

needed to enable the bit that is

summarized in the Status Byte

sendhp("*SRE 128");

/* This is the bit from the Operation

Status register that is summarized

in the Status Byte Register */

/* Enable statistics filter */

sendhp(":CALC3:LFIL:STAT ON");

sendhp(":CALC3:LFIL:LOWER 1 MHz"); /* Set lower limit to 1 MHz */

sendhp(":CALC3:LFIL:UPPER 2 MHz"); /* Set upper limit to 2 MHz */

sendhp(":CALC3:AVER ON");

sendhp(":CALC3:AVER:COUNT 50");

/* Enable statistics */

/* Use 50 measurements for stats */

sendhp(":CALC2:LIM:STAT ON");

/* Enable limit testing. This must

happen in order to see limit

graph */

sendhp(":CALC2:LIM:LOWER 1 MHz"); /* Set lower limit */

sendhp(":CALC2:LIM:UPPER 2 MHz"); /* Set upper limit */

sendhp(":CALC2:LIM:DISP GRAPH");

/* Display limit graph */

/* Waiting for the measurement to complete */

printf("Waiting for measurement to complete\n");

sendhp(":INIT:CONT ON");

/* Start making measurements */

{

IOSTATUS(isc,condition,&status);

/* Check status byte */

delay(200);

/* Wait 200 milliseconds */

}

while (status!=1);

/* if =1 then measurement complete */

/* Measurement is complete, get the data */

3-94

Programming Guide

Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.

Chapter 3 Programming Your Universal Counter for Remote Operation

Elements of SCPI Commands

To Use Limits to Filter Data Before Measuring Statistics (Turbo

C) (Continued)

IOSPOLL(ctr,&status);

puts("Transferring and processing data");

sendhp(":INIT:CONT OFF"); /* Set counter to Run */

sendhp(":CALC3:AVERAGE:TYPE MIN;:CALC3:DATA?");

/* Serial poll counter for status */

IOENTERS(ctr,minimum,&length);

/* Get the data from the counter */

sendhp(":CALC3:AVERAGE:TYPE MAX;:CALC3:DATA?");

IOENTERS(ctr,maximum,&length);

/* Get the data from the counter */

sendhp(":CALC3:AVERAGE:TYPE MEAN;:CALC3:DATA?");

IOENTERS(ctr,mean,&length);

/* Get the data from the counter */

sendhp(":CALC3:AVERAGE:TYPE SDEV;:CALC3:DATA?");

IOENTERS(ctr,sdev,&length);

/* Get the data from the counter */

printf("Mean frequency

= %s",mean);

printf("Minimum frequency = %s",minimum);

printf("Maximum frequency = %s",maximum);

printf("Standard deviation = %s",sdev);

printf("Press a key to continue\n");

getch();

}

/* Function to send command to HP 53131A */

void sendhp(hpib_cmd)

char *hpib_cmd;

{

char hpcmd[80];

/* Variables used by function */

int length;

strcpy(hpcmd,hpib_cmd);

length=strlen(hpcmd);

error=IOOUTPUTS(ctr,hpcmd,length); /* Send command to HP 53131A */

if (error!=0)

printf("Error during HP-IB: %d Command %s\n",error,hpcmd);

}

Programming Guide

3-95

Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.

Chapter 3 Programming Your Universal Counter for Remote Operation

Programming Examples

To Optimize Throughput (Turbo C)

/* This program sets up the counter to transfer data at the fastest

possible rate. Note that the arming mode is AUTO. This mode provides

the least resolution of all the arming modes.

The program comments discuss the meaning of each command.

ASCII result format is used to preserve resolution.

For optimal performance, compile for best speed. */

#include <stdio.h> /* used for printf() */

#include <string.h> /* used for strlen() */

#include "CHPIB.H" /* HP-IB library constant declarations */

#include "CFUNC.H" /* HP-IB library function prototypes */

void sendhp(char *); /* function to send command to counter */

/* global data */

long ctr=703;

int error;

/* Counter is at address 03. HP-IB is at select code 7 */

void main()

{

long isc=7;

int status;

int state=1;

int i;

/* Select code 7 */

/* Used in IOSTATUS */

/* Used in IOEOI

/* Used for loop counter */

float exp_freq;

int readings = 1000;

int length=23;

char freq[1001][23];

/* Expected frequency value */

/* Number of measurements to take */

/* Max number of bytes per measurement */

/* Array to hold measurements */

char destination[130]; /* Used for expected frequency */

IORESET(isc);

/* Clear the HP-IB interface */

/* Reset the counter */

sendhp("*RST");

sendhp("*CLS");

sendhp("*SRE 0");

sendhp("*ESE 0");

sendhp(":STAT:PRES");

/* Clear event registers and error queue */

/* Clear service request enable register */

/* Clear event status enable register */

/* Preset enable registers and transition

filters for operation and questionable

status structures */

IOEOI(isc,state);

/* Enable use of EOI */

sendhp(":FUNC 'FREQ 1'");

/* Make a frequency measurement */

/* These 2 lines enable the */

/* AUTO arming mode*/

/* Set a trigger level for

channel 1. This disables the

auto trigger, increasing

throughput */

sendhp(":FREQ:ARM:STAR:SOUR IMM");

sendhp(":FREQ:ARM:STOP:SOUR IMM");

sendhp(":EVENT1:LEVEL 0");

3-96

Programming Guide

Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.

Chapter 3 Programming Your Universal Counter for Remote Operation

Elements of SCPI Commands

To Optimize Throughput (Turbo C) (Continued)

sendhp(":ROSC:SOURCE INT");

/* Use internal oscillator. If

you want to use an external

timebase, you must select it

and turn off the automatic

detection using:

:ROSC:EXT:CHECK OFF */

sendhp(":DIAG:CAL:INT:AUTO OFF");

/* Disable automatic interpolater

calibration. The most recent

calibration values are used in

the calculation of frequency */

/* Turn off the counter display */

sendhp(":DISP:ENABLE OFF");

sendhp(":HCOPY:CONT OFF");

sendhp(":CALC:MATH:STATE OFF");

sendhp(":CALC2:LIM:STATE OFF");

sendhp(":CALC3:AVER:STATE OFF");

sendhp("*DDT #15FETC?");

/* Disable any post processing */

/* Define the Trigger command. This

means the command FETC? does not

need to be sent for every

measurement, decreasing the

number of bytes transferred over

the bus */

sendhp(":INIT:CONT ON");

sendhp("FETCH:FREQ?");

IOENTER(ctr,&exp_freq);

/* Put the counter in Run mode */

/* Fetch the frequency to be */

/* for the expected frequency */

/* Copy string */

strcpy(destination,":FREQ:EXP1 ");

sprintf(&destination[strlen(destination)],"%e",exp_freq); /* Append

expected frequency value */

sendhp(destination);

/* Send the expected frequency */

/* This number must be within 10%

of the Ch 1 input frequency.

Using this greatly increases

throughput, but is not

recommended for signals that

change by more than 10% */

puts("Transferring and processing data\n");

for (i=1; i<=readings ;i++)

{

IOTRIGGER(ctr);

IOENTERS(ctr,freq[i],&length);

}

/* Trigger the counter and */

/* read the data */

printf("Measurement complete. Press a key to continue.\n");

getch();

}

Programming Guide

3-97

Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.

Chapter 3 Programming Your Universal Counter for Remote Operation

Programming Examples

To Optimize Throughput (Turbo C) (Continued)

/* Function to send command to HP 53131A */

void sendhp(hpib_cmd)

char *hpib_cmd;

{

char hpcmd[80];

/* Variables used by function */

int length;

strcpy(hpcmd,hpib_cmd);

length=strlen(hpcmd);

error=IOOUTPUTS(ctr,hpcmd,length); /* Send command to HP 53131A */

if (error!=0)

printf("Error during HP-IB: %d Command %s\n",error,hpcmd);

}

3-98

Programming Guide

Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.

Command Reference

A Dictionary

Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.

Chapter 4 Command Reference

Introduction

This chapter describes the SCPI Subsystem commands and the IEEE 488.2

Common commands for the HP 53131A/132A 225 MHz Universal Counter. The

information in this chapter will help you program the Counter over the HP-IB.

The commands are presented in alphabetical order.

SCPI Subsystem commands are described on pages 4-4 thru 4-121.

IEEE 488.2 Common command descriptions start on

page 4-122.

Device Clear and Group Execute Trigger descriptions are also included on

pages 4-31 and 4-42, respectively.

For each command description:

· where the phrase “Sets or queries” is used, the command setting can be

queried by omitting the parameter and appending a “?” to the last

command keyword.

For example,

:INPut:COUPling [AC | DC]

can be queried with

:INPut:COUPling?

unless otherwise noted, a command described as an event cannot be

queried.

unless otherwise noted, the command setting is affected by save/recall.

the square brackets, [ ], are used to indicate that the element(s) within the

brackets are optional. Note, the brackets are NOT part of the command

and should not be sent to the Counter.

the vertical bar, |, is used to mean “OR” and is used to separate alternative

options.

4-2

Programming Guide

Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.

Chapter 4 Command Reference

Introduction

the short form of keywords is shown in uppercase.

quotation marks may be part of the command’s parameter; the quotation

marks shown must be sent to the Counter.

unless otherwise noted, the command is sequential

(not overlapped).

See Chapter 3 in this guide for details regarding command syntax, parameter

types, and query response types.

See the HP 531331A/132A Operating Guide, Table 2-6, for power-up values.

Introduction

Programming Guide

4-3

Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.

Chapter 4 Command Reference

:ABORt Command

:ABORt

This command is an event that causes the Counter to abort ,

as quickly as possible, any measurement in progress.

The :ABORt command is not complete until the current measurement is stopped.

The execution of an ABORt command sets false any Pending Operation Flags that

were set true by initiation of measuring.

Comments

If :ABORt is issued while the measurement cycle is idle (:INIT:CONT OFF

and pending operation flag is false),

the command will be ignored.

If :ABORt is issued while a single measurement is in progress

(:TRIG:COUN:AUTO OFF or :CALC3:AVER OFF,

:INIT:CONT OFF, and pending operation flag is true), the measurement will

be aborted and pending operation flag set false.

If :ABORt is issued while repetitive measurement are being made

(:INIT:CONT ON), the current measurement in progress will be aborted and

the pending operation flag set false. Then, a new measurement will

automatically be initiated and the pending operation flag set true.

If :ABORt is issued while a block of measurements is in progress

(:TRIG:COUN:AUTO ON and :CALC3:AVER ON,

:INIT:CONT OFF, and pending operation flag is true),

the measurement block will be aborted and the pending operation flag set

false.

When a measurement or block of measurements is aborted, the Measuring bit

in the Operation Status Register will be set false.

Aborting a measurement in progress invalidates the result,

with one exception. :ABORt is the appropriate way to terminate an

automatically armed Totalize measurement.

Front-Panel

Keys

Stop/Single

4-4

Programming Guide

Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.

Chapter 4 Command Reference

Introduction

:CALCulate Subsystems

Three :CALCulate subsystems (:CALCulate[1], :CALCulate2,

and :CALCulate3) perform post-acquisition data processing and data transfer of

the corresponding results. Functions in the SENSe subsystem are related to data

acquisition, while the :CALCulate systems operate on the data acquired by a

SENSe function as shown in Figure 4-1.

The :CALCulate subsystems are logically between the :SENSe subsystem and the

data output to either the bus or display. When a measurement is initiated (by a

:MEASure, :READ, or an :INITiate command), the :SENSe subsystem collects

data. This data is transformed by :CALCulate[1|2|3], as specified, and then passed

on to the selected output. In effect, the collection of new data “initiates” the

:CALCulate subsystems. The :CALCulate subsystems may also be directed by

command to transform, making it possible to change the configuration of

:CALCulate and consequently derive a different set of results from the same

SENSe data set without re-acquiring SENSe data.

Calculated results are available (valid) until new results are computed or until

relevant instrument state is changed.

The :CALCulate3 subsystem consists of two sub-blocks as shown in Figure 4-1.

The data flows through the sub-blocks in a serial fashion. The manner in which

these sub-blocks are arranged is specified in the :CALC3:PATH? query.

The :CALCulate[1|2|3] settings are not used when measuring Totalize or Voltage

Peaks (voltage minimum, maximum,

or peak-to-peak).

Not until :CALCulate[1]:MATH:STATe is set to ON will any of the

:CALCulate[1] settings or :TRACe[:DATA] settings be used.

NOTE

Not until :CALCulate2:LIMit:STATe is set to ON will any of the :CALCulate2

settings be used.

Not until :CALCulate3:LFILter:STATe is set to ON will any of the

:CALCulate3:LFILter settings be used.

Not until :CALCulate3:AVERage:STATe is set to ON will any of the

:CALCulate3:AVERage settings be used.

Programming Guide

4-5

Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.

Chapter 4 Command Reference

:CALCulate Subsystems

Figure 4-1. The CALCulate Subsystems

4-6

Programming Guide

Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.

Chapter 4 Command Reference

Introduction

:CALCulate[1] Subsystem

Performs post-acquisition math (scale/offset) processing (on the data acquired by

a SENSe function) and data transfer of the scaled/offset result. See the :TRACe

subsystem for commands used to set the scale and offset.

Not until :CALCulate[1]:MATH:STATe is set to ON will any of the

:CALCulate[1] settings or :TRACe[:DATA] settings be used.

NOTE

:CALCulate[1]:DATA?

Queries the current scaled and offset measurement result .

Query Response

Result will be formatted according to :FORMat[:DATA] ASCii | REAL

setting.

When ASCii format is used, numeric data is transferred as ASCII bytes in

<NR3> format. The number of significant digits will range from 1 to 15,

depending on the measurement resolution. Only significant digits will be

returned.

If no valid result exists, Not a Number 9.91E37 is returned and error -230 is

generated.

If the current measurement is Totalize or Voltage Peaks, Not a Number

9.91E37 is returned and error -221 is generated.

Comments

Query only.

If this command is issued when math is enabled and while a measurement is in

progress, no response will be produced until the measurement completes.

This command holds off subsequent commands from being processed until a

measurement completes. This holdoff action can only be canceled by the

measurement completing, a device clear, or power cycle.

The last calculated result remains valid until a new computation is made or a

relevant instrument state is modified.

Programming Guide

4-7

Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.

Chapter 4 Command Reference

:CALCulate[1] Subsystem

:CALCulate[1]:FEED “[:]SENSe[1]”

Sets or queries the data flow to be fed into the CALCulate[1] block.

Since the Counter can only sense one function at a time, there is only one valid

parameter.

Query Response

Comments

The string “SENS” is returned.

*RST: “SENSe[1]”

:CALCulate[1]:IMMediate

This command is an event that causes the Counter to recalculate existing data

without re-acquiring data. (This recalculation also happens automatically when

any change is made to the

:CALCulate[1|2] subsystems while :CALC:IMM:AUTO is ON.)

:CALC:IMM? is semantically equivalent to :CALC:IMM;DATA?.

The query form outputs the results of the new calculation.

This command will not affect:

:CALC2:LIM:FCO

:CALC2:LIM:PCO

:CALC3: ...

Query Response

Result will be formatted according to :FORMat[:DATA] ASCii | REAL

setting.

When ASCii format is used, numeric data is transferred as ASCII bytes in

<NR3> format. The number of significant digits will range from 1 to 15,

depending on the measurement resolution.

Only significant digits will be returned.

If no valid result exists, Not a Number 9.91E37 is returned and error -230 is

generated.

If the current measurement is Totalize or Voltage Peaks, Not a Number

9.91E37 is returned and error -221 is generated.

Comments

This command causes post-processing to occur in the :CALCulate2 subsystem, as

well as the CALCulate subsystem.

4-8

Programming Guide

Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.

Chapter 4 Command Reference

Introduction

:CALCulate[1]:IMMediate:AUTO <Boolean>

Sets or queries whether post-processing (recalculation) will automatically occur

whenever any changes are made to the :CALCulate[1|2] subsystems.

With :CALC:IMM:AUTO set to OFF, :CALCulate[1|2] only produces new results

when new SENSe data is acquired or when the :CALCulate:IMMediate command

is received.

Once :CALC:IMM:AUTO is set to ON, the CALCulate[1|2] subsystems produce

new results when any CALCulate[1|2] command is processed, even when new

SENSe data is not being acquired.

This allows the user to make configuration changes in the CALCulate[1|2]

subsystems and immediately have new CALCulate[1|2] results on the same

SENSe data.

Query Response

Comments

Single ASCII-encoded byte, 0 or 1.

A value of 0 indicates OFF; a value of 1 indicates ON.

*RST: OFF

This command affects all of the post-processing subsystems settings

(:CALC:IMM:AUTO).

Note that the Counter powers up with :CALC:IMM:AUTO set to ON, but

*RST sets it to OFF.

:CALCulate[1]:MATH Subtree

This subtree collects together the commands related to math (scale/offset)

processing. See the :TRACe subsystem for commands used to set the scale and

offset.

Many of these commands are query-only because the Counter has only one fixed

math operation.

:CALCulate[1]:MATH[:EXPRession]:CATalog?

Queries defined equation name.

Query Response

Comments

The string “SCALE_OFFSET” is returned.

Query only.

Programming Guide

4-9

Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.

Chapter 4 Command Reference

:CALCulate[1] Subsystem

:CALCulate[1]:MATH[:EXPRession][:DEFine]?

Queries equation used for math operation.

Query Response

A sequence of ASCII-encoded bytes:

(“SENS” * SCALE + OFFSET)

terminated with a new line and EOI.

Comments

Query only.

This query should be the last query in a terminated program message;

otherwise, error -440 is generated.

:CALCulate[1]:MATH[:EXPRession]:NAME SCALE_OFFSET

:CALCulate[1]:MATH[:EXPRession]:SELect SCALE_OFFSET

Sets or queries the name of the expression selected for math processing .

Query Response

Comments

A sequence of ASCII-encoded bytes: SCALE_OFFSET

*RST: SCALE_OFFSET

:CALCulate[1]:MATH:STATe <Boolean>

Sets or queries the math enable.

This enable specifies whether or not measurement (SENSe) data will be scaled and

offset.

Query Response

Comments

Single ASCII-encoded byte, 0 or 1.

A value of 0 indicates OFF; a value of 1 indicates ON.

*RST: OFF

Updating the math enable causes the limit counts (:CALC2:LIM:FCO,

:CALC2:LIM:PCO) to be cleared.

Front-Panel

Keys

Scale & Offset

4-10

Programming Guide

Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.

Chapter 4 Command Reference

Introduction

:CALCulate2 Subsystem

This subsystem performs post-acquisition limit testing and data transfer.

Not until :CALCulate2:LIMit:STATe is set to ON will any of the :CALCulate2

settings be used.

NOTE

:CALCulate2:FEED “[:]CALCulate[1]”

Sets or queries the data flow to be fed into the CALCulate2 block.

Query Response

Comments

The string “CALC” is returned.

*RST: “CALCulate[1]”

:CALCulate2:IMMediate

This command is an event that causes the Counter to recalculate existing data

without re-acquiring data. (This recalculation also happens automatically when

any change is made to the :CALCulate[1|2] subsystems while

:CALC2:IMM:AUTO is ON.)

The only limit result that can be truly post-processed is :CALC2:LIM:FAIL?. The

limit counts (:CALC2:LIM:FCO and :CALC2:LIM:PCO) reflect measurements

that were limit-tested at time of data acquisition.

This command will not affect:

:CALC2:LIM:FCO

:CALC2:LIM:PCO

:CALC3: ...

Comments

This command causes post-processing to occur in the :CALCulate[1] subsystem,

as well as the :CALCulate2 subsystem.

Programming Guide

4-11

Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.

Chapter 4 Command Reference

:CALCulate2 Subsystem

:CALCulate2:IMMediate:AUTO <Boolean>

Sets or queries whether post-processing (recalculation) will automatically occur

whenever any changes are made to the :CALCulate[1|2] subsystems.

With :CALC2:IMM:AUTO set to OFF, CALCulate[1|2] only produces new

results when new SENSe data is acquired or when the CALCulate2:IMMediate

command is received.

Once :CALC2:IMM:AUTO is set to ON, the CALCulate[1|2] subsystems produce

new results when any CALCulate[1|2] command is processed, even when new

SENSe data is not being acquired.

This allows the user to make configuration changes in the CALCulate[1|2]

subsystems and immediately have new CALCulate[1|2] results on the same

SENSe data.

Query Response

Comments

Single ASCII-encoded byte, 0 or 1.

A value of 0 indicates OFF; a value of 1 indicates ON.

*RST: OFF

This command affects all of the post-processing subsystems settings

(:CALC[1]:IMM:AUTO).

Note that the Counter powers up with :CALC2:IMM:AUTO set to ON, but

*RST sets it to OFF.

The only limit result that can be truly post-processed is :CALC2:LIM:FAIL?.

The limit counts (:CALC2:LIM:FCO and :CALC2:LIM:PCO) reflect

measurements that were limit-tested at

time of data acquisition.

:CALCulate2:LIMit Subtree

This subtree collects together the commands associated with controlling and

getting reports from a single LIMit test. The limit test is defined as both an upper

and lower limit test.

If the measurement cycle is aborted or terminates abnormally, the limit test status

will be unaffected. That is, an aborted or abnormally terminated measurement

does not get limit tested and has no effect on the limit test results.

4-12

Programming Guide

Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.

Chapter 4 Command Reference

Introduction

:CALCulate2:LIMit:CLEar:AUTO <Boolean>

Sets or queries if the limit test results are to be cleared with each

:INITiate[:IMMediate] and :INITiate:CONTinuous ON operation.

Query Response

Comments

Single ASCII-encoded byte, 0 or 1.

A value of 0 indicates OFF; a value of 1 indicates ON.

*RST: ON

When AUTO is ON, the Counter will perform the following whenever

:INIT[:IMM] or :INIT:CONT ON is executed:

– Invalidate the limit data.

– Clear :CALC2:LIM:FAIL, :CALC2:LIM:FCOunt, and

:CALC2:LIM:PCOunt information.

– Turn off the front-panel display’s Limit annunciator.

– Set the Limit-Detect output of the RS-232 connector to the

in-limit voltage level.

When AUTO is OFF, the only way to clear the limit-test results is to send

:CALC2:LIM:CLE[:IMM].

:CALCulate2:LIMit:CLEar[:IMMediate]

This command is an event that causes the Counter to

immediately invalidate the limit data,

clear the information in :CALC2:LIM:FAIL, :CALC2:LIM:FCOunt, and

:CALC2:LIM:PCOunt,

turn off the front-panel display’s Limit annunciator, and

set the Limit-Detect output to its in-limit voltage level.

Comments

If :CALC2:LIM:STAT is OFF, error -221 is generated.

Programming Guide

4-13

Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.

Chapter 4 Command Reference

:CALCulate2 Subsystem

:CALCulate2:LIMit:DISPlay GRAPh | NUMBer

Sets or queries whether the measurement display is numeric or symbolic (on a

graph).

When :CALC2:LIM:DISP is NUMBer, the measurement results are displayed

numerically. When :CALC2:LIM:DISP is GRAPh,

the measurement results are displayed symbolically on a graph;

the measurement result is represented by an asterisk (*), while the upper and lower

limits are each represented by a colon (:).

Query Response

A sequence of ASCII-encoded bytes: GRAP or NUMB

Comments

RST: NUMBer

This command updates the display mode immediately. The display update is

independent of :CALC2:IMM:AUTO state.

See the section titled “How to Program the Counter to Display Results” in

Chapter 3 for programming examples.

Front-Panel

Keys

Limit Modes

:CALCulate2:LIMit:FAIL?

Queries the status of the last measurement that was limit tested .

Query Response

Single ASCII-encoded byte, 0 or 1.

A value of zero indicates the last tested measurement passed the limit test. A

value of one indicates the last tested measurement failed.

If no valid result exists, 0 is returned and error -230 is generated.

Query only.

Comments

If this command is issued when limit testing is enabled and while a

measurement is in progress, no response will be produced until the

measurement completes.

This command holds off subsequent commands from being processed until a

measurement completes. This holdoff action can only be canceled by the

measurement completing, a device clear, or power cycle.

4-14

Programming Guide

Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.

Chapter 4 Command Reference

Introduction

If the current measurement is Totalize or Voltage Peaks, 0 is returned and

error -221 is generated.

:CALCulate2:LIMit:FCOunt:LOWer?

Queries the number of limit test failures (that is, the Fail COunt) at the lower

limit.

Query Response

Numeric data transferred as ASCII bytes in <NR1> format.

If CALC2:LIM:STATe is OFF, 0 is returned and error -221 is generated.

If no valid result exists, 0 is returned and error -230 is generated.

If the current measurement is Totalize or Voltage Peaks, 0 is returned and

error -221 is generated.

Comments

Query only.

:CALCulate2:LIMit:FCOunt[:TOTal]?

Queries the total Fail COunt (that is, the number of measurements that have failed

the limit test). No failures is indicated by 0.

Query Response

Numeric data transferred as ASCII bytes in <NR1> format.

If CALC2:LIM:STATe is OFF, 0 is returned and error -221 is generated.

If no valid result exists, 0 is returned and error -230 is generated.

If the current measurement is Totalize or Voltage Peaks, 0 is returned and

error -221 is generated.

Comments

Query only.

:CALCulate2:LIMit:FCOunt:UPPer?

Queries the number of limit test failures (that is, the Fail COunt) at the upper

limit.

Query Response

Numeric data transferred as ASCII bytes in <NR1> format.

If CALC2:LIM:STATe is OFF, 0 is returned and error -221 is generated.

If no valid result exists, 0 is returned and error -230 is generated.

If the current measurement is Totalize or Voltage Peaks, 0 is returned and

error -221 is generated.

Programming Guide

4-15

Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.

Chapter 4 Command Reference

:CALCulate2 Subsystem

Comments

Query only.

:CALCulate2:LIMit:LOWer[:DATA] <numeric_value>

[HZ | S |DEG]

Sets or queries the lower limit used for limit testing.

When the result is less than the lower limit, a fail is reported;

when the result is equal to the lower limit, a fail is not reported.

If math is enabled (:CALC:MATH:STATe ON), the limit value specified should

take into account that the limit testing is on measurements that have been scaled

and offset.

<numeric_value>

-9.9999990000E+12 to -1.0000000000E-13, 0.0000000000, +1.0000000000E-

13 to +9.9999990000E+12.

Range

<numeric_value>

Resolution

11 digits

Query Response

Comments

Numeric data transferred as ASCII bytes in <NR3> format with eleven significant

digits.

*RST: 0.0000000000

This command couples :CALC3:LFIL:LOW to the same value.

Updating the lower limit value causes the limit counts (:CALC2:LIM:FCO,

:CALC2:LIM:PCO) to be cleared.

The front panel menu item is not always able to display all of the significant

digits of this value. When this is the case, the displayed value is different from

the actual value in that the displayed value has been rounded. However, using

the front panel Enter key, while this value is in the 11-digit display, will

update the actual value to the displayed (rounded) value.

Front-Panel

Keys

Uppr & Lower

4-16

Programming Guide

Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.

Chapter 4 Command Reference

Introduction

:CALCulate2:LIMit:PCOunt[:TOTal]?

Queries the total Pass COunt (that is, the number of measurements that passed the

limit test).

Query Response

Numerical data transferred as ASCII bytes in <NR1> format.

If CALC2:LIM:STATe is OFF, 0 is returned and error -221 is generated.

If no valid result exists, 0 is returned and error -230 is generated.

If the current measurement is Totalize or Voltage Peaks, 0 is returned and

error -221 is generated.

Comments

Query only.

:CALCulate2:LIMit:STATe <Boolean>

Sets or queries the limit test enable.

Query Response

Comments

Single ASCII-encoded byte, 0 or 1.

A value of 0 indicates OFF; a value of 1 indicates ON.

*RST: OFF

When :CALC2:LIM:STAT OFF is sent, it causes the Counter to:

– Invalidate the limit data and clear the information in

:CALC2:LIM:FAIL, :CALC2:LIM:FCOunt, and

:CALC2:LIM:PCOunt.

– Turn off the front-panel display’s Limit annunciator.

– Set the Limit-Detect output to the in-limit voltage level.

Front-Panel

Keys

Limit Modes

Programming Guide

4-17

Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.

Chapter 4 Command Reference

:CALCulate2 Subsystem

:CALCulate2:LIMit:UPPer[:DATA] <numeric_value>

[HZ | S | DEG]

Sets or queries the upper limit used for limit testing.

When the result is greater than the upper limit, a fail is reported; when the result is

equal to the upper limit, a fail is not reported.

If math is enabled (:CALC:MATH:STATe ON), the limit value specified should

take into account that the limit testing is on measurements that have been scaled

and offset.

<numeric_value>

-9.9999990000E+12 to -1.0000000000E-13, 0.0000000000, +1.0000000000E-

13 to +9.9999990000E+12.

Range

<numeric_value>

Resolution

11 digits

Query Response

Comments

Numeric data transferred as ASCII bytes in <NR3> format with eleven significant

digits.

*RST: 0.0000000000

This command couples :CALC3:LFIL:UPP to the same value.

Updating the upper limit value causes the limits counts (:CALC2:LIM:FCO,

:CALC2:LIM:PCO) to be cleared.

The front panel menu item is not always able to display all of the significant

digits of this value. When this is the case, the displayed value is different from

the actual value in that the displayed value has been rounded. However, using

the front panel Enter key, while this value is in the 11-digit display, will

update the actual value to the displayed (rounded) value.

Front-Panel

Keys

Uppr & Lower

4-18

Programming Guide

Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.

Chapter 4 Command Reference

Introduction

:CALCulate3 Subsystem

This subsystem performs post-acquisition statistics computation and data transfer.

Not until :CALCulate3:LFILter:STATe is set to ON will any of the

:CALCulate3:LFILter settings be used.

NOTE

Not until :CALCulate3:AVERage[:STATe] is set to ON will any of the

:CALCulate3:AVERage settings be used.

The statistics results are unaffected by post-processing invoked with

:CALC[1|2]:IMM.

:CALCulate3:AVERage Subtree

This subtree collects together the commands associated with the statistics

capabilities.

The statistics results combine successive measurements to produce a composite

result

Not until :CALCulate3:AVERage[:STATe] is set to ON will any of one

:CALCulate3:AVERage settings be used.

:CALCulate3:AVERage:ALL?

This query returns all four statistics (i.e., mean , standard deviation, maximum ,

and minimum ).

Statistics should be enabled (:CALC3:AVER[:STATe] ON) before attempting to

query results.

Query Response

Numeric data transferred as ASCII bytes in <NR3> format.

The number of significant digits will range from 1 to 15, depending on the

measurement resolution.

Numbers are separated by commas. The ordering of numbers within the

response is mean, standard deviation, minimum,

and maximum.

If :CALC3:AVER[:STATe] is OFF, four comma-separated Not a Number

9.91E37 values are returned and error -221 is generated.

If no valid result exists, four comma-separated Not a Number 9.91E37

values are returned and error -230 is generated.

Programming Guide

4-19

Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.

Chapter 4 Command Reference

:CALCulate3 Subsystem

If the current measurement is Totalize or Voltage Peaks, Not a Number

9.91E37 is returned and error -221 is generated.

Comments

Query only.

The last calculated result remains valid until a new computation is made or a

relevant instrument state is modified.

Front-Panel

keys

Stats

:CALCulate3:AVERage:CLEar

This command is an event that causes the Counter to:

invalidate the statistics results,

clear the statistics current count to 0, and

report the negative status condition (NOT Computing Statistics) to bit 8 of the

Operation Status Register.

Comments

If :CALC3:AVER[:STATe] is OFF, error -221 is generated.

:CALCulate3:AVERage:COUNt <numeric_value>

Sets or queries the number of measurements to combine for statistics processing .

After :CALC3:AVER:COUNt measurements is reached, a new set of

:CALC3:AVER:COUNt measurements must be acquired before another statistics

computation will occur.

<numeric_value>

2 to 1,000,000

Range

<numeric_value>

Resolution

Query Response

Comments

Numeric data transferred as ASCII bytes in <NR1> format.

*RST: 100

4-20

Programming Guide

Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.

Chapter 4 Command Reference

Introduction

Front-Panel

keys

Stats

:CALCulate3:AVERage:COUNt:CURRent?

Queries the current count (that is, the number of data values collected for

statistical computation).

Query Response

Numeric data transferred as ASCII bytes in <NR1> format.

Range is 0 to 1,000,000.

If :CALC3:AVER[:STATe] is OFF, error -221 is generated.

If the current measurement is Totalize or Voltage Peaks, 0 is returned and

error -221 is generated.

Comments

Query only.

No statistics results exist until the :CALC3:AVER:COUN:CURR? is equal to

the specified :CALC3:AVER:COUN.

Front-Panel

keys

Stats

:CALCulate3:AVERage[:STATe] <Boolean>

Sets or queries the statistics post-processing enable.

Query Response

Comments

Single ASCII-encoded byte, 0 or 1.

A value of 0 indicates OFF; a value of 1 indicates ON.

*RST: OFF

When this enable is ON, and :TRIG:COUN:AUTO is ON, and

[:SENS]:FUNC[:ON] is not Totalize or Voltage Peak function,

then :INIT[:IMM] initiates a complete block of measurements.

See :TRIG:COUN:AUTO in this chapter for specifics.

When this enable is OFF, :INIT[:IMM] always initiates a single measurement.

Programming Guide

4-21

Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.

Chapter 4 Command Reference

:CALCulate3 Subsystem

Front-Panel

keys

Stats

:CALCulate3:AVERage:TYPE MAXimum | MINimum | SDEViation

| SCALar or MEAN

Selects which statistical result will appear:

in the :CALC3:DATA? response, and

on the front-panel display when :DISP[:WIND]:TEXT:FEED is set to

“CALC3”.

Query Response

Comments

A sequence of ASCII-encoded bytes: MAX, MIN, SDEV, or MEAN

*RST: MEAN

If :DISP[:WIND]:TEXT:FEED is “CALC3”, then this command updates the

display immediately.

Front-Panel

keys

Stats

:CALCulate3:DATA?

Queries the statistical result specified by :CALC3:AVER:TYPE.

Enable statistics (:CALC3:AVER[:STATe] ON) before attempting to query

results.

Query Response

Result will be formatted according to :FORMat[:DATA] ASCii | REAL

setting.

When ASCii format is used, numeric data is transferred as ASCII bytes in

<NR3> format. The number of significant digits will range from 1 to 15,

depending on the measurement resolution. Only significant digits will be

returned.

If :CALC3:AVER[:STATe] is OFF, Not a Number 9.91E37 is returned and

error -221 is generated.

If no valid result exists, Not a Number 9.91E37 is returned and error -230 is

generated.

4-22

Programming Guide

Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.

Chapter 4 Command Reference

Introduction

If the current measurement is Totalize or Voltage Peaks, Not a Number

9.91E37 is returned and error -221 is generated.

Comments

Query only.

The last calculated result remains valid until a new computation is made or a

relevant instrument state is modified.

:CALCulate3:FEED “[:]CALCulate[1]”

Sets or queries the data flow to be fed into the CALCulate3 block.

Query Response

Comments

The string “CALC” is returned.

*RST: “CALCulate[1]”

:CALCulate3:LFILter Subtree

This subtree collects together the commands used to specify which measurements

will be used in computing statistics; out-of-limit measurements can be filtered out

of the statistics processing.

Not until :CALCulate3:LFILter:STATe is set to ON will any of the

:CALCulate3:LFILter settings be used.

NOTE

:CALCulate3:LFILter:LOWer[:DATA] <numeric_value> [HZ | S

|DEG]

Sets or queries the statistics filter lower limit.

If limit filtering is enabled (:CALC3:LFIL:STAT ON), any measurements below

this value will not be combined into the statistics computation.

If math is enabled (:CALC:MATH:STATe ON), the limit value specified should

take into account that the filtering is on measurements that have been scaled and

offset.

<numeric_value>

Range

-9.9999990000E+12 to -1.0000000000E-13, 0.0000000000, +1.0000000000E-

13 to +9.9999990000E+12.

<numeric_value>

Resolution

11 digits

Programming Guide

4-23

Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.

Chapter 4 Command Reference

:CALCulate3 Subsystem

Query Response

Comments

Numeric data transferred as ASCII bytes in <NR3> format with eleven significant

digits.

*RST: 0.0000000000

This command couples :CALC2:LIM:LOW to the same value.

Updating the lower limit value causes the limit counts (:CALC2:LIM:FCO,

:CALC2:LIM:PCO) to be cleared.

The front panel menu item is not always able to display all of the significant

digits of this value. When this is the case, the displayed value is different from

the actual value in that the displayed value has been rounded. However, using

the front panel Enter key, while this value is in the 11-digit display, will

update the actual value to the displayed (rounded) value.

:CALCulate3:LFILter:STATe <Boolean>

Sets or queries the statistics filter enable. When set to ON, only measurements

(scaled and offset if math is enabled) which are within the filter limits are

combined into the statistics processing. When set to OFF, all measurements,

whether they are within or without the filter limits are combined into the statistics

processing.

Query Response

Comments

Single ASCII-encoded byte, 0 or 1.

A value of 0 indicates OFF; a value of 1 indicates ON.

*RST: OFF

Stats

Front-Panel

Keys

:CALCulate3:LFILter:UPPer[:DATA] <numeric_value>

[HZ | S | DEG]

Sets or queries the statistics filter upper limit.

If limit filtering is enabled (:CALC3:LFIL:STAT ON), any measurements above

this value will not be combined into the statistics computation.

If math is enabled (:CALC:MATH:STATe ON), the limit value specified should

take into account that the filtering is on measurements that have been scaled and

offset.

4-24

Programming Guide

Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.

Chapter 4 Command Reference

Introduction

-9.9999990000E+12 to -1.0000000000E-13, 0.0000000000, +1.0000000000E-

13 to +9.9999990000E+12.

<numeric_value>

Range

<numeric_value>

Resolution

11 digits

Query Response

Comments

Numeric data transferred as ASCII bytes in <NR3> format with eleven significant

digits.

*RST: 0.0000000000

This command couples :CALC2:LIM:UPP to the same value.

Updating the upper limit value causes the limit counts (:CALC2:LIM:FCO,

:CALC2:LIM:PCO) to be cleared.

The front panel menu item is not always able to display all of the significant

digits of this value. When this is the case, the displayed value is different from

the actual value in that the displayed value has been rounded. However, using

the front panel Enter key, while this value is in the 11-digit display, will

update the actual value to the displayed (rounded) value.

:CALCulate3:PATH?

Queries the order in which CALCulate3 sub-blocks are to be processed.

For the Counter, this sequence is fixed to be LFILter followed by AVERage.

A sequence of ASCII-encoded bytes: LFIL, AVER

Query only.

Query Response

Comments

Programming Guide

4-25

Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.

Chapter 4 Command Reference

:CALibration Subsystem

:CALibration[:ALL]?

This query causes an internal interpolator self-calibration .

Query Response

Numeric data transferred as ASCII bytes in <NR1> format.

A value of zero indicates the calibration completed without error. A value of

one indicates the calibration completed with error.

Comments

Query only.

:CALibration:COUNt?

Queries the number of times the Counter has been calibrated.

By monitoring the calibration count, you can determine whether an unauthorized

calibration has been performed.

The following commands (as well as the front-panel invoked calibrations)

increment the count upon the completion of a successful calibration:

:DIAG:CAL:INP[1|2]:GAIN:AUTO ONCE

:DIAG:CAL:INP[1|2]:OFFS:AUTO ONCE

:DIAG:CAL:ROSC:AUTO ONCE

:DIAG:CAL:TINT:FINE[1|2|3|4]

:DIAG:CAL:TINT:QUICk

The :CAL:DATA command also increments the calibration count.

Numeric data transferred as ASCII bytes in <NR1> format.

Query Response

Comments

Query only.

The calibration count is stored in non-volatile memory,

thus cycling power will not reset value.

The calibration count is unaffected by power-on, save/recall,

and *RST.

The calibration count increments up to a maximum of 32,767 after which it

wraps around to 1. (A value of 0 indicates no calibration has been performed

since the last reset of the non-volatile memory.)

4-26

Programming Guide

Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.

Chapter 4 Command Reference

Introduction

Your Counter was calibrated before it left the factory. When you receive your

Counter, read the calibration count to determine its initial value.

Early versions of the Counter do not support this query.

Front-Panel

Key

Scale & Offset / POWER (Calibration Menu)

:CALibration:DATA <arbitrary block>

Sets or queries the calibration data (input gain, input offset, reference oscillator,

and time interval).

Before performing calibration, it is a good idea to query (:CAL:DATA?) and store

the current calibration values in your program or on a disk in case an error occurs

during the calibration process. See the sample program “How to Read and Store

Calibration Information ” in Chapter 3, “Programming Your Universal Counter for

Remote Operation.”

Query Response

Comments

Definite Length Block.

The query response will be #256<56 calibration-data bytes> terminated

with a new line and EOI.

This command does not affect the interpolator calibration data.

If the <arbitrary block> command parameter has the incorrect number of

bytes or does not checksum, error -220 is generated.

If the update to EEPROM fails, error +2013 is generated.

The calibration data (updated by this command) is stored in

non-volatile memory, so cycling power will not reset these values. The only

way to update the calibration data is through this command or by initiating the

individual calibrations (see :DIAG:CAL: ...).

The calibration data (updated by this command) is unaffected by power-on,

save/recall, and *RST.

Programming Guide

4-27

Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.

Chapter 4 Command Reference

:CALibration Subsystem

:CALibration:SECurity Subtree

This subtree provides capabilities related to the security of the Counter’s

calibration factors.

Note, early versions of the Counter do not support any of the

:CALibration:SECurity commands.

:CALibration:SECurity:CODE <NRf>

Sets the calibration security code.

To change the security code, the Counter must first be unsecured.

To unsecure the Counter, use the :CALibration:SECurity:STATe command.

<NRf> Range

0 to 9999999

<NRf> Resolution

Comments

No query.

The calibration code is stored in non-volatile memory, and is unaffected by

power-on, save/recall, and *RST.

Front-Panel

key

Scale & Offset / POWER (Calibration Menu)

:CALibration:SECurity:STATe <Boolean>, <NRf>

Sets and queries the calibration security state.

To unsecure for calibration, specify OFF with the present security code. When the

Counter is unsecure, any calibration can be performed.

To secure against calibration, specify ON with the present security code. When

the Counter is secure, no calibration can or will be performed (except for

interpolator calibration).

<NRf> Range

0 to 9999999

<NRf> Resolution

Query Response

Single ASCII-encoded byte, 0 or 1.

A value of 0 indicates the Counter is unsecure; a value of 1 indicates the

Counter is secure.

4-28

Programming Guide

Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.

Chapter 4 Command Reference

Introduction

The calibration state is stored in non-volatile memory, and is unaffected by

power-on, save/recall, and *RST.

Comments

The security code is set to 53131 or 53132 (depending on which model you

have) when the Counter is shipped from the factory.

If you forget your security code, you can reset the security code to the model-

number default by resetting all of the non-volatile memory to a default state.

See the Assembly-Level Service Guide for more information.

Front-Panel

Keys

Scale & Offset / POWER (Calibration Menu)

Programming Guide

4-29

Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.

Chapter 4 Command Reference

:CONFigure Subsystem

Refer to the Measurement Instructions section on page 4-52 in this chapter for a

description of :CONFigure.

4-30

Programming Guide

Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.

Chapter 4 Command Reference

Introduction

Device Clear

The full capability of the Device Clear IEEE 488.1 interface function is

implemented in the Counter. This function allows a device to be initialized to a

cleared state. The device-dependent effect is described below.

In response to either the Device Clear message or the Selected Device Clear

message, the Counter:

clears the input buffer and Output Queue,

resets the parser, execution control, and response formatter,

clears any command that would prevent processing a *RST or other

commands,

disables the effect of a prior *OPC command, and

terminates the holdoff action of a *WAI, *OPC?, or data query (:MEASure

query, :READ query, :FETCh query, :CALC:DATA?, :CALC2:LIM:FAIL?)

waiting for pending operation to complete.

Also, a front-panel initiated diagnostic or calibration may be aborted (for example,

if the front-panel diagnostic or calibration is waiting for user input).

Programming Guide

4-31

Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.

Chapter 4 Command Reference

:DIAGnostic Subsystem

This subsystem controls the remote calibration of the Counter.

All of the calibration values, with the exception of the interpolator values, are

stored in non-volatile memory and are unaffected by

power-on, save/recall, and *RST.

Any of the commands which perform a calibration, with the exception of the

interpolator calibration, will generate error -221 if the user tries to execute a

calibration while the Counter is secured. (Note, this will not occur in early

revisions of the Counter because calibration security does not exist.) Please refer

to the :CALibration:SECurity subtree for command specifics regarding calibration

security.

:DIAGnostic:CALibration:INPut[1|2]:GAIN:

AUTO ONCE | OFF

Calibrates the channel 1 or 2 input trigger GAIN when the ONCE parameter is

used.

Before sending this command, connect a +5V source to the appropriate input.

Query Response

A sequence of ASCII-encoded bytes: OFF

Comments

The calibration values are stored in non-volatile memory, and are unaffected

by power-on, save/recall, and *RST.

Use :DIAG:CAL:STAT? to check for successful calibration.

After calibration is completed, the state of this command’s parameter is OFF.

Front-Panel

Keys

Scale and Offset/POWER (Calibration menu).

4-32

Programming Guide

Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.

Chapter 4 Command Reference

Introduction

:DIAGnostic:CALibration:INPut[1|2]:OFFSet:

AUTO ONCE | OFF

Calibrates the channel 1 or 2 input trigger OFFSet when the ONCE parameter is

used.

Before sending this command, BE SURE to disconnect any input signal from the

appropriate input.

Query Response

Comments

A sequence of ASCII-encoded bytes: OFF

The calibration values are stored in non-volatile memory, and are unaffected

by power-on, save/recall, and *RST.

Use :DIAG:CAL:STAT? to check for successful calibration.

After calibration is completed, the state of this command’s parameter is OFF.

Front-Panel

Keys

Scale and Offset/POWER (Calibration menu).

:DIAGnostic:CALibration:INTerpolator:AUTO ONCE | OFF |ON

Calibrates the interpolator circuit in the Counter when the ONCE parameter is

used.

AUTO ON enables automatic interpolator calibration on every measurement.

AUTO OFF disables automatic interpolator calibration.

Query Response

Comments

A sequence of ASCII-encoded bytes: OFF or ON

*RST: ON

Use :DIAG:CAL:STAT? to check for successful calibration.

After ONCE calibration is completed, the state of this command’s parameter

is OFF.

When :DIAG:CAL:INT is set to OFF, the Counter reports the positive status

condition (questionable Time, Frequency, and Phase) to bits 2, 5, and 6 of the

Questionable Status Register. When :DIAG:CAL:INT is set to ON, the

Counter reports the negative status condition (NOT questionable Time,

Frequency, and Phase) to bits 2, 5, and 6 of the Questionable Status Register.

This enable is unaffected by save/recall.

Programming Guide

4-33

Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.

Chapter 4 Command Reference

:DIAGnostic Subsystem

:DIAGnostic:CALibration:ROSCillator:AUTO ONCE | OFF

Calibrates the reference oscillator when ONCE parameter is used.

Before sending this command, connect 10 MHz to channel 1.

Query Response

A sequence of ASCII-encoded bytes: OFF

Comments

This command is available only if the instrument contains the medium or high

stability oscillator option; otherwise, error -241 is generated.

The calibration values are stored in non-volatile memory, and are unaffected

by power-on, save/recall, and *RST.

Use :DIAG:CAL:STAT? to check for successful calibration.

After calibration is completed, the state of this command’s parameter is OFF.

Front-Panel

Keys

Scale and Offset/POWER (Calibration menu).

:DIAGnostic:CALibration:STATus?

Queries pass/fail status of the last calibration. It can be used after any calibration

to determine if the calibration was successful.

Query Response

Comments

Numeric data transferred as ASCII bytes in <NR1> format.

A value of zero indicates that calibration completed without error. A value of

one indicates the calibration completed with error.

Query only.

4-34

Programming Guide

Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.

Chapter 4 Command Reference

Introduction

:DIAGnostic:CALibration:TINTerval:FINE[1|2|3|4]

These event commands, when performed in the appropriate order and with the

appropriate calibration signals supplied to both channels, calibrate out the

differences in electrical path length between Channel 1 and Channel 2.

Before sending any of these commands, the appropriate calibration signal must be

supplied to both channels. Please see the section titled “To Initiate the Calibration

Routine” in Chapter 2 of the Operating Guide for details involved in providing the

calibration signals. The Operating Guide also discusses the difference between this

calibration and the alternate (simpler) choice, :DIAG:CAL:TINT:QUICk.

The command :DIAG:CAL:TINT:FINE1 invokes the first step of the calibration,

:DIAG:CAL:TINT:FINE2 invokes the second, and so on. Each step corresponds

to the calibration signals produced by each of the four numbered buttons on the

HP 59992A J06 Time Interval Calibrator.

This is a four-step calibration—all four steps must be successfully completed in

sequence, starting with step one and ending with step four. To restart the

calibration (from step one), power cycle the Counter. A good precaution is to use

an HP-IB program (see the programming example titled “To Read and Store

Calibration Data” in Chapter 3 of the Programming Guide) to read and store the

calibration factors prior to initiating any calibration(s).

NOTE

Comments

No query.

The calibration values are stored in non-volatile memory, and are unaffected

by power-on, save/recall, and *RST.

Use :DIAG:CAL:STAT? to check for successful calibration, after all four

steps have been completed.

Note, early versions of the Counter do not support these commands.

Front-Panel

Keys

Scale & Offset / POWER (Calibration Menu)

Programming Guide

4-35

Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.

Chapter 4 Command Reference

:DIAGnostic Subsystem

:DIAGnostic:CALibration:TINTerval:QUICk

This event command calibrates out the differences in electrical path length

between channels 1 and 2.

Before sending this command, connect to channel 1 a square wave of approximate

frequency 10 MHz, but more importantly with a rapid rise time.

Comments

No query.

The calibration values are stored in non-volatile memory, and are unaffected

by power-on, save/recall, and *RST.

Use DIAG:CAL:STAT? to check for successful calibration.

Front-Panel

Keys

Scale and Offset/POWER (Calibration menu).

4-36

Programming Guide

Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.

Chapter 4 Command Reference

Introduction

:DISPlay Subsystem

This subsystem controls the selection and presentation of textual information on

the Counter’s display. This information includes measurement results. :DISPlay is

independent of, and does not modify, how data is returned to the controller.

See the section titled “How to Program the Counter to Display Results” in Chapter

3 of this guide.

:DISPlay:ENABle <Boolean>

Sets or queries whether the whole display (text area, annunciators, and

indicators—with the exception of Remote and SRQ) is visible.

Query Response

Comments

Single ASCII-encoded byte, 0 or 1.

A value of 0 indicates OFF; a value of 1 indicates ON.

*RST: ON

This value is unaffected by save/recall.

:DISPlay:MENU[:STATe] OFF

This command, which only allows the OFF parameter, disables the menu display.

When the menu display is disabled, the results display appears.

The query indicates whether the menu display or result display is enabled.

Query Response

Comments

Single ASCII-encoded byte, 0 or 1.

A value of 0 indicates the menu display is disabled (the result display is

enabled). A value of 1 indicates the menu display is enabled (the result display

is disabled).

*RST: OFF

To enable the menu display, use either the front-panel keys or the :SYST:KEY

command.

This value is unaffected by save/recall.

Programming Guide

4-37

Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.

Chapter 4 Command Reference

:DISPlay Subsystem

:DISPlay[:WINDow]:TEXT:FEED “[:]CALCulate2” |

“[:]CALCulate3”

Sets or queries what data flow is fed into the display.

Choose from the following <data_handle> strings:

“[:]CALCulate2”—should be used to direct any result other than the statistics

to the result display

Specifically this would select one of the following results for the result

display:

– raw measurement (if math is disabled—:CALC:MATH:STAT OFF)

– the scaled/offset measurement (if math is enabled—:CALC:MATH:STAT

ON)

– the limit graph (if limit testing is enabled with the graphic display—

:CALC2:LIM:STAT ON, :CALC2:LIM:DISP GRAPh)

“[:]CALCulate3”—should be used to direct the statistical result

(if statistics are enabled, :CALC3:AVER[:STAT] ON) to the result display;

the particular statistic displayed is determined by :CALC3:AVER:TYPE.

Query Response

Comments

A string is returned: “CALC2” or “CALC3.”

*RST: “:CALCulate2”

Refer to the section titled “How to Program the Counter to Display Results”

in Chapter 3 of this guide.

Front-Panel

Keys

Stats

4-38

Programming Guide

Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.

Chapter 4 Command Reference

Introduction

:DISPlay[:WINDow]:TEXT:RADix COMMa | DPOint

Sets or queries the character used to separate integral and fractional portions of a

displayed number.

To conform to the numerical convention used in the USA, specify decimal point

with DPOint. To conform to the numerical convention used in many other

countries, specify COMMa.

For example:

With DPOint, one thousand is displayed as 1,000.0

With COMMa, one thousand is displayed as 1.000,0

Query Response

A sequence of ASCII-encoded bytes: DPO or COMM

Comments

This value is stored in non-volatile memory. It is unaffected by

power-on, save/recall, and *RST.

Front-Panel

Keys

Utility/POWER

Programming Guide

4-39

Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.

Chapter 4 Command Reference

:FETCh Subsystem

Refer to the Measurement Instructions section on page 4-52 in this chapter for a

description of :FETCh.

4-40

Programming Guide

Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.

Chapter 4 Command Reference

Introduction

:FORMat Subsystem

This subsystem sets the data format for transferring numeric information. This

data format is used for response data by those commands that are specifically

designated to be affected by the :FORMat subsystem.

:FORMat[:DATA] ASCii | REAL

Sets or queries the data format type. Valid types are ASCii and REAL.

When ASCii type is selected, numeric response data is transferred as ASCII bytes

in <NR3> format. The numbers are separated by commas as specified in IEEE

488.2. To indicate that no response data exists, Not a Number 9.91E37 is

returned.

When REAL type is selected, response data is transferred in a

<definite length block> as a 64-bit IEEE 754 floating point number. To indicate

that no response data exists, Not a Number 9.91E37 is returned in the <definite

length block>.

Query Response

Comments

A sequence of ASCII-encoded bytes: ASC or REAL

*RST: ASCii

This command affects the response format of the following commands:

:CALCulate:DATA?

:CALCulate3:DATA?

:FETCh?

:MEASure query

:READ?

[:SENSe]:DATA?

:TRACe[:DATA] query

Programming Guide

4-41

Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.

Chapter 4 Command Reference

Group Execute Trigger

(GET)

Group Execute Trigger

(GET)

The full capability of the Group Execute Trigger IEEE 488.1 interface function is

implemented in the Counter. This function permits the Counter to have its

operation initiated over the Bus. The

device-dependent result of this triggering is described in the following paragraph.

In response to the IEEE 488.1 Group Execute Trigger (GET) remote interface

message (while the Counter is addressed to listen),

the Counter performs the action defined by the *DDT command

(see page 4-124).

4-42

Programming Guide

Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.

Chapter 4 Command Reference

Introduction

:HCOPy Subsystem

:HCOPy:CONTinuous <Boolean>

Enables or disables printing results.

When :HCOPy:CONTinuous is enabled (:HCOP:CONT ON),

the Counter prints each measurement.

If statistics is enabled (:CALC3:AVER[:STAT] ON), all statistics (standard

deviation, mean, minimum, and maximum ) will be printed in addition to the

individual measurements. If limit testing is enabled (:CALC2:LIMit:STAT ON),

an indication will be printed for the measurements that fail the limit test.

Refer to the sections titled “Using the Print Menu,” and “To Configure the RS-

232 Serial Port for Printing” in the Operating Guide for more details on printing.

Query Response

Comments

Single ASCII-encoded byte, 0 or 1.

A value of 0 indicates OFF, a value of 1 indicates ON.

*RST: OFF

Front-Panel

Keys

Save & Print

Programming Guide

4-43

Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.

Chapter 4 Command Reference

:INITiate Subsystem

This subsystem controls the initiation of a measurement.

:INITiate:AUTO <Boolean>

Sets or queries if the Counter should stop measurements or continue measuring

(go on) when a measurement exceeds the user-entered limits.

AUTO ON configures the Counter to automatically stop measuring (set

:INIT:CONT to OFF) on a limit test failure (that is, out-of-limit results are

detected). AUTO OFF configures the Counter to continue measuring (leave

:INIT:CONT unaffected) when the limit test fails.

The AUTO ON capability is only meaningful when the Counter is limit testing

(:CALC2:LIM:STAT is ON) and :INIT:CONT is ON.

Query Response

Comments

Single ASCII-encoded byte, 0 or 1.

A value of 0 indicates OFF; a value of 1 indicates ON.

*RST: OFF

Limit Modes

Front-Panel

Keys

:INITiate:CONTinuous <Boolean>

Sets or queries the enable for continuously initiated measurements .

With CONTinuous set to OFF, no measurements are made until CONTinuous is

set to ON or :INITiate[:IMMediate] is received.

Once CONTinuous is set to ON, a new measurement is initiated.

On the completion of each measurement, with CONTinuous ON, another

measurement immediately commences.

Query Response

Single ASCII-encoded byte, 0 or 1.

A value of 0 indicates OFF; a value of 1 indicates ON.

4-44

Programming Guide

Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.

Chapter 4 Command Reference

Introduction

Comments

*RST: OFF

When the :INIT:CONT ON command is sent, the Counter:

– invalidates the statistics results,

– clears the statistics current count to 0,

– reports the negative status condition (NOT Computing

Statistics) to bit 8 of Operation Status Register.

When :CALC2:LIM:CLE:AUTO is ON, the Counter performs the following

whenever the :INIT:CONT ON command is sent:

– invalidates the limit data,

– clears :CALC2:LIM:FAIL, :CALC2:LIM:FCOunt,

and :CALC2:LIM:PCOunt information,

– turns off the front-panel display’s Limit annunciator, and

– sets the Limit-Detect output to the in-limit voltage level.

When [:SENS]:EVEN:LEV[:ABS]:AUTO is ON, the Counter performs an auto-

trigger on the measurement channel(s) whenever the :INIT:CONT ON command

is executed, and also at the beginning of each measurement cycle while

:INIT:CONT is ON.

The state of :TRIG:COUN:AUTO has no affect on the operation of

:INIT:CONT ON.

:INIT:CONT ON operates as if :TRIG:COUN was 1.

The commencement of the first measurement due to setting

:INITiate:CONTinuous to ON sets the Pending Operation Flag to true. The

Pending Operation Flag is set false by aborting of a measurement, or by the

completion of the last measurement after :INITiate:CONTinuous is set OFF.

With the measurements being made continuously, the :ABORt command shall

abort the current measurement in progress, however, the value of

:INITiate:CONTinuous is unaffected.

If CONTinuous was set to ON prior to receiving :ABORt, it remains ON and

a new measurement begins.

Programming Guide

4-45

Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.

Chapter 4 Command Reference

:INITiate Subsystem

When a single measurement is in progress (:INIT:CONT is OFF):

– Error -213 (Init ignored) is generated and the state of

INIT:CONT is unaffected by :INIT:CONT ON.

– Error -210 (Trigger error) is generated by INIT:CONT OFF.

Note that the Counter powers up with :INIT:CONT set to ON,

but *RST sets :INIT:CONT to OFF.

Front-Panel

Keys

Run

:INITiate[:IMMediate]

This event command causes the instrument to initiate either a single measurement

or a block of measurements.

When

:TRIG:COUN:AUTO is OFF, or

:CALC3:AVER[:STAT] is OFF, or

[:SENS]:FUNC[:ON] is Totalize function, or

[:SENS]:FUNC[:ON] is any Voltage Peaks function,

then :INIT[:IMM] initiates a single measurement.

When

:TRIG:COUN:AUTO is ON, and

:CALC3:AVER[:STAT] is ON, and

[:SENS]:FUNC[:ON] is not Totalize or Voltage Peak function,

then :INIT[:IMM] initiates a complete block of measurements.

See :TRIG:COUN:AUTO for specifics.

4-46

Programming Guide

Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.

Chapter 4 Command Reference

Introduction

Comments

When :TRIG:COUN:AUTO is ON and :CAL3:AVER[:STAT] is ON, the

Counter clears the statistics results and the statistics current count on

:INIT[:IMM].

If the instrument is already in the process of making a measurement or if

INITiate:CONTinuous is set to ON, an :IMMediate command has no affect,

and an error -213

(Init ignored) is generated.

When :CALC2:LIM:CLE:AUTO is ON, the Counter performs the following

whenever the :INIT[:IMM] command is sent:

– invalidates the limit data,

– clears :CALC2:LIM:FAIL, :CALC2:LIM:FCOunt, and

:CALC2:LIM:PCOunt information,

– turns off the front-panel display’s Limit annunciator, and

– sets the Limit-Detect output to the in-limit voltage level.

This command is an overlapped command (see IEEE 488.2, Section 12).

Beginning a measurement or block of measurements with an

:INITiate[:IMMediate] sets the Pending Operation Flag to true. Completing

the measurement or block of measurements (normally or by aborting) sets

Pending Operation Flag to false.

For an automatically armed Totalize measurement, use :ABORt to terminate

the measurement initiated with :INIT[:IMM].

When [:SENS]:EVEN:LEV[:ABS]:AUTO is ON, the Counter performs an

auto-trigger on the measurement channel(s) whenever the :INIT[:IMM]

command is executed.

Front-Panel

Keys

Stop/Single

Programming Guide

4-47

Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.

Chapter 4 Command Reference

:INPut[1|2] Subsystem

This subsystem controls the characteristics of the Counter’s input ports. :INPut1

corresponds to channel 1 input port and :INPut2 corresponds to channel 2 input

port.

:INPut[1|2]:ATTenuation 1 | 10

Sets or queries the input attenuation .

Query Response

Numeric data transferred as ASCII bytes in <NR1> format.

Comments

*RST: 1

Front-Panel

Keys

X10 Attenuate

:INPut[1|2]:COUPling AC | DC

Sets or queries the input coupling .

Query Response

A sequence of ASCII-encoded bytes: AC or DC

Comments

*RST: AC

DC/AC

Front-Panel

Keys

:INPut[1|2]:FILTer[:LPASs][:STATe] <Boolean>

Sets or queries the state of the low-pass filter.

Query Response

Single ASCII-encoded byte, 0 or 1.

A value of 0 indicates OFF; a value of 1 indicates ON.

Comments

*RST: OFF

Front-Panel

Keys

100kHz Filter

4-48

Programming Guide

Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.

Chapter 4 Command Reference

Introduction

:INPut[1|2]:FILTer[:LPASs]:FREQuency?

Queries the cutoff frequency of the low-pass filter.

Query Response

Numeric data transferred as ASCII bytes in <NR3> format with six

significant digits.

A value of 100E+3 is returned.

Comments

Units are Hertz.

:INPut[1|2]:IMPedance <numeric_value> [OHM]

Sets or queries the input impedance (50W or 1MW).

<numeric_value>

50 or 1E6

Range

Query Response

Numeric data transferred as ASCII bytes in <NR3> format with six significant

digits.

Comments

*RST: 1E6 OHM

Units are Ohms.

Front-Panel

Keys

50W/1MW

Programming Guide

4-49

Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.

Chapter 4 Command Reference

:INPut3 Subsystem

This subsystem queries the characteristics of the Counter’s

channel 3 input port. These commands are only available if Option 030/050 is

installed.

:INPut3:COUPling?

Queries the channel 3 input coupling .

Query Response

Comments

A sequence of ASCII-encoded bytes: AC

This command is only available if Option 030/050 is installed.

:INPut3:IMPedance?

Queries the channel 3 input impedance .

Query Response

Comments

Numeric data transferred as ASCII bytes in <NR3> format with six significant

digits.

The value returned is 50, or Not a Number 9.91E37 if Option 030/050 Channel

3 is not installed.

Units are Ohms.

This command is only available if Option 030/050 is installed.

4-50

Programming Guide

Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.

Chapter 4 Command Reference

Introduction

:MEASure Subsystem

Refer to the Measurement Instructions section on page 4-52 in this chapter for a

description of :MEASure.

Programming Guide

4-51

Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.

Chapter 4 Command Reference

Measurement Instructions (:CONFigure, :FETCh, :MEASure, :READ)

Measurement Instructions (:CONFigure,

:FETCh, :MEASure, :READ)

The purpose of these commands is to acquire data using a set of high-level

instructions. These commands are structured to allow you to trade off

interchangeability with fine control of the measurement process. The :MEASure

query provides a complete capability where the instrument is configured, a

measurement is taken, and the results are stored in the Output Queue in one

operation.

When more precise control of the measurement is required,

the :CONFigure and :READ? commands can be used. :CONFigure performs the

configuration portion of the measurement.

:READ? performs the data acquisition and post processing (if any), and then it

places the results in the Output Queue. This allows generic configuration of the

instrument using :CONFigure, and then customization of the measurement with

other commands

(for example, from the [:SENSe] subsystem). :READ? completes the measurement

process.

The :READ? command, in turn, is composed of the :INITiate[:IMMediate] and

:FETCh? commands. :INITiate[:IMMediate] performs the data acquisition. :FETCh?

performs the post-processing function (if any) and places the result in the Output

Queue. This allows more than one FETCh? on a single set of acquired data.

Summary of the Measurement Instruction Commands

:MEASure query

This command is the simplest to use, but allows few additional possibilities. This

command lets the Counter configure itself for an optimal measurement, initiate

measurement, and return the result; that is, it provides complete measurement sequence

(:MEAS query is equivalent to the :CONF, :INIT, :FETC? command sequence, but with

no flexibility.)

:CONFigure

:READ?

The combined use of these two commands allows for more control when the Counter

performs measurement, initiates measurement, and returns the result. Use this command

sequence if you are planning for the Counter to perform something in between the

measurement setup and acquisition.

:CONFigure

:INITiate

This combination of commands allows for the most flexibility . This command sequence

configures the Counter, initiates the measurement as specified, and returns the result.

:FETCh?

4-52

Programming Guide

Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.

Chapter 4 Command Reference

Introduction

The <source_list> parameter has the same syntax as SCPI <channel_list> syntax.

For example, a one-channel function (such as Frequency, Period, etc.) would use

(@1) to specify channel 1, whereas a two-channel function (such as Time Interval,

Phase, and Ratio) would use (@1), (@2) to specify a measurement between

channel 1 and channel 2.

If the instrument receives a parameter which is unexpected, it shall process the

command, ignoring the unexpected parameter, and set the “Command Warning”

bit of the Data Questionable status reporting structure.

The response format for :MEASure query, :READ?, and :FETCh? is determined

by the :FORMat subsystem. If no valid data is available, error -230 (Data corrupt

or stale) is generated.

See the programming example “Easiest Way to Make a Measurement” in Chapter

3 of this guide.

:CONFigure[:SCALar]:<function> <parameters>

[,<source_list>]

Configures the instrument to perform the specified function, but does not initiate

the measurement. Use :INITiate;FETCh? or :READ? to make and query a

measurement.

Parameters (other than <source_list>) may be defaulted from the right by omitting

them, or anywhere by substituting the keyword DEFault. The <source_list>

parameter may be defaulted by omitting it. The default values are specified by the

particular function description.

Note, this command defaults several Counter settings. To simply change the

function, while leaving all other Counter settings as they are, use

[:SENS]:FUNC[:ON] instead.

Comments

Refer to the sub-section in this section titled “Descriptions of the

Measurement Functions” for descriptions of each measurement function.

Refer to Table 4-1 in this sub-section for a summary of the <function>,

<parameters>, and <source_list> for each of the measurement functions.

Programming Guide

4-53

Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.

Chapter 4 Command Reference

Measurement Instructions (:CONFigure, :FETCh, :MEASure, :READ)

This command disables math, statistics, and limit-testing.

If an absolute trigger level is not specified in the <parameters>, then when this

command executes, for functions other than Voltage Peaks (maximum,

minimum, peak-to-peak) or Totalize,

– auto-trigger is enabled,

– auto-trigger level(s) are set,

– auto-trigger is invoked on measurement channel(s).

:CONFigure?

Queries the function configured by the last :CONFigure or :MEASure query.

If the instrument state has changed through commands other than :CONFigure or

:MEASure query, the instrument will not track these changes, and the query

response will not reflect these changes.

Query Response

A string of the form: “<function> <parameters>[,<source_list>]”, omitting

the leading colon from the <function>.

The Rise Time, Fall Time, and Duty Cycle functions each have two ways of

being specified. This query response will use RTIM, FTIM, or DCYC to

indicate these functions.

The response is unaffected by *RST, recall, and [:SENS]:FUNC.

At power-on, this query generates an error and returns an empty string.

Comments

Refer to the sub-section in this section titled “Descriptions of Measurement

Functions” for descriptions of each measurement function.

Refer to Table 4-1 in this section for a summary of the <function>,

<parameters>, and <source_list> for each of the measurement functions.

4-54

Programming Guide

Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.

Chapter 4 Command Reference

Introduction

FETCh[[:SCALar]:<function>]?

This query returns the measurement taken by the :INITiate

(or :MEASure query or :READ?) commands.

When [:SCALar]:<function> is specified, the instrument will retrieve the specified

result if it matches the current measurement type or can be derived from the

current measurement type. The only functions which can be derived from a

different measurement type are:

frequency to/from period,

voltage minimum to/from voltage maximum,

voltage minimum to/from voltage peak-to-peak, and

voltage maximum to/from voltage peak-to-peak.

When [:SCALar]:<function> is omitted, the function specified/used by the last

:CONFigure, :MEASure, :READ, or FETCh will be used,

if possible. This behavior is apparent when switching between frequency and

period, or when switching among the voltage peaks functions.

Issuing this query while a measurement is in progress has the effect of holding off

further commands from being processed until the measurement completes. This

hold-off action can only be canceled by the measurement completing, Device

Clear, or power-on.

Query Response

Result will be formatted according to :FORMat[:DATA] ASCii | REAL

setting.

When ASCii format is used, numeric data is transferred as ASCII bytes in

<NR3> format. The number of significant digits will range from 1 to 15,

depending on the measurement resolution.

If no valid results exists, Not a Number 9.91E37 is returned and error -230 is

generated.

If :FETCh? is executed while an automatically armed Totalize measurement is

in progress, Not a Number 9.91E37 is returned and error -221 is generated.

:ABORt should be used to terminate the measurement and avoid this error.

Programming Guide

4-55

Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.

Chapter 4 Command Reference

Measurement Instructions (:CONFigure, :FETCh, :MEASure, :READ)

Comments

Refer to the sub-section in this chapter titled “Descriptions of the

Measurement Functions” for descriptions of each measurement function.

Refer to Table 4-1 in this section for a summary of the <function>,

<parameters>, and <source_list> for each of the measurement functions.

:MEASure[:SCALar]:<function>? <parameters> [,<source_list>]

This query provides a complete measurement sequence: configuration,

measurement initiation, and query for result. It is used when the generic

measurement is acceptable and fine adjustment of Counter settings is unnecessary.

Parameters (other than <source_list>) may be defaulted from the right by omitting

them, or anywhere by substituting the keyword DEFault. The <source_list>

parameter may be defaulted by omitting it. The default values are specified by the

particular function description.

Issuing this query while a measurement is in progress will result in this query

aborting the current measurement before initiating the desired measurement, and

then waiting for the measurement to complete. Consequently, this has the effect of

holding off further commands from being processed until the desired measurement

completes. This hold-off action can only be canceled by the measurement

completing, Device Clear, or power-on.

Query Response

Result will be formatted according to :FORMat[:DATA] ASCii | REAL

setting.

When ASCii format is used, numeric data is transferred as ASCII bytes in

<NR3> format. The number of significant digits will range form 1 to 15,

depending on the measurement resolution.

Comments

Refer to the sub-section in this section titled “Descriptions of the

Measurement Functions” for descriptions of each measurement function.

Refer to Table 4-1 in this section for a summary of the <function>,

<parameters>, and <source_list> for each of the measurement functions.

This command disables math, statistics, and limit-testing.

If an absolute trigger level is not specified in the <parameters>, then when this

command executes, for functions other than Voltage Peaks (maximum,

minimum, peak-to-peak) or Totalize,

– auto-trigger is enabled,

– auto-trigger level(s) are set,

– auto-trigger is invoked on measurement channel(s).

4-56

Programming Guide

Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.

Chapter 4 Command Reference

Introduction

:READ[[:SCALar]:<function>]?

This query provides a method of performing a :FETCh? on fresh data.

A common application is to use this command in conjunction with a :CONFigure

to provide a capability like :MEASure? in which the application programmer is

allowed to provide fine adjustments to the instrument state by issuing the

corresponding commands between the :CONFigure and :READ?.

When [:SCALar]:<function> is specified, the instrument will retrieve the specified

result if it matches the current measurement type or can be derived from the

current measurement type. The only functions which can be derived from a

different measurement type are:

frequency to/from period,

voltage minimum to/from voltage maximum,

voltage minimum to/from voltage peak-to-peak, and

voltage maximum to/from voltage peak-to-peak.

When [:SCALar]:<function> is omitted, the function specified/used by the last

:CONFigure, :MEASure, :READ, or FETCh will be used,

if possible. This behavior is apparent when switching between frequency and

period, or when switching among the voltage peaks functions.

Issuing this query while a measurement is in progress will result in this query

aborting the current measurement and idling the measurement cycle before

initiating the desired measurement,

and then waiting for the measurement to complete. Consequently, this has the

effect of holding off further commands from being processed until the desired

measurement completes. This hold-off action can only be canceled by the

measurement completing, Device Clear, or power-on.

Programming Guide

4-57

Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.

Chapter 4 Command Reference

Measurement Instructions (:CONFigure, :FETCh, :MEASure, :READ)

Query Response

Result will be formatted according to :FORMat[:DATA] ASCii | REAL

setting.

When ASCii format is used, numeric data is transferred as ASCII bytes in

<NR3> format. The number of significant digits will range from 1 to 15,

depending on the measurement resolution.

Comments

Refer to the sub-section in this section titled “Descriptions of Measurement

Functions” for descriptions of each measurement function.

Refer to Table 4-1 for a summary of the <function>, <parameters>, and

<source_list> for each of the measurement functions.

If :READ? is executed while the Counter is configured to make an

automatically armed Totalize measurement, Not a Number 9.91E37 is

returned and error -221 is generated. :INITiate and :ABORt should be used to

begin and terminate the measurement; :FETCh? should be used to retrieve the

terminated measurement result.

4-58

Programming Guide

Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.

Chapter 4 Command Reference

Introduction

Table 4-1. The <function>, associated <parameters> and

<source_list> for the Measure Instruction Commands

<function> *

[,<source_list>]**

[:VOLTage]:DCYCle

[<reference>]

[(@1)]

[:VOLTage]:PDUTycycle

[:VOLTage]:FALL:TIME

[<lower_reference> [,upper_reference>]]

[(@1) ]

[:VOLTage]:FTIMe

[:VOLTage]:FREQuency

[<expected_value>[,<resolution>]]

[<expected_value> [,<resolution>]]

[(@1) | (@2) | (@3)]

[:VOLTage]:FREQuency:RATio

[(@1), (@2 | @3)] |

[(@2 | @3), (@1)]

[:VOLTage]:MAXimum

[:VOLTage]:MINimum

[:VOLTage]:NWIDth

[:VOLTage]:PERiod

[:VOLTage]:PHASe

[:VOLTage]:PTPeak

[:VOLTage]:PWIDth

[(@1) | (@2)]

[(@1) ]

[<reference>]

[<expected_value>[,<resolution>]]

[(@1) | (@2) | (@3)]

[(@1), (@2)]

[(@1) | (@2)]

[(@1) ]

[<reference>]

[:VOLTage]:RISE:TIME

[<lower_reference> [,upper_reference>]]

[(@1) ]

[:VOLTage]:RTIMe

[:VOLTage]:TINTerval

[(@1), (@2)]

[(@1)]

[:VOLTage]:TOTalize:CONTinuous***

[:VOLTage]:TOTalize:TIMed

[<gate_time>]

[(@1)]

_______________________

*The only functions which can be derived (using FETC? or READ?) from the stored data are period

to/from frequency, maximum to/from minimum, maximum to/from peak-to-peak

and minimum to/from peak-to-peak. All other functions require an acquisition of a new type.

**<source_list> has the same syntax as SCPI <channel _list> syntax. For example, a single-channel

function (e.g., frequency, period, etc.) would use (@1) to specify channel 1, where as a two-channel

function (e.g., time interval, phase, and frequency ratio) would use (@1), (@2) to specify a

measurement between channel 1 and channel 2.

***This <function> is only allowed with :CONFigure.

Programming Guide

4-59

Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.

Chapter 4 Command Reference

Measurement Instructions (:CONFigure, :FETCh, :MEASure, :READ)

Descriptions of the Measurement Functions—<function>

This sub-section provides a description of each measurement function (that is,

[:VOLTage]:FREQuency, [:VOLTage]:FREQuency:RATio,

[:VOLTage]:PERiod, etc.) that can be used with either the :MEASure query or

:CONFigure command.

If your HP 53131A contians Firmware Revision 3413, refer to the subsection

titled “Firmware Revision Work-Around Commands” on page 4-77. It is

important to refer to this subsection if your counter conta ins Firmware Revision

3413 because several measurement functions commands will not work with this

firmware revision; thus, work-around commands must be used.

CAUTION

The commands that required work-around commands are:

:MEASure[:SCALar][:VOLTage]:MAXimum? <parameters>[<source_list>]

:MEASure[:SCALar][:VOLTage]:MINimum? <parameters>[<source_list>]

:MEASure[:SCALar][:VOLTage]:PTPeak? <Parameters>[<source_list>]

:READ[:SCALar][:VOLTage]:MAXimum?

:READ[:SCALar][:VOLTage]:MINimum?

:READ[:SCALar][:VOLTage]:PTPeak?

:READ?

In each of the following command lines, the MEASure command is used with the

measurement function commands.

4-60

Programming Guide

Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.

Chapter 4 Command Reference

Introduction

Descriptions of the Measurement Functions—<function> (Cont.)

:MEASure[:SCALar][:VOLTage]:DCYCle? [<reference>][,(@1)]

Measures Duty Cycle.

The measurement arming is coupled to “auto.”

The <reference> specifies the point on the pulse where the duty cycle is

determined. This point can be specified as either a percentage or an absolute

voltage. The default units are percent.

The <reference> parameter is used to configure the trigger settings. When the

<reference> is specified as a percentage (or defaulted),

auto-trigger is enabled and auto-trigger levels are set to the specified (or defaulted)

reference value. When the <reference> is specified in volts, auto-trigger is disabled

and the absolute trigger levels are set to the specified reference value.

percent range:

0 to 100 [PCT]

10%

percent resolution:

voltage range:

For volts if X1 Attenuation: -5.125V to +5.125V

For volts if X10 Attenuation: -51.25V to +51.25V

voltage resolution:

default:

For volts if X1 Attenuation: .005V

For volts if X10 Attenuation: .05V

50 PCT

<source_list>

range:

(@1)

default:

Programming Guide

4-61

Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.

Chapter 4 Command Reference

Measurement Instructions (:CONFigure, :FETCh, :MEASure, :READ)

Descriptions of the Measurement Functions—<function> (Cont.)

:MEASure[:SCALar][:VOLTage]:FALL:TIME?

[<lower_reference>[,upper_reference>]][,(@1)]

Measures Fall Time.

The measurement arming is coupled to “auto.”

The Counter uses the <lower_reference> and <upper_reference> to select the

lower and upper points on the falling edge of an input signal applied to channel 1.

These reference points can be specified as either a percentage or an absolute

voltage. The default units are percent.

The <lower_reference> and <upper_reference> parameters are used to configure

the Channel 1 and Channel 2 trigger settings, respectively. When a reference is

specified as a percentage (or defaulted),

auto-trigger is enabled and auto-trigger level is set to the specified

(or defaulted) value. When a reference is specified in volts,

auto-trigger is disabled and the absolute trigger level is set to the specified value.

<lower_reference>

percent range:

0 to 100 [PCT]

10%

percent resolution:

voltage range:

For volts if X1 Attenuation: -5.125V to +5.125V

For volts if X10 Attenuation: -51.25V to +51.25V

voltage resolution:

default:

For volts if X1 Attenuation: .005V

For volts if X10 Attenuation: .05V

10 PCT

<upper_reference>

percent range:

0 to 100 [PCT]

10%

percent resolution:

voltage range:

For volts if X1 Attenuation: -5.125V to +5.125V

For volts if X10 Attenuation: -51.25V to +51.25V

voltage resolution:

default:

For volts if X1 Attenuation: .005V

For volts if X10 Attenuation: .05V

90 PCT

4-62

Programming Guide

Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.

Chapter 4 Command Reference

Introduction

Descriptions of the Measurement Functions—<function> (Cont.)

:MEASure[:SCALar][:VOLTage]:FALL:TIME? (Cont.)

<source_list>

range:

(@1)

default:

:MEASure[:SCALar][:VOLTage]:FREQuency?

[<expected_value>[,<resolution>]][, (@1)|(@2)|(@3)]

Measures Frequency.

The measurement arming mode is set to “digits.” The Counter uses the

<expected_value> and <resolution> parameters to configure the number of digits

of resolution arming setting.

The Channel 1 or Channel 2 trigger settings are coupled so that the measurement

channel has auto-trigger enabled at 50% with a positive slope.

Ch1, Ch2

<expected_value>

range:

.100 Hz to 225 MHz

resolution:

<expected value> should be within 10% of input

frequency for optimum arming configuration

default:

10 MHz

Ch1, Ch2 <resolution>

description:

value indicates decade corresponding to least significant

digit of the result

range:

1E-16 to 1E6 Hz

value which indicates 3 to 15 digits of resolution for the

specified <expected value>

resolution:

<resolution> should use a mantissa of 1.0 and be an

even power of 10

Programming Guide

4-63

Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.

Chapter 4 Command Reference

Measurement Instructions (:CONFigure, :FETCh, :MEASure, :READ)

Descriptions of the Measurement Functions—<function> (Cont.)

:MEASure[:SCALar][:VOLTage]:FREQuency? (Cont.)

default:

value which indicates 4 digits of resolution for the

specified <expected_value>

Ch3 <expected_value>

range:

100 MHz to 3.00 GHz

resolution:

<expected_value> should be within 10% of input

frequency for optimum arming configuration

default:

500 MHz

Ch3 <resolution>

description:

value indicates decade corresponding to least significant

digit of the result

range:

1E-7 to1E7 Hz

value which indicates 3 to 15 digits of resolution for the

specified <expected value>

resolution:

default:

<resolution> should use a mantissa of 1.0 and be an

even power of 10

value which indicates 4 digits of resolution for the

specified <expected_value>

<source_list>

range:

(@1) | (@2) | (@3)

(@1)

default:

4-64

Programming Guide

Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.

Chapter 4 Command Reference

Introduction

Descriptions of the Measurement Functions—<function> (Cont.)

:MEASure[:SCALar][:VOLTage]:FREQuency:RATio?

[<expected_value>[,<resolution>]]

[, (@1), (@2) | (@1), (@3) | (@2), (@1) | (@3), (@1) ]

Measures Frequency Ratio between two inputs.

The measurement arming mode is set to “digits.” The Counter uses the

<expected_value> and <resolution> parameters to configure the number of digits

of resolution arming setting.

The Channel 1 and possibly Channel 2 trigger settings are coupled so that the

measurement channels have auto-trigger enabled at 50% with a positive slope.

<expected_value>

Ch1 Ch1

1.00E-10 to 1.00E11

1.00E-11 to 1.00E10

range for

Ch2 Ch3

Ch1 Ch1

resolution:

default:

<expected_value> should be within 10% of ratio for

optimum arming configuration

description:

value indicates decade corresponding to least

significant digit of the result

Ch1 Ch1

1E-25 to 1E8

range for

Ch2 Ch3

value which indicates 3 to 15 digits of resolution for

the specified <expected>

Ch2 Ch3

1E-26 to 1E7

Ch1 Ch1

value which indicates 3 to 15 digits of resolution for

the specified <expected>

Programming Guide

4-65

Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.

Chapter 4 Command Reference

Measurement Instructions (:CONFigure, :FETCh, :MEASure, :READ)

Descriptions of the Measurement Functions—<function> (Cont.)

:MEASure[:SCALar][:VOLTage]:FREQuency:RATio? (Cont.)

resolution:

<resolution> should use a mantissa of 1.0 and be an even

power of 10

default:

value which indicates 4 digits of resolution for the

specified <expected_value>

<source_list>

range:

(@1), (@2) | (@1), (@3) | (@2), (@1) | (@3), (@1)

(@1), (@2)

default:

:MEASure[:SCALar][:VOLTage]:MAXimum? [(@1)|(@2)]

Measures Voltage Maximum.

<source_list>

range:

(@1) | (@2)

(@1)

default:

:MEASure[:SCALar][:VOLTage]:MINimum? [(@1)|(@2)]

Measures Voltage Minimum.

<source_list>

range:

(@1) | (@2)

(@1)

default:

4-66

Programming Guide

Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.

Chapter 4 Command Reference

Introduction

Descriptions of the Measurement Functions—<function> (Cont.)

:MEASure[:SCALar][:VOLTage]:NWIDth? [<reference>][,(@1)]

Measures Negative Pulse Width.

The measurement arming is coupled to “auto.”

The <reference> specifies the point on the pulse where the negative pulse width is

determined. This point can be specified as either a percentage or an absolute

voltage. The default units are percent.

The <reference> parameter is used to configure the trigger settings. When the

<reference> is specified as a percentage (or defaulted),

auto-trigger is enabled and auto-trigger levels are set to the specified (or defaulted)

reference value. When the <reference> is specified in volts, auto-trigger is disabled

and the absolute trigger levels are set to the specified reference value.

percent range:

0 to 100 [PCT]

10%

percent resolution:

voltage range:

For volts if X1 Attenuation: -5.125V to +5.125V

For volts if X10 Attenuation: -51.25V to +51.25V

voltage resolution:

default:

For volts if X1 Attenuation: .005V

For volts if X10 Attenuation: .05V

50 PCT

<source_list>

range:

(@1)

default:

Programming Guide

4-67

Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.

Chapter 4 Command Reference

Measurement Instructions (:CONFigure, :FETCh, :MEASure, :READ)

Descriptions of the Measurement Functions—<function> (Cont.)

:MEASure[:SCALar][:VOLTage]:PERiod?

[<expected_value>[,<resolution>]][, (@1)|(@2)|(@3)]

Measures Period.

The measurement arming mode is set to “digits.” The Counter uses the

<expected_value> and <resolution> parameters to configure the number of digits

of resolution arming setting.

The Channel 1 or Channel 2 trigger settings are coupled so that the measurement

channel has auto-trigger enabled at 50% with a positive slope.

Ch1, Ch2

<expected_value>

range:

4.4 ns to 10.0 sec

resolution:

<expected value> should be within 10% of input period

for optimum arming configuration

default:

100 ns

Ch1, Ch2 <resolution>

description:

value indicates decade corresponding to least significant

digit of the result

range:

1E-23 to 1E-2 sec

value which indicates 3 to 15 digits of resolution for the

specified <expected value>

resolution:

default:

<resolution> should use a mantissa of 1.0 and be an even

power of 10

value which indicates 4 digits of resolution for the

specified <expected_value>

4-68

Programming Guide

Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.

Chapter 4 Command Reference

Introduction

Descriptions of the Measurement Functions—<function> (Cont.)

:MEASure[:SCALar][:VOLTage]:PERiod? (Cont.)

Ch3<expected_value>

range:

0.33 ns to 10.0 ns

resolution:

<expected_value> should be within 10% of input period

for optimum arming configuration

default:

2 ns

Ch3 <resolution>

description:

value indicates decade corresponding to least significant

digit of the result

range:

1E-24 to 1E-11 sec

value which indicates 3 to 15 digits of resolution for the

specified <expected value>

resolution:

default:

<resolution> should use a mantissa of 1.0 and be an even

power of 10

value which indicates 4 digits of resolution for the

specified <expected_value>

<source_list>

range:

(@1) | (@2) | (@3)

(@1)

default:

Programming Guide

4-69

Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.

Chapter 4 Command Reference

Measurement Instructions (:CONFigure, :FETCh, :MEASure, :READ)

Descriptions of the Measurement Functions—<function> (Cont.)

:MEASure[:SCALar][:VOLTage]:PHASe? [(@1),(@2)]

Measures Phase.

The measurement arming is coupled to “auto.”

The trigger settings are coupled so that both channels 1 and 2 have

auto-trigger enabled at 50% with a positive slope.

<source_list>

range:

(@1), (@2)

default:

:MEASure[:SCALar][:VOLTage]:PTPeak? [(@1)|(@2)]

Measures Peak-to-Peak Voltage.

<source_list>

range:

(@1) | (@2)

(@1)

default:

:MEASure[:SCALar][:VOLTage]:PWIDth? [<reference>][,(@1)]

Measures Positive Pulse Width.

The measurement arming is coupled to “auto.”

The <reference> specifies the point on the pulse where the positive pulse width is

determined. This point can be specified as either a percentage or an absolute

voltage. The default units are percent.

The <reference> parameter is used to configure the trigger settings. When the

<reference> is specified as a percentage (or defaulted),

auto-trigger is enabled and auto-trigger levels are set to the specified (or defaulted)

reference value. When the <reference> is specified in volts, auto-trigger is disabled

and the absolute trigger levels are set to the specified reference value.

4-70

Programming Guide

Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.

Chapter 4 Command Reference

Introduction

Descriptions of the Measurement Functions—<function> (Cont.)

:MEASure[:SCALar][:VOLTage]:PWIDth? [<reference>][,(@1)] (Cont.)

percent range:

0 to 100 [PCT]

10%

percent resolution:

voltage range:

For volts if X1 Attenuation: -5.125V to +5.125V

For volts if X10 Attenuation: -51.25V to +51.25V

voltage resolution:

default:

For volts if X1 Attenuation: .005V

For volts if X10 Attenuation: .05V

50 PCT

<source_list>

range:

(@1)

default:

:MEASure[:SCALar][:VOLTage]:RISE:TIME?

[<lower_reference>[,upper_reference>]][(,@1)]

Measures Rise Time.

The measurement arming is coupled to “auto.”

The Counter uses the <lower_reference> and <upper_reference> to select the

lower and upper points on the rising edge of an input signal applied to channel 1.

These reference points can be specified as either a percentage or an absolute

voltage. The default units are percent.

The <lower_reference> and <upper_reference> parameters are used to configure

the Channel 1 and Channel 2 trigger settings, respectively. When a reference is

specified as a percentage (or defaulted), auto-trigger is enabled and auto-trigger

level is set to the specified (or defaulted) value. When a reference is specified in

volts, auto-trigger is disabled and the absolute trigger level is set to the specified

value.

Programming Guide

4-71

Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.

Chapter 4 Command Reference

Measurement Instructions (:CONFigure, :FETCh, :MEASure, :READ)

Descriptions of the Measurement Functions—<function> (Cont.)

:MEASure[:SCALar][:VOLTage]:RISE:TIME? (Cont.)

<lower_reference>

percent range:

0 to 100 [PCT]

10%

percent resolution:

voltage range:

For volts if X1 Attenuation: -5.125V to +5.125V

For volts if X10 Attenuation: -51.25V to +51.25V

voltage resolution:

default:

For volts if X1 Attenuation: .005V

For volts if X10 Attenuation: .05V

10 PCT

<upper_reference>

percent range:

0 to 100 [PCT]

10%

percent resolution:

voltage range:

For volts if X1 Attenuation: -5.125V to +5.125V

For volts if X10 Attenuation: -51.25V to +51.25V

voltage resolution:

default:

For volts if X1 Attenuation: .005V

For volts if X10 Attenuation: .05V

90 PCT

<source_list>

range:

(@1)

default:

4-72

Programming Guide

Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.

Chapter 4 Command Reference

Introduction

Descriptions of the Measurement Functions—<function> (Cont.)

:MEASure[:SCALar][:VOLTage]:TINTerval? [(@1),(@2)]

Measures Time Interval.

The first channel in the channel list is the start channel and the second is the stop

channel.

The trigger settings are coupled so that both channels 1 and 2 have

auto-trigger enabled at 50% with a positive slope.

The measurement arming is coupled to “auto” with no delay.

The input routing is coupled to separate inputs.

<source_list>

range:

(@1), (@2)

default:

:CONFigure[:SCALar][:VOLTage]:TOTalize:CONTinuous [(@1)]

Configures the Counter for Totalize with “auto” arming.

The trigger settings are coupled so that the measurement channel has auto-trigger

disabled with a positive slope.

Use :ABORt to terminate the measurement before querying for the totalize result.

This function (continuous totalize, also known as automatically-armed totalize)

cannot be used with the :MEASure or :READ queries.

The :FETCh? query, without an explicit function specifier, will retrieve the result

if the measurement has been properly terminated with :ABORT.

<source_list>

range:

(@1)

default:

Programming Guide

4-73

Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.

Chapter 4 Command Reference

Measurement Instructions (:CONFigure, :FETCh, :MEASure, :READ)

Descriptions of the Measurement Functions—<function> (Cont.)

:MEASure[:SCALar][:VOLTage]:TOTalize:TIMed? [<gate_time>][,(@1)]

Measures Totalize during the specified <gate time>.

The totalize gate mode is set to “time,” and the totalize gate time is defaulted or set

to the specified value.

The trigger settings are coupled so that the measurement channel has auto-trigger

disabled with a positive slope.

<gate_time>

range:

For short gate time: 100E-5 to 999E-5 seconds

For long gate time: 10E-3 to 1000.000 seconds

resolution:

default:

For short gate time: 1E-5 seconds

For long gate time: 1E-3 seconds

.100 second

<source_list>

range:

(@1)

default:

4-74

Programming Guide

Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.

Chapter 4 Command Reference

Introduction

How to Use the Measurement Instruction Commands

The Measure Instruction commands have a different level of compatibility and

flexibility than other commands. The parameters used with commands from the

Measure Instruction describe the signal you are going to measure. This means that

the Measure Instructions give compatibility between instruments since you do not

need to know anything about the instrument you are using.

Using :MEAsure

This is the simplest Measurement Instruction command to use, but it does not

offer much flexibility. :MEASure causes the Counter to configure itself for a

default measurement, starts the measurement, and queries the result. The following

example shows how to use query to measure frequency. Use

:MEASURE:FREQ?

to execute a default frequency measurement and have the result sent to the

controller. The Counter will select settings and carry out the required

measurement; moreover, it will automatically start the measurement and send the

result to the controller.

You may add parameters to give more details about the signal you are going to

measure. Use

:MEASURE:FREQ? 50 MHZ, 1 HZ

where 50 MHz is the expected value, which can of course also be sent as 50E6

HZ, and 1Hz is the required resolution.

Also the channel numbers can be specified if you send, for example:

:MEASURE:FREQ? (@2)

:MEASURE:FREQ? 50 MHz, 1 HZ, (@2)

Programming Guide

4-75

Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.

Chapter 4 Command Reference

Measurement Instructions (:CONFigure, :FETCh, :MEASure, :READ)

How to Use the Measurement Instruction Commands (Cont.)

Using :CONFigure with :READ?

The :CONFigure command causes the instrument to choose default settings for the

specified measurement. :READ? starts the measurement and queries the result.

This sequence operates in the same way as the :MEASure query, but now it is

possible to insert commands between :CONFigure and :READ? to specify a

particular setting. For example, use

:CONF:FREQ 5 MHZ, 1HZ

to configure a default frequency measurement where 1 Hz is the required

resolution and 5 MHz is the expected value.

Use

:SENS:EVEN:LEV 0V

to set the trigger level to 0 Volts.

Use

:READ?

to start the measurement and query the result.

Using :CONFigure with :INITiate and :FETCh?

The :READ? query is composed of the :INITiate command, which starts the

measurement, and the :FETCh? command, which returns the results to the

controller. For example, use

:CONF:FREQ 50 MHZ, 1 HZ

to configure for a default frequency measurement where 1 Hz is the required

resolution and 50 MHz is the expected value.

4-76

Programming Guide

Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.

Chapter 4 Command Reference

Introduction

How to Use the Measurement Instruction Commands (Cont.)

Use

:SENS:EVEN:LEV 0V

to set the trigger level to 0 Volts.

Use

:INITIATE

to start the measurement.

Use

:FETCH?

to query for result.

Firmware Revision Work-Around Commands

The following applies to HP 53131A instruments with Firmware Revision 3413:

The three commands listed below should NOT be used.

:MEASure[:SCALar][:VOLTage]:MAXimum? <parameters>[<source_list>]

:MEASure[:SCALar][:VOLTage]:MINimum? <parameters>[<source_list>]

:MEASure[:SCALar][:VOLTage]:PTPeak? <parameters>[<source_list>]

The work-around commands which should be substituted are listed below.

:CONFigure[:SCALar][:VOLTage]:MAXimum <parameters>[<source_list>]

:INIT; *WAI; FETCh?

:CONFigure[:SCALar][:VOLTage]:MINimum <parameters>[<source_list>]

:INIT; *WAI; FETCh?

:CONFigure[:SCALar][:VOLTage]:PTPeak <parameters>[<source_list>]

:INIT; *WAI; FETCh?

The three commands listed below should NOT be used.

:READ[:SCALar][:VOLTage]:MAXimum?

:READ[:SCALar][:VOLTage]:MINimum?

:READ[:SCALar][:VOLTage]:PTPeak?

Programming Guide

4-77

Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.

Chapter 4 Command Reference

Measurement Instructions (:CONFigure, :FETCh, :MEASure, :READ)

The work-around commands which should be substituted are listed below.

:INIT; *WAI

:FETCh:MAXimum?

:INIT; *WAI

:FETCh:MINimum?

:INIT; *WAI

:FETCh:PTPeak?

The command listed below should NOT be used when the function choice is

Voltage Peaks.

:READ?

The work-around command sequence which should be substituted is listed below.

:INIT; *WAI

:FETCh?

When the function is set to Voltage Peaks, and the Counter is in SINGLE mode,

the HP-IB command :FETCh? will hang the HP-IB if the measurement has not

completed.

The work around inserts a command which enforces correct timing. The

work-around command sequence is listed below.

:INIT; *WAI

:FETCh?

When the function is set to Voltage Peaks, and the Counter is in RUN mode, the

HP-IB command :FETCh? should not be used.

The work around puts the box into SINGLE mode, and inserts a command which

enforces correct timing. The work-around command sequence is listed below.

:INIT:CONTinuous OFF

:INIT; *WAI

:FETCh?

4-78

Programming Guide

Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.

Chapter 4 Command Reference

Introduction

:MEMory Subsystem

This subsystem manages the instrument’s memory . The MEMory capabilities of

an instrument are not part of the instrument state, and are not affected by reset

(*RST) or recall (*RCL). In this instrument, the macro capabilities will not

survive a power cycle, but the *SAV/*RCL states will.

:MEMory:DELete:MACRo<string>

Deletes the macro with the name specified by the string parameter.

The new IEEE 488.2-1992 command *RMC (Remove Macro Command) may

also be used; it performs exactly the same action as :MEMory:DELete:MACRo.

Note, however, that the Counter complies with IEEE 488.2-1987.

Comments

Event; no query.

See *PMC (page 4-135) if you want to delete all macros.

:MEMory:FREE:MACRo?

Queries the memory usage and availability corresponding to macro data. A total of

6500 bytes is dedicated to macro memory.

Query Response

Numeric data transferred as ASCII bytes in <NR1> format.

Two numbers transferred as ASCII bytes in <NR1> format and

comma-separated: <bytes available>, <bytes in use>.

:MEMory:NSTates?

Queries the Number of available *SAV/*RCL STates in the instrument.

Query Response

Numeric data transferred as ASCII bytes in <NR1> format.

The value returned is 21.

The response value is one greater than the maximum which can be sent as a

parameter to the *SAV and *RCL commands.

Programming Guide

4-79

Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.

Chapter 4 Command Reference

[:SENSe] Subsystem

The [:SENSe] subsystem commands are divided into several sections. Each

section or subtree deals with controls that directly affect

instrument-specific settings and not those related to the signal-oriented

characteristics.

[:SENSe]:DATA? [“[:]SENSe[1]”]

Queries the current measurement result data of the :SENSe subsystem (no scale or

offset applied).

If this query executes while a measurement is in progress, then the prior

measurement result will be returned, if the prior result has not been invalidated.

Query Response

Result will be formatted according to :FORMat[:DATA] ASCii | REAL

setting.

When ASCii format is used, numeric data is transferred as ASCII bytes in

<NR3> format. The number of significant digits will range from 1 to 15

depending on the measurement resolution.

If no valid result exists, Not a Number 9.91E37 is returned and error -230 is

generated.

If this query is executed while an automatically armed Totalize measurement

is in progress, Not a Number 9.91E37 is returned and error -221 is

generated. :ABORt should be used to terminate the measurement and avoid

this error.

Comments

Query only.

[:SENSe]:EVENt[1|2] Subtree

This subtree defines the “trigger event.”

For Frequency, this is the event which is counted; for Time Interval, this is the

start/stop edge.

These trigger events are fed to the sensor function. In separate, the EVENt1

subtree is fed the INPut1 signal and the :EVENt2 subtree is fed the INPut2 signal;

in common, the INPut1 signal is fed to both the EVENt1 and :EVENt2 subtrees.

When you are measuring Voltage Peaks, none of the :SENSe:EVENt settings are

used.

4-80

Programming Guide

Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.

Chapter 4 Command Reference

Introduction

[:SENSe]:EVENt2:FEED “[:]INPut[1] | [:]INPut2”

Sets or queries the common/separate enable.

Feeding the :INPut2 subsystem to the [:SENSe]:EVENt2 subsystem corresponds

to separate; feeding the :INPut1 subsystem to the [:SENSe]:EVENt2 subsystem

corresponds to common.

Query Response

The string “INP” or “INP2” is returned.

Comments

*RST: “INPut2”

Only the Time Interval function allows either the separate or common setting.

All of the other functions have a fixed input route setting.

Front-Panel

Keys

Trigger/Sensitivity

[:SENSe]:EVENt[1|2]:HYSTeresis:RELative <numeric_value>

[PCT]

The operation of this command is determined, in part, by the firmware revision of

the Counter.

Current Firmware Revision

Sets or queries the size of the hysteresis window as a percentage of the allowable

hysteresis. For example, 0% is the minimum hysteresis setting and 100% is the

maximum hysteresis setting.

Specifying 100% or MAXimum provides the greatest noise immunity (lowest

sensitivity), while specifying 0% or MINimum provides the least noise immunity

(most sensitive).

Prior Firmware Revisions: 3317, 3335, and 3402

Sets or queries the sensitivity of the input channel as a percentage of the allowable

sensitivity. For example, 0% is the minimum sensitivity setting and 100% is the

maximum sensitivity setting.

Specifying 100% or MAXimum provides the most sensitivity

(least noise immunity), while specifying 0% or MINimum provides the lowest

sensitivity (greatest noise immunity).

Programming Guide

4-81

Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.

Chapter 4 Command Reference

[:SENSe] Subsystem

<numeric_value>

Range

0, 50, or 100 PCT

Query Response

Comments

Numeric data transferred as ASCII bytes in <NR1> format.

Current firmware revision—*RST: 0 PCT (least noise immunity)

Prior firmware revisions—*RST: 100 PCT (maximum sensitivity)

(3317, 3335, and 3402)

Front-Panel

Keys

Trigger/Sensitivity

[:SENSe]:EVENt[1|2]:LEVel[:ABSolute]

<numeric_value> [V]

Sets or queries the level at the center of the hysteresis window.

The actual trigger event is at the top of the hysteresis window

(for POSitive slope) or at the bottom of the hysteresis window

(for NEGative slope).

<numeric_value>

Range

X1 Attenuation: -5.125 to +5.125V

X10 Attenuation: -51.25 to +51.25V

X1 Attenuation: .005V

Resolution

X10 Attenuation: .05V

Query Response

Comments

Numeric data transferred as ASCII bytes in <NR3> format with six significant

digits.

Execution of this command turns [:SENS]:EVEN[1|2]:LEV:AUTO to OFF.

The query can be used to determine the current trigger level when auto-trigger

is enabled ([:SENS]:EVEN[1|2]:LEV[:ABS]:AUTO ON). That is, the query

response will indicate what level has automatically been selected.

Front-Panel

Keys

Trigger/Sensitivity

4-82

Programming Guide

Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.

Chapter 4 Command Reference

Introduction

[:SENSe]:EVENt[1|2]:LEVel[:ABSolute]:AUTO <Boolean>

Sets or queries the “auto-trigger“ enable.

When AUTO is set to ON, the Counter automatically measures and computes a

trigger level which corresponds to the auto-trigger percentage (specified with

[:SENS]:EVEN[1|2]:LEV:REL) of the specified channel.

While the enable is set to ON, the Counter will measure and compute the

measurement channel(s) trigger level(s) each time :INIT or :INIT:CONT ON is

executed. Also, for each measurement, while the enable is set to ON, the Counter

will check that the measurement signal(s) are triggering—if no triggering is found,

the Counter will measure and compute new trigger level(s).

Query Response

Comments

Single ASCII-encoded byte, 0 or 1.

A value of 0 indicates OFF; a value of 1 indicates ON.

*RST: ON

Explicitly selecting a trigger level (with [:SENS]:EVEN[1|2]:LEV[:ABS])

turns AUTO OFF.

Front-Panel

Keys

Trigger/Sensitivity

[:SENSe]:EVENt[1|2]:LEVel:RELative

<numeric_value> [PCT]

Sets or queries the percentage of the peak-to-peak range of the signal at which the

instrument auto triggers .

If [:SENS]:EVEN[1|2]:LEV[:ABS]:AUTO is ON, then when this command

executes, the Counter automatically measures and computes a trigger level

corresponding to the specified percentage of the specified channel.

<numeric_value>

0 to 100 PCT

Range

Resolution

10 PCT

Query Response

Numeric data transferred as ASCII bytes in <NR1> format.

Programming Guide

4-83

Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.

Chapter 4 Command Reference

[:SENSe] Subsystem

Comments

*RST: 50 PCT

Only applies when [:SENS]:EVEN[1|2]:LEV[:ABS]:AUTO is ON.

Front-Panel

Keys

Trigger/Sensitivity

[:SENSe]:EVENt[1|2]:SLOPe POSitive | NEGative

Sets or queries which edge of the input signal will be considered an event for

Frequency, Period, Frequency Ratio, Time Interval, Totalize, and Phase

measurements.

With the POSitive slope selected, a signal going from one voltage level to a more

positive level, regardless of polarity, will define the event at the upper hysteresis

limit. With the NEGative slope selected,

the negative going edge of the signal will define an event at the lower hysteresis

limit.

Query Response

A sequence of ASCII-encoded bytes: POS or NEG

Comments

*RST: POSitive

The slopes used for Rise/Fall Time, Pulse Width, and Duty Cycle

measurements are independent of this setting.

Front-Panel

Keys

Trigger/Sensitivity

[:SENSe]:EVENt3 Subtree

This subtree queries the characteristics of the “trigger event“ for channel 3 input

port.

[:SENSe]:EVENt3:LEVel[:ABSolute]?

Queries the trigger level of channel 3 input port.

Query Response

Numeric data transferred as ASCII bytes in <NR3> format with six

significant digits.

The value returned is 0.

Comments

Units are Volts.

4-84

Programming Guide

Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.

Chapter 4 Command Reference

Introduction

[:SENSe]:EVENt3:SLOPe?

Queries which edge of channel 3 input port will be considered an event.

Query Response

A sequence of ASCII-encoded bytes: POS

[:SENSe]:FREQuency Subtree

This subtree controls the Frequency, Frequency Ratio, and Period measuring

capabilities of the instrument.

[:SENSe]:FREQuency:ARM Subtree

This subtree is used to synchronize the Frequency, Frequency Ratio, and Period

start and stop arm with events. The following combination of start/stop arming

sources are valid:

STARt:SOURce

STOP:SOURce

Front-Panel Gating Settings

GATE

STOP

IMMediate

EXTernal

IMMediate

TIMer

AUTO

_______

POS, NEG

TIME

DIGits

DIGITS

EXTernal

TIMer

EXTERNAL

IMMediate

AUTO

[:SENSe]:FREQuency:ARM[:STARt]:SLOPe POSitive | NEGative

Sets or queries the slope of the external start arm signal used in external arming

Frequency, Frequency Ratio, and Period measurements.

Query Response

A sequence of ASCII-encoded bytes: POS or NEG

Comments

*RST: POSitive

Only applies when [:SENS]:FREQ:ARM[:STAR]:SOUR EXT is selected.

Front-Panel

Keys

Gate & ExtArm

Programming Guide

4-85

Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.

Chapter 4 Command Reference

[:SENSe] Subsystem

[:SENSe]:FREQuency:ARM[:STARt]:SOURce IMMediate

|EXTernal

Sets or queries the start arm for Frequency, Frequency Ratio, and Period

measurements.

Query Response

Comments

A sequence of ASCII-encoded bytes: IMM or EXT

*RST: IMMediate

Front-Panel

Keys

Gate & ExtArm

[:SENSe]:FREQuency:ARM:STOP:DIGits <numeric_value>

Sets or queries the resolution in terms of digits used in arming Frequency, Period,

and Ratio measurements.

<numeric_value>

3 to 15

Range

Query Response

Comments

Numeric data transferred as ASCII bytes in <NR1> format.

*RST: 4

Only applies when [:SENS]:FREQ:ARM:STOP:SOUR DIG is selected.

Front-Panel

Keys

Gate & ExtArm

[:SENSe]:FREQuency:ARM:STOP:SLOPe POSitive | NEGative

Sets or queries the slope of the external stop arm signal used in external arming

Frequency, Frequency Ratio, and Period measurements.

Query Response

A sequence of ASCII-encoded bytes: POS or NEG

Comments

*RST: NEGative

Only applies when [:SENS]:FREQ:ARM:STOP:SOUR EXT is selected.

Front-Panel

Keys

Gate & ExtArm

4-86

Programming Guide

Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.

Chapter 4 Command Reference

Introduction

[:SENSe]:FREQuency:ARM:STOP:SOURce IMMediate | EXTernal

| TIMer | DIGits

Sets or queries the stop arm for Frequency, Frequency Ratio, and Period

measurements.

Query Response

A sequence of ASCII-encoded bytes: IMM, EXT, TIM, or DIG

Comments

*RST: TIMer

Front-Panel

Keys

Gate & ExtArm

[:SENSe]:FREQuency:ARM:STOP:TIMer

<numeric_value> [S]

Sets or queries the gate time used in arming Frequency, Frequency Ratio, and

Period measurements.

<numeric_value>

Range

For short gate time: 1E-3 to 99.99E-3 seconds

For long gate time: 10 0E-3 to 1000.000 seconds

For short gate time: 0.01E-3 seconds

<numeric_value

Resolution

For long gate time: 1E-3 seconds

Query Response

Comments

Numeric data transferred as ASCII bytes in <NR3> format with six significant

digits.

*RST: 100E-3 S

Only applies when [:SENS]:FREQ:ARM:STOP:SOUR TIM is selected.

Front-Panel

Keys

Gate & ExtArm

Programming Guide

4-87

Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.

Chapter 4 Command Reference

[:SENSe] Subsystem

[:SENSe]:FREQuency:EXPected[1|2|3]

<numeric_value> [HZ]

Sets or queries the approximate frequency of a signal you expect to measure.

Providing this value enables the Counter to eliminate a

pre-measurement step, saving measurement time and enabling more accurate

arming. This applies to the following measurement functions: Frequency, Period,

Ratio, Phase, and Duty Cycle.

Note that the actual frequency of the input signal must be within

10 % of the expected frequency value you entered.

<numeric_value>

Range

For channels 1 and 2, the frequency range is 0.1 to 225E6 HZ

For channel 3 (Option 030), the frequency range is 100E6 to 3E9 HZ

For channel 3 (Option 050), the frequency range is 200E6 to 5E9 HZ

Query Response

Numeric data transferred as ASCII bytes in <NR3> format with fifteen

significant digits.

If [:SENS]:FREQ:EXP[1|2|3]:AUTO is ON, Not a Number 9.91E37 is

returned and error -221 is generated.

Comments

This value is unaffected by save/recall.

[:SENSe]:FREQuency:EXPected[1|2|3]:AUTO ON

The command, which only allows the ON parameter, configures the Counter to

perform, as necessary, a pre-measurement step to automatically determine the

approximate frequency of the measurement signal(s). This applies to the following

measurement functions: Frequency, Period, Ratio, Phase, and Duty Cycle.

The query indicates whether or not the above described

pre-measurement step is enabled.

Query Response

Single ASCII-encoded byte, 0 or 1.

A value of 0 indicates OFF; a value of 1 indicates ON.

4-88

Programming Guide

Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.

Chapter 4 Command Reference

Introduction

Comments

*RST: ON

This value is unaffected by save/recall.

While the Counter is configured to ON, representative CW signal(s) must be

present at the measurements input(s).

The ON setting causes the Counter to disregard any previously set “expected

frequency” ([:SENS]:FREQ:EXP[1|2|3]).

The only mechanism for disabling the above described

pre-measurement step is to specify an expected frequency with

[:SENS]:FREQ:EXP[1|2|3].

[:SENSe]:FUNCtion[:ON] <sensor_function>

Sets or queries the <sensor_function> to be sensed by the Counter.

The <sensor_function> strings are :

“[:][XNONe:]DCYCle [1]”

“[:][XNONe:]PDUTycycle [1]”

“[:][XNONe:]FALL:TIME [1] ”

“[:][XNONe:]FTIMe [1]”

“[:][XNONe:]FREQuency [1|2|3] ”

“[:][XNONe:]FREQuency:RATio [ 1,2 | 1,3 | 2,1 | 3,1 ]”

“[:][XNONe:]NWIDth [1]”

“[:][XNONe:]PERiod [1|2|3]”

“[:][XNONe:]PHASe [1,2]”

“[:][XNONe:]PWIDth [1]”

“[:][XNONe:]TINTerval [1,2]”

“[:][XNONe:]TOTalize [1]”

“[:][XNONe:]RISE:TIME [1]”

“[:][XNONe:]RTIMe [1]”

“[:][XNONe:]VOLTage:MAXimum [1|2] ”

“[:][XNONe:]VOLTage:MINimum [1|2] ”

“[:][XNONe:]VOLTage:PTPeak [1|2]”

Programming Guide

4-89

Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.

Chapter 4 Command Reference

[:SENSe] Subsystem

Query Response

The string “<function> <channel>[,<channel>] ” is returned.

The string omits default nodes (XNONe) and uses short form mnemonics. If

the channel specifier(s) are set to default value(s), no channel specifier is

returned in response. If the channel specifier(s) are not set to default value(s),

they will be returned in the response with a single space separating the first

channel specifier from the function name.

For example:

– “FREQ” would be returned for frequency on Channel 1.

– “FREQ 2” would be returned for frequency on Channel 2.

– “FREQ:RAT” would be returned for frequency ratio of Channel 1

to Channel 2.

– “FREQ:RAT 1,3” would be returned for frequency ratio of

Channel 1 to Channel 3.

Comments

*RST: “FREQuency 1”

If the optional channel specification is omitted from the <sensor_function>, a

default channel selection is made. For Frequency, Period, Rise Time, Fall

Time, Pulse Width, Duty Cycle, Totalize, and Voltage Peaks, the default is

Channel 1. For Time Interval, Frequency Ratio, and Phase, the default is

Channel 1 to Channel 2.

When the sensor function is changed to [:][XNONe:]TINTerval [1,2], the

input routing is set to separate ([:SENS]:EVEN2:FEED “INP2”). Use

[:SENS]:EVEN2:FEED “INP1” to select common-mode Time Interval.

When the sensor function is changed to Rise Time, the Channel 1 trigger level

is set to 10%, the Channel 2 trigger level is set to 90%, and auto-triggering is

enabled.

When the sensor function is changed to Fall Time, the Channel 1 trigger level

is set to 90%, the Channel 2 trigger level is set to 10%, and auto-triggering is

enabled.

When the sensor function is changed to Duty Cycle or Pulse Width, the

Channel 1 trigger level is set to 50%, the Channel 2 trigger level is set to 50%,

and auto-triggering is enabled.

4-90

Programming Guide

Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.

Chapter 4 Command Reference

Introduction

When the sensor function is changed resulting in auto-trigger being enabled,

the Counter will wait until a measurement is initiated before performing the

first “auto-trigger” and updating the absolute level(s).

This command has no direct effect on :FETCh?, :READ?, or :CONFigure?.

When the sensor function is Totalize, Voltage Minimum, Voltage Maximum,

or Voltage Peak-to-Peak, then [:INIT]:IMM always initiates a single

measurement.

Front-Panel

Keys

Freq & Ratio, Time & Period, and Other Meas

[:SENSe]:PHASe Subtree

This subtree controls the Phase measuring capabilities of the instrument.

[:SENSe]:PHASe:ARM Subtree

This subtree is used to synchronize the Phase start arm with events.

STARt:SOURce

IMMediate

Front-Panel Arming Mode

AUTO

EXTernal

EXTERNAL

[:SENSe]:PHASe:ARM[:STARt]:SLOPe POSitive | NEGative

Sets or queries the slope of the external start arm signal used in external arming

Phase measurements.

Query Response

A sequence of ASCII-encoded bytes: POS or NEG

Comments

*RST: POSitive

Only applies when [:SENS]:PHAS:ARM[:STAR]:SOUR EXT is selected.

Front-Panel

Keys

Gate & ExtArm

Programming Guide

4-91

Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.

Chapter 4 Command Reference

[:SENSe] Subsystem

[:SENSe]:PHASe:ARM[:STARt]:SOURce IMMediate | EXTernal

Sets or queries the start arm for Phase measurements.

Query Response

A sequence of ASCII-encoded bytes: IMM or EXT

*RST: IMMediate

Comments

Front-Panel

Keys

Gate & ExtArm

[:SENSe]:ROSCillator Subtree

This subtree controls the Reference Oscillator .

[:SENSe]:ROSCillator:EXTernal:CHECk ON | OFF | ONCE

Sets or queries the enable for “checking” the validity and presence of the external

reference.

When CHECk is ON and external has been explicitly selected

([:SENS]:ROSC:SOUR is EXT and [:SENS]:ROSC:SOUR:AUTO is OFF), the

Counter checks the external reference signal to ensure that the frequency is 1, 5, or

10 MHz and that the reference is present at measurement completion. Note that

the HP 53132A only accepts 10 MHz. When CHECk is OFF, the external

reference signal is not checked at all.

CHECk ONCE is an event which invokes the external reference check at the time

the command is executed. ONCE is only permitted if [:SENS]:ROSC:SOUR is

EXT; otherwise, error -221 is generated.

If the CHECk ONCE does not detect a valid timebase, error +2009 is generated.

After the check is completed, this command’s parameter is set to OFF.

4-92

Programming Guide

Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.

Chapter 4 Command Reference

Introduction

Query Response

Comments

A sequence of ASCII-encoded bytes: ON or OFF

*RST: ON

Use this command when [:SENS]:ROSC:SOUR EXT has been sent.

This value is unaffected by save/recall.

[:SENSe]:ROSCillator:EXTernal:FREQuency?

Queries the frequency value of the external reference oscillator.

Query Response

Numeric data transferred as ASCII bytes in <NR3> format with six

significant digits.

Range is 1E6 to 10E6.

Units are Hertz.

If the current reference timebase is external but the frequency is not known

(because it is not 1, 5, or 10 MHz and [:SENS]:ROSC:SOUR:AUTO is

OFF), Not a Number 9.91E37 is returned.

If the current reference timebase is internal, Not a Number 9.91E37 is

returned.

Comments

Query only.

[:SENSe]:ROSCillator:SOURce INTernal | EXTernal

Sets or queries current reference timebase.

INTernal indicates the timebase is the internal reference. EXTernal indicates the

signal at the external reference input (located on the rear panel of the Counter; Ref

In connector) is the reference timebase.

Query Response

A sequence of ASCII-encoded bytes: INT or EXT.

Programming Guide

4-93

Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.

Chapter 4 Command Reference

[:SENSe] Subsystem

Comments

Execution of the command (that is, explicitly selecting internal or external

timebase) sets [:SENS]:ROSC:SOUR:AUTO to OFF.

The query can be used to determine the current reference timebase when

[:SENS]:ROSC:SOUR:AUTO is ON. That is, the query response will indicate

which timebase (internal or external) has automatically been selected.

This value is unaffected by save/recall.

Front-Panel

Keys

Utility/POWER

[:SENSe]:ROSCillator:SOURce:AUTO <Boolean>

Sets or queries the enable for automatically selecting a reference timebase.

When AUTO is ON, the Counter will automatically select the external reference

signal as the reference timebase when a valid signal (1, 5, or 10 MHz) is present at

the Ref In rear-panel connector. Note that the HP 53132A only accepts 10 MHz.

The internal timebase is used when an invalid signal is present at this connector.

When AUTO is OFF, the reference timebase is selected with

[:SENS]:ROSC:SOUR.

Query Response

Comments

Single ASCII-encoded byte, 0 or 1.

A value of 0 indicates OFF; a value of 1 indicates ON.

*RST: ON

Explicitly selecting a reference oscillator (with [:SENS]:ROSC:SOUR

INT|EXT) sets AUTO to OFF.

This value is unaffected by save/recall.

Front-Panel

Keys

Utility/POWER

4-94

Programming Guide

Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.

Chapter 4 Command Reference

Introduction

[:SENSe]:TINTerval Subtree (HP 53131A and HP 53132A With

S/N Prefix Below 3646)

This subtree controls the time interval (including Time Interval, Risetime,

Falltime, Duty Cycle, and Pulse Width functions) measuring capabilities of the

instrument. Refer to page 4-98, for Time Interval arming capabilities of the

HP 53132A with a serial number prefix 3646and above.

[:SENSe]:TINTerval:ARM Subtree (HP 53131A and HP 53132A

With S/N Prefix Below 3646)

This subtree is use to synchronize the time interval start and stop arm with events.

The following combination of start/stop arming sources are valid:

STARt:SOURce

STOP:SOURce

Front-Panel Arming Settings

ARM

DELAY

NONE

TIME

IMMediate

EXTernal

IMMediate

TIMer

AUTO

IMMediate

TIMer

EXTERNAL

NONE

TIME

[:SENSe]:TINTerval:ARM[:STARt]:SLOPe POSitive | NEGative

Sets or queries the slope of the external start arm signal used in external arming

time interval (including Time Interval, Risetime, Falltime, Duty Cycle, and Pulse

Width functions) measurements.

Query Response

A sequence of ASCII-encoded bytes: POS or NEG

Comments

*RST: POSitive

Only applies when [:SENS]:TINT:ARM[:STAR]:SOUR EXT is selected.

Front-Panel

Keys

Gate & ExtArm

Programming Guide

4-95

Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.

Chapter 4 Command Reference

[:SENSe] Subsystem

[:SENSe]:TINTerval:ARM[:STARt]:SOURce IMMediate | EXTernal

Sets or queries the start arm for time interval (including Time Interval, Risetime ,

Falltime, Duty Cycle, and Pulse Width functions) measurements.

A sequence of ASCII-encoded bytes: IMM or EXT

*RST: IMMediate

Query Response

Comments

Front-Panel

Keys

Gate & ExtArm

[:SENSe]:TINTerval:ARM:STOP:SOURce IMMediate | TIMer

Sets or queries the stop arm (that is, the delay) for Time Interval measurements.

Query Response

A sequence of ASCII-encoded bytes: IMM or TIM

Comments

*RST: IMMediate

This [:SENS]:TINT:ARM:STOP:SOUR command has no affect on the

following measurements: Risetime, Falltime, Duty Cycle, and Pulse Width.

Front-Panel

Keys

Gate & ExtArm

[:SENSe]:TINTerval:ARM:STOP:TIMer

<numeric_value> [S]

Sets or queries the time used to delay the stop arm for Time Interval

measurements.

<numeric_value>

Range

For short gate time: 0.1E-3* to 99.99E-3 seconds

For long gate time: 10 0E-3 to 10.000 seconds

<numeric-value>

Resolution

For short gate time: 0.01E-3 seconds

For long gate time: 1E-3 seconds

*For HP 53131A with firmware revisions below 3427, the minimum gate time is 1 ms.

*For HP 53132A with firmware revisions below 3646, the minimum gate time is 1 ms.

4-96

Programming Guide

Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.

Chapter 4 Command Reference

Introduction

Query Response

Comments

Numeric data transferred as ASCII bytes in <NR3> format with six significant

digits.

*RST: 10E-3 S

Only applies when [:SENS]:TINT:ARM:STOP:SOUR TIM is selected.

This [:SENS]:TINT:ARM:STOP:TIM command has no affect on the

following measurements: Risetime, Falltime, Duty Cycle, and Pulse Width.

Front-Panel

Keys

Gate & ExtArm

Programming Guide

4-97

Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.

Chapter 4 Command Reference

[:SENSe] Subsystem

[:SENSe]:TINTerval Subtree (HP 53132A With S/N Prefix 3646

and Above)

This subtree controls the time interval (including Time Interval, Risetime,

Falltime, Duty Cycle, and Pulse Width functions) measuring capabilities of the

instrument. Refer to page 4-95, for Time Interval arming capabilities of the

HP 53131A (and the HP 53132A with a serial number prefix below 3646).

[:SENSe]:TINTerval:ARM:ESTART and :ESTOP Subtrees

(HP 53132A With S/N Prefix 3646 and Above)

These subtrees are used to synchronize the time interval start and stop arm with

events.

The following table defines the valid combinations of start/stop arming for Time

Interval only. HP recommends that SCPI programs issue arming commands in the

order shown in the following table ; that is, from left to right, beginning with

setting up ESTART and concluding by setting up ESTOP arming.

4-98

Programming Guide

Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.

Chapter 4 Command Reference

Introduction

Front-Panel Arming Settings

ESTART:LAY2

:SOURce

ESTART:LAY1

:SOURce

ESTOP:LAY2

:SOURce

ESTOP:LAY1

:SOURce

TSTART

TDELAY

STOPT

DELAYT

IMMediate

EXTernal

IMMediate

TIMer

IMMediate

EXTernal

IMMediate

EXTernal

IMMediate

EXTernal

IMMediate

TIMer

AUTO

EXT

_______

NONE

TIME

AUTO

EXT

NONE

TIME

INTernal2

IMMediate

TIMer

EVENT

NONE

TIME

INTernal2

IMMediate

TIMer

EVENT

NONE

TIME

EXT

INTernal2

IMMediate

TIMer

EXT

EVENT

NONE

TIME

AUTO

EXT

TIMer

TIME

TIMer

INTernal2

IMMediate

TIMer

TIME

EVENT

NONE

TIME

TIMer

TIME

TIMer

TIME

EXT

TIMer

INTernal2

IMMediate

TIMer

TIME

EXT

EVENT

NONE

TIME

INTernal1

EVENT

AUTO

EXT

INTernal2

IMMediate

TIMer

EVENT

NONE

TIME

EXT

INTernal2

EXT

EVENT

The following table is for Risetime, Falltime, Duty Cycle, and Pulse Width.

Front-Panel Arming Setting

ESTART:LAY2:SOURce

IMMediate

ARM

AUTO

EXTernal

EXTERNAL

Programming Guide

4-99

Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.

Chapter 4 Command Reference

[:SENSe] Subsystem

[:SENSe]:TINTerval:ARM:ESTART:LAYer2:SLOPe POSitive |

NEGative

Sets or queries the slope of the external start arm signal used in external arming

time interval (including Time Interval, Risetime, Falltime, Duty Cycle, and Pulse

Width functions) measurements.

A sequence of ASCII-encoded bytes: POS or NEG

Query Response

Comments

*RST: POSitive

Only applies when [:SENS]:TINT:ARM:ESTART:LAY2:SOUR EXT is

selected.

Gate & ExtArm

Front-Panel

Keys

[:SENSe]:TINTerval:ARM:ESTART:LAYer2:SOURce IMMediate |

EXTernal

Sets or queries the start arm for time interval (including Time Interval, Risetime,

Falltime, Duty Cycle, and Pulse Width functions) measurements.

A sequence of ASCII-encoded bytes: IMM or EXT

Query Response

*RST: IMMediate

Gate & ExtArm

Comments

Front-Panel

Keys

[:SENSe]:TINTerval:ARM:ESTART[:LAYer[1]]:ECOunt

<numeric_value>

Sets or queries the number of events used to delay the start arm for Time Interval

measurements.

1 to 99,999,999

<numeric_value>

Range

<numeric_value>

Resolution

Numeric data transferred as ASCII bytes in <NR1> format.

Query Response

Comments

*RST: 1

Only applies when [:SENS]:TINT:ARM:ESTART[:LAYer[1]]:SOUR

INTernal1 is selected.

4-100

Programming Guide

Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.

Chapter 4 Command Reference

Introduction

The [:SENS]:TINT:ARM:EST ART[:LAYer[1]]:ECO command has no affect

on the following measurements: Risetime, Falltime, Duty Cycle, and Pulse

Width.

[:SENSe]:TINTerval:ARM:ESTART[:LAYer[1]]:SOURce

IMMediate | TIMer| INTernal[1]

Sets or queries the start arm delay for Time Interval measurements.

A sequence of ASCII-encoded bytes: IMM or TIM or INT[1]

Query Response

Comments

*RST: IMMediate

The [:SENS]:TINT:ARM:ESTART[:LAYer[1]]:SOUR command has no

affect on the following measurements: Risetime, Falltime, Duty Cycle, and

Pulse Width.

Gate & ExtArm

Front-Panel

Keys

[:SENSe]:TINTerval:ARM:ESTART[:LAYer[1]]:TIMer

<numeric_value> [S]

Sets or queries the time used to delay the start arm for Time Interval

measurements.

<numeric_value>

100E-9 to 0.999,999,9 seconds

Range

<numeric_value>

Resolution

100E-9 seconds

Numeric data transferred as ASCII bytes in <NR1> format.

Query Response

Comments

*RST: 100E-9 seconds

Only applies when [:SENS]:TINT:ARM:ESTART[:LAYer[1]]:SOUR TIM is

selected.

The [:SENS]:TINT:ARM:ESTART[:LAYer[1]]:TIM command has no affect

on the following measurements: Risetime, Falltime, Duty Cycle, and Pulse

Width.

Gate & ExtArm

Front-Panel

Keys

Programming Guide

4-101

Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.

Chapter 4 Command Reference

[:SENSe] Subsystem

[:SENSe]:TINTerval:ARM:ESTOP:LAYer2:SLOPe POSitive |

NEGative

Sets or queries the slope of the external stop arm signal used in external arming

time interval (including Time Interval, Risetime, Falltime, Duty Cycle, and Pulse

Width functions) measurements.

A sequence of ASCII-encoded bytes: POS or NEG

Query Response

Comments

*RST: POSitive

Only applies when [:SENS]:TINT:ARM:EST OP:LAY2:SOUR EXT is

selected.

Gate & ExtArm

Front-Panel

Keys

[:SENSe]:TINTerval:ARM:ESTOP:LAYer2:SOURce IMMediate |

EXTernal

Sets or queries the stop arm for time interval (including Time Interval, Risetime,

Falltime, Duty Cycle, and Pulse Width functions) measurements.

A sequence of ASCII-encoded bytes: IMM or EXT

Query Response

*RST: IMMediate

Gate & ExtArm

Comments

Front-Panel

Keys

[:SENSe]:TINTerval:ARM:ESTOP[:LAYer[1]]:ECOunt

<numeric_value>

Sets or queries the number of events used to delay the st op arm for Time Interval

measurements.

1 to 99,999,999

<numeric_value>

Range

<numeric_value>

Resolution

Numeric data transferred as ASCII bytes in <NR1> format.

Query Response

Comments

*RST: 1

Only applies when [:SENS]:TINT:ARM:ESTOP[:LAYer[1]]:SOUR

INTernal2 is selected.

4-102

Programming Guide

Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.

Chapter 4 Command Reference

Introduction

[:SENSe]:TINTerval:ARM:ESTOP[:LAYer[1]]:SOURce IMMediate

| TIMer | INTernal2

Sets or queries the stop arm for Time Interval measurements.

Query Response

A sequence of ASCII-encoded bytes: IMM or TIM or INT2

Comments

*RST: IMMediate

The [:SENS]:TINT:ARM:ESTOP[:LAYer[1]]:SOUR command has no affect

on the following measurements: Risetime, Falltime, Duty Cycle, and Pulse

Width.

Front-Panel

Keys

Gate & ExtArm

[:SENSe]:TINTerval:ARM:ESTOP[:LAYer[1]]:TIMer

<numeric_value> [S]

Sets or queries the time used to delay the stop arm for Time Interval

measurements.

<numeric_value>

For short delay: 100E-9 to 0.999,999,9 seconds

For long delay: 1.000 to 10.000 seconds

For short delay: 100E-9 seconds

Range

<numeric_value>

Resolution

For long delay: 1E-3 seconds

Query Response

Comments

Numeric data transferred as ASCII bytes in <NR1> format.

*RST: 100E-9 S

Only applies when [:SENS]:TINT:ARM:ESTOP[:LAYer[1]]:SOUR TIM is

selected.

The [:SENS]:TINT:ARM:ESTOP[:LAYer[1]]:TIM command has no affect

on the following measurements: Risetime, Falltime, Duty Cycle, and Pulse

Width.

Front-Panel

Keys

Gate & ExtArm

Programming Guide

4-103

Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.

Chapter 4 Command Reference

[:SENSe] Subsystem

[:SENSe]:TOTalize Subtree

This subtree controls the Totalize measuring capabilities of the instrument.

[:SENSe]:TOTalize:ARM Subtree

This subtree is used to synchronize the Totalize start and stop arm with events.

The following combination of start/stop arming sources are valid:

STARt:SOURce

STOP:SOURce

Front-Panel Gating Settings

GATE

STOP

IMMediate

EXTernal

IMMediate

TIMer

AUTO

_______

POS, NEG

TIME

EXTernal

TIMer

EXTERNAL

[:SENSe]:TOTalize:ARM[:STARt]:SLOPe POSitive | NEGative

Sets or queries the slope of the external start arm signal used in external arming

Totalize measurements.

Query Response

A sequence of ASCII-encoded bytes: POS or NEG

Comments

*RST: POSitive

Only applies when [:SENS]:TOT:ARM[:STAR]:SOUR EXT is selected.

Front-Panel

Keys

Gate & ExtArm

4-104

Programming Guide

Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.

Chapter 4 Command Reference

Introduction

[:SENSe]:TOTalize:ARM[:STARt]:SOURce IMMediate | EXTernal

Sets or queries the start arm for Totalize measurements.

Query Response

A sequence of ASCII-encoded bytes: IMM or EXT

Comments

*RST: IMMediate

When both start and stop arm are set to IMMediate, use :INIT[:IMM] to

begin totalizing and :ABORt to terminate. No valid totalize result will exist

until the “auto” totalize measurement is terminated.

Front-Panel

Keys

Gate & ExtArm

[:SENSe]:TOTalize:ARM:STOP:SLOPe POSitive | NEGative

Sets or queries the slope of the external stop arm signal used in external arming

Totalize measurements.

Query Response

A sequence of ASCII-encoded bytes: POS or NEG

Comments

*RST: NEGative

Only applies when [:SENS]:TOT:ARM:STOP:SOUR EXT is selected.

Front-Panel

Keys

Gate & ExtArm

Programming Guide

4-105

Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.

Chapter 4 Command Reference

[:SENSe] Subsystem

[:SENSe]:TOTalize:ARM:STOP:SOURce IMMediate |

EXTernal TIMer

Sets or queries the stop arm for Totalize measurements.

Query Response

Comments

A sequence of ASCII-encoded bytes: IMM, EXT or TIM

*RST: TIMer

When both start and stop arm are set to IMMediate, use :INIT[:IMM] to

begin totalizing and :ABORt to terminate. No valid totalize result will exist

until the “auto” totalize measurement is terminated.

Front-Panel

Keys

Gate & ExtArm

[:SENSe]:TOTalize:ARM:STOP:TIMer

<numeric_value> [S]

Sets or queries the gate time used in arming Totalize measurements.

<numeric_value>

Range

For short gate time: 1E-3 to 99.99E-3 seconds

For long gate time: 10 0E-3 to 1000.000 seconds

For short gate time: 0.01E-3 seconds

<numeric_value

Resolution

For long gate time: 1E-3 seconds

Query Response

Comments

Numeric data transferred as ASCII bytes in <NR3> format with six significant

digits.

*RST: 100E-3 S

Only applies when [:SENS]:TOT:ARM:STOP:SOUR TIM is selected.

Front-Panel

Keys

Gate & ExtArm

4-106

Programming Guide

Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.

Chapter 4 Command Reference

Introduction

:STATus Subsystem

The :STATus subsystem commands allow you to specify or examine the status of

the Operation Status Register group and the Questionable Data/Signal Register

group.

:STATus:OPERation Subtree

The :STATus:OPERation subtree commands allow you to examine the status of

the Counter monitored by the Operation Status Register group, shown in Figure 4-

2. The Operation Status Register group consists of a condition register, two

transition registers, an event register, and an enable register. The commands in this

subtree allow you to control and monitor these registers.

See the section titled “Operation Status Register Group and Questionable

Data/Signal Status Register Group” on page 3- 32 in Chapter 3 for a detailed

description of the Operation Status Register Group.

Figure 4-2. The Operation Status Register Group

:STATus:OPERation:CONDition?

Queries the status of the Operation Condition Status Register.

Bits are not cleared when read.

Query Response

Numeric data transferred as ASCII bytes in <NR1> format.

Range is 0 to 65,535.

The query response value is an integer formed by the

binary-weighting of the bits. The value of unused bits is zero.

Comments

The Operation Condition Status Register is cleared at power-on.

Programming Guide

4-107

Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.

Chapter 4 Command Reference

:STATus Subsystem

:STATus:OPERation:ENABle <non-decimal numeric> | <NRf>

Sets or queries the Operation Event Status Enable Register.

The parameter and query response value, when rounded to an integer value and

expressed in base 2 (binary), represents the bit values of the Operation Event

Status Enable Register. The value of unused bits is zero when queried and ignored

when set.

This register is used to enable a single or inclusive OR group of Operation Event

Status Register events to be summarized in the Status Byte Register (bit 7).

Range

The range for the <non-decimal numeric> or <NRf> parameter is

0 to 65,535.

Query Response

Comments

Numeric data transferred as ASCII bytes in <NR1> format.

At power-on and :STAT:PRES, the Operation Event Status Enable Register is

cleared (value is 0).

This value is unaffected by *RST and save/recall.

:STATus:OPERation[:EVENt]?

Queries the status of the Operation Event Status Register.

The Operation Event Status Register captures changes in conditions by having

each event bit correspond to a specific condition bit in the Operation Condition

Status Register. An event becomes TRUE when the associated condition makes

the transition specified by the transition filters. The event bits, once set, are

“sticky.” That is, they cannot be cleared, even if they do not reflect the current

status of a related condition, until they are read.

Query Response

Numeric data transferred as ASCII bytes in <NR1> format.

Range is 0 to 65,535.

The query response value is an integer formed by the

binary-weighting of bits. The value of unused bits is zero.

Comment

The Operation Event Status Register is cleared by *CLS, by

:STAT:OPER[:EVEN]?, and at power-on.

4-108

Programming Guide

Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.

Chapter 4 Command Reference

Introduction

:STATus:OPERation:NTRansition

<non-decimal numeric> | <NRf>

Sets or queries the negative transition filter for the Operation status reporting

structure.

The parameter and query response value, when rounded to an integer value and

expressed in base 2 (binary), represents the bit values of the negative transition

filter. The value of unused bits is zero when queried and ignored when set.

A TRUE bit (in the negative transition filter) specifies that a negative (TRUE to

FALSE) transition of the corresponding bit in the Operation Condition Status

Range

The range of the <non-decimal numeric> or <NRf> parameter is

0 to 65,535.

Query Response

Comments

Numeric data transferred as ASCII bytes in <NR1> format.

At power-on and STAT:PRES, the negative transition filter is preset such that

each bit is a 0 (FALSE).

This value is unaffected by *RST and save/recall.

:STATus:OPERation:PTRansition

<non-decimal numeric> | <NRf>

Sets or queries the positive transition filter for the Operation status reporting

structure.

The parameter and query response value, when rounded to an integer value and

expressed in base 2 (binary), represents the bit values of the positive transition

filter. The value of unused bits is zero when queried and ignored when set.

A TRUE bit (in the positive transition filter) specifies that a positive (FALSE to

TRUE) transition of the corresponding bit in the Operation Condition Status

Range

The range of the <non-decimal numeric> or <NRf> parameters is

0 to 65,535.

Query Response

Numeric data transferred as ASCII bytes in <NR1> format.

Programming Guide

4-109

Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.

Chapter 4 Command Reference

:STATus Subsystem

Comments

At power-on and STAT:PRES, the positive transition filter is preset such that

each bit is a 1 (TRUE).

This value is unaffected by *RST and save/recall.

:STATus:PRESet

This event command presets the enable registers and transition filters associated

with the Operation and Questionable status reporting structures. The enable

registers and negative transition filters are preset such that each bit is a 0

(FALSE). The positive transition filters are preset such that each bit is a 1

(TRUE).

:STATus:QUEStionable Subtree

The :STATus:QUEStionable subtree commands allow you to examine the status

of the Counter monitored by the Questionable Data/Signal Status Register group,

shown in Figure 4-3. The Questionable Status group consists of a condition

commands in this subtree allow you to control and monitor these registers.

See the section titled “Operation Status Register Group and Questionable

Data/Signal Status Register Group” on page 3- 32 in Chapter 3 for a detailed

description of the Questionable Data/Signal Status Register Group.

Figure 4-3. The Questionable Data/Signal Status Register Group

4-110

Programming Guide

Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.

Chapter 4 Command Reference

Introduction

:STATus:QUEStionable:CONDition?

Queries the status of the Questionable Data Condition Status Register.

Bits are not cleared when read.

Query Response

Numeric data transferred as ASCII bytes in <NR1> format.

Range is 0 to 65,535.

The query response value is an integer formed by the

binary-weighting of the bits. The value of unused bits is zero.

Comments

The Questionable Data Condition Status Register is cleared at

power-on.

:STATus:QUEStionable:ENABle <non-decimal numeric> | <NRf>

Sets or queries the Questionable Data Event Status Enable Register.

The parameter and query response value, when rounded to an integer value and

expressed in base 2 (binary), represents the bit values of the Questionable Data

Event Status Enable Register. The value of unused bits is zero when queried and

ignored when set.

This register is used to enable a single or inclusive OR group of Questionable

Data Event Status Register events to be summarized in the Status Byte Register

(bit 3).

Range

The range of the <non-decimal numeric> or <NRf> parameter is

0 to 65,535.

Query Response

Comments

Numeric data transferred as ASCII bytes in <NR1> format.

At power-on and :STAT:PRES, the Questionable Data Event Status Enable

This value is unaffected by *RST and save/recall.

Programming Guide

4-111

Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.

Chapter 4 Command Reference

:STATus Subsystem

:STATus:QUEStionable[:EVENt]?

Queries the status of the Questionable Data Event Status Register.

The Questionable Data Event Status Register captures changes in conditions by

having each event bit correspond to a specific condition bit in the Questionable

Data Condition Status Register. An event becomes TRUE when the associated

condition makes the transition specified by the transition filters. The event bits,

once set, are “sticky.” That is, they cannot be cleared, even if they do not reflect

the current status of a related condition, until they are read.

The Questionable Data Event Status Register is cleared by *CLS, by

:STAT:QUES[:EVEN]?, and at power-on.

Query Response

Numeric data transferred as ASCII bytes in <NR1> format.

Range is 0 to 65,535.

The query response value is an integer formed by the binary-weighting of bits.

The value of unused bits is zero.

:STATus:QUEStionable:NTRansition

<non-decimal numeric> | <NRf>

Sets or the negative transition filter for the Questionable Data status reporting

structure.

The parameter and query response value, when rounded to an integer value and

expressed in base 2 (binary), represents the bit values of the negative transition

filter. The value of unused bits is zero when queried and ignored when set.

A TRUE bit (in the negative transition filter) specifies that a negative (TRUE to

FALSE) transition of the corresponding bit in the Questionable Data Condition

Status Register generates the corresponding event in the Questionable Data Event

Status Register.

Range

The range of the <non-decimal numeric> or <NRf> parameter is

0 to 65,535.

Query Response

Comments

Numeric data transferred as ASCII bytes in <NR1> format.

At power-on and :STAT:PRES, the negative transition filter is preset such

that each bit is a 0 (FALSE).

This value is unaffected by *RST and save/recall.

4-112

Programming Guide

Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.

Chapter 4 Command Reference

Introduction

:STATus:QUEStionable:PTRansition

<non-decimal numeric> | <NRf>

Sets or queries the positive transition filter for the Questionable Data status

reporting structure.

The parameter and query response value, when rounded to an integer value and

expressed in base 2 (binary), represents the bit values of the positive transition

filter. The value of unused bits is zero when queried and ignored when set.

A TRUE bit (in the positive transition filter) specifies that a positive (FALSE to

TRUE) transition of the corresponding bit in the Questionable Data Condition

Status Register generates the corresponding event in the Questionable Data Event

Status Register.

Range

The range of the <non-decimal numeric> or <NRf> parameter is

0 to 65,535.

Query Response

Comments

Numeric data transferred as ASCII bytes in <NR1> format.

At power-on and :STAT:PRES, the positive transition filter is preset such that

each bit is a 1 (TRUE).

This value is unaffected by *RST and save/recall.

Programming Guide

4-113

Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.

Chapter 4 Command Reference

:SYSTem Subsystem

This subsystem collects together the capabilities that are not related to instrument

performance.

:SYSTem:COMMunicate Subtree

The :SYSTem:COMMunicate subtree collects together the configuration of the

control/communication interfaces.

The :SYSTem:COMMunicate:SERial subtree controls the physical configuration

of the RS-232C port. Any command to change the settings takes effect

immediately upon receipt of the “program message termination.” These settings

are stored in non-volatile memory, and are unaffected by power-on, save/recall,

and *RST.

The :SYSTem:COMMunicate:SERial:TRANsmit subtree controls parameters

associated with transmission.

The Counter will always use one start bit and one stop bit.

:SYSTem:COMMunicate:SERial:CONTrol:DTR IBFull | ON | LIMit

Sets or queries the hardware pacing scheme.

The ON parameter (which is equivalent to DTR: HIGH in the

front-panel Utility menu) indicates that the DTR (Data Terminal Ready) line,

which is pin 4 of the RS-232 connector , is always asserted

(HIGH) to always be ready to allow data to be sent to the printer. Choose the ON

parameter when the printer or cable you are using does not support handshaking.

The IBFull parameter (which is equivalent to DTR: HW PACE in the front-panel

Utility menu) sets the RS-232 DTR line to indicate when the device is ready to

receive. When the number of received bytes in the input buffer of the Counter

reaches a stop thresholdrhhhe the Counter will de-assert the DTR line. When the

number of bytes has been reduced to a start threshold, the Counter will assert

DTR, indicating that it can receive input again. The Counter will also monitor the

state of the DSR (Data Set Ready) line, which is pin 6 of the RS-232 connector,

and will stop transmission if either of those lines becomes de-asserted. Choose the

IBFull parameter when the printer and cable you are using require handshaking for

counter-to-printer communication.

The LIMit parameter (which is equivalent to DTR: LIMIT in the front-panel

Utility menu) indicates that the RS-232 DTR line will be used to indicate out of

limit. The LIMit parameter will force the DTR line HIGH if the measurement is in

limit, and LOW if the measurement is out of limit.

4-114

Programming Guide

Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.

Chapter 4 Command Reference

Introduction

A sequence of ASCII-encoded bytes: IBF, ON, or LIM

Query Response

Comments

This value is stored in non-volatile memory. It is unaffected by power-on,

save/recall, and *RST.

The start and stop thresholds are not user configurable.

Front-Panel

Keys

Utility/POWER

:SYSTem:COMMunicate:SERial:TRANsmit:BAUD

<numeric_value>

Sets or queries the baud rate.

<numeric_value>

The possible BAUD rate values that can be entered for the <numeric_value>

parameter are: 300, 1200, 2400, 9600, 19200.

Range

Query Response

Comments

Numeric data transferred as ASCII bytes in <NR1> format.

This value is stored in non-volatile memory. It is unaffected by

power-on, save/recall, and *RST.

Front-Panel

Keys

Utility/POWER

:SYSTem:COMMunicate:SERial:TRANsmit:PACE XON | NONE

Sets or queries the software pacing scheme.

Query Response

A sequence of ASCII-encoded bytes: XON or NONE

Comments

This value is stored in non-volatile memory. It is unaffected by

power-on, save/recall, and *RST.

Front-Panel

Keys

Utility/POWER

Programming Guide

4-115

Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.

Chapter 4 Command Reference

:SYSTem Subsystem

:SYSTem:COMMunicate:SERial:TRANsmit:PARity[:TYPE] EVEN |

ODD | NONE

Sets or queries the parity scheme.

Query Response

A sequence of ASCII-encoded bytes: EVEN, ODD, or NONE

Comments

This value is stored in non-volatile memory. It is unaffected by power-on,

save/recall, and *RST.

If parity is enabled, the Counter sends/receives 7 data bits plus 1 parity bit. If

parity is disabled, the Counter sends/receives 8 data bits.

Front-Panel

Keys

Utility/POWER

:SYSTem:ERRor?

Queries the oldest error in the Error Queue and removes that error from the queue

(first in, first out).

See page 5-2 in Chapter 5, “Errors,” for detailed error information

Query Response

The response is in the following form: <error_number>,

“<error_description>”.

The <error_number> is an integer in the range [-32768, 32767]. The negative

error numbers are defined by the SCPI standard; positive error numbers are

particular to this Counter. An error number value of zero indicates that the

Error Queue is empty.

The maximum length of the <error_description> is 255 characters.

Comments

The queue is cleared (emptied) on *CLS, power-on, or upon reading the last

error from queue.

If the Error Queue overflows, the last error in the queue is replaced with the

error -350, “Queue overflow”. Any time the queue overflows, the least recent

errors remain in the queue and the most recent error is discarded. The

maximum length of the Error Queue is 30.

This query clears any displayed error message from the front-panel display.

The Error Queue is unaffected by *RST and save/recall.

:SYSTem:KEY <numeric_value>

4-116

Programming Guide

Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.

Chapter 4 Command Reference

Introduction

This command simulates the pressing or a front-panel key.

The <numeric_value> is a key code value.

This command puts an entry in the Key Queue (just as any front-panel key press

does). The length of the Key Queue is 500.

The keys and their corresponding key codes are listed in the following table.

Key

Key Code

Key

Key Code

Freq & Ratio

Time & Period

Other Meas

Gate & ExtArm

Uppr & Lower

Limit Modes

Scale & Offset

Stats

Channel 1 Trigger/Sensitivity

Channel 1 50W/1MW

Channel 1 DC/AC

Channel 1 X10 Attenuate

Channel 1 100kHz Filter

Channel 2 Trigger/Sensitivity

Channel 2 50W/1MW

Channel 2 DC/AC

Recall(Utility)

Save & Print

Run

Stop/Single

+/-

Channel 2 X10 Attenuate

Channel 2 100kHz Filter

Enter

<numeric_value>

Range

1 to 30, except 18 and 24

Query Response

Numeric data transferred as ASCII bytes in <NR1> format.

The query returns the key code for the last key pressed. A value of

-1 indicates the queue (last in, first out) is empty.

Programming Guide

4-117

Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.

Chapter 4 Command Reference

:SYSTem Subsystem

Comments

At*RST and power-on, the Key Queue is cleared (emptied).

The Key Queue is unaffected by save/recall.

Key commands are sequential, but only in terms of processing other key

commands or getting into the Key Queue. The operation performed by the key

command is not guaranteed to be complete before processing of the next non-

key command. Be aware of this when intermixing key commands and non-key

commands.

:SYSTem:KEY:LOG?

This query returns a comma separated list of integers representing all of the entries

in the Key Queue.

Query Response

Numeric data transferred as ASCII bytes in <NR1> format.

A value of -1 indicates the queue is empty.

Numbers (representing key codes) are separated by commas.

The key codes appear in a last in, first out sequence.

The maximum number of key codes is 500. Each key code has a range of 1 to

30.

Comments

At *RST and power-on, the Key Queue is cleared (emptied).

The Key Queue is unaffected by save/recall.

:SYSTem:VERSion?

Queries the SCPI version number with which the Counter complies.

Query Response

Numeric data transferred as ASCII bytes in <NR2> format.

The response is an <NR2> formatted numeric value which has the form

YYYY.V, where YYYY represents the year (1992) and the V represents the

approved version for that year (0).

Comments

The instrument complies with SCPI Standard 1992.0 and returns this value as the

response to this query.

4-118

Programming Guide

Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.

Chapter 4 Command Reference

Introduction

:TRACe Subsystem

This subsystem provides access to the scale and offset values.

The :TRACe subsystem used in conjunction with the :CALCulate[1] subsystem,

scales and offsets measurement results.

:TRACe:CATalog?

Queries list of intrinsic constants. The Counter has two constants, scale and offset.

Query Response

A comma-separated list of strings: “SCALE”, “OFFSET”

:TRACe[:DATA] OFFSET, <numeric_value> [HZ | S | DEG]

:TRACe[:DATA] OFFSET, <arbitrary block>

:TRACe[:DATA]? OFFSET

Sets or queries the offset value.

<numeric_value>

-9.9999990000E+12 to -1.0000000000E-13, 0.0000000000, +1.0000000000E-

13 to +9.9999990000E+12.

Range

<numeric_value>

Resolution

11 digits

Query Response

Comments

Response will be formatted according to :FORMat[:DATA] ASCii | REAL

setting.

When ASCii format is used, the numeric data is transferred as ASCII bytes in

<NR3> format with eleven significant digits.

*RST: 0.0000000000

Updating the offset causes the limit counts (:CALC2:LIM:FCO,

:CALC2:LIM:PCO) to be cleared.

The front panel menu item is not always able to display all of the significant

digits of this value. When this is the case, the displayed value is different from

the actual value in that the displayed value has been rounded. However, using

the front panel Enter key, while this value is in the 11-digit display, will

update the actual value to the displayed (rounded) value.

Programming Guide

4-119

Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.

Chapter 4 Command Reference

:TRACe Subsystem

Scale & Offset

Front-Panel

Keys

:TRACe[:DATA] SCALE, <numeric_value>

:TRACe[:DATA] SCALE, <arbitrary block>

:TRACe[:DATA]? SCALE

Sets or queries the scale value.

<numeric_value>

-9.999999E+12 to -1.000000E-13, 0.000000, +1.000000E-13 to

+9.999999E+12.

Range

<numeric_value>

Resolution

7 digits

Query Response

Comments

Response will be formatted according to :FORMat[:DATA] ASCii | REAL

setting.

When ASCii format is used, the numeric data is transferred as ASCII bytes in

<NR3> format with eleven significant digits.

*RST: 1.000000

Updating the scale causes the limit counts (:CALC2:LIM:FCO,

:CALC2:LIM:PCO) to be cleared.

The front panel menu item is not always able to display all of the significant

digits of this value. When this is the case, the displayed value is different from

the actual value in that the displayed value has been rounded. However, using

the front panel Enter key, while this value is displayed, will update the actual

value to the displayed (rounded) value.

Front-Panel

Keys

Scale & Offset

4-120

Programming Guide

Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.

Chapter 4 Command Reference

Introduction

:TRIGger Subsystem

This subsystem enables synchronization of instrument actions with specified

internal or external events.

:TRIGger:COUNt:AUTO <Boolean>

Sets or queries the control over the number of measurements made when

:INITiate[:IMMediate] is performed.

When :TRIG:COUN:AUTO is OFF, then :INIT[:IMM] initiates a single

measurement.

When :TRIG:COUN:AUTO is ON and [:SENS]:FUNC[:ON] is not Totalize or

Voltage Peak function, then:

when statistics are enabled (:CALC3:AVER[:STAT] is ON), :INIT[:IMM]

will initiate a complete block of N (:CALC3:AVER:COUN) valid

measurements.

when statistics are enabled (:CALC3:AVER[:STAT] is ON),

and limit-filtering is enabled (:CALC3:LFIL:STAT is ON), :INIT[:IMM] will

initiate a complete block of N (:CALC3:AVER:COUN) valid, in-limit

measurements.

when statistics are disabled (:CALC3:AVER[:STAT] is OFF), :INIT[:IMM]

initiates a single measurement.

Query Response

Comments

Single ASCII-encoded byte, 0 or 1.

A value of 0 indicates OFF; a value of 1 indicates ON.

*RST: OFF

The :TRIG:COUN:AUTO setting has no affect on the operation of

:INIT:CONT ON, which always behaves as if :TRIG:COUN is set to 1.

Front-Panel

Keys

Stats

Programming Guide

4-121

Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.

Chapter 4 Command Reference

*CAL?

(Calibration Query)

*CAL?

(Calibration Query)

*CAL?

This query causes an internal interpolator self-calibration.

Query Response

Numeric data transferred as ASCII bytes in <NR1> format.

A value of zero indicates the calibration completed without error. A value of

one indicates the calibration completed with error.

4-122

Programming Guide

Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.

Chapter 4 Command Reference

Introduction

*CLS

(Clear Status Command)

*CLS

Clears all event registers summarized in the status byte (Standard Event Status

memories or any other settings.

It also places the instrument in “Operation Complete Idle State” and “Operation

Complete Query Idle State” (IEEE 488.2). This results in the disabling of any

prior *OPC command.

If *CLS immediately follows a program message terminator, the output queue and

the MAV bit are cleared because “any” new program message after a program

message terminator clears the output queue.

This command will clear any displayed error message from the front panel.

Programming Guide

4-123

Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.

Chapter 4 Command Reference

*DDT <arbitrary block>

(Define Device Trigger Command)

*DDT <arbitrary block>

(Define Device Trigger Command)

*DDT <arbitrary block>

Sets or queries the command that the device will execute when it receives the IEEE

488.1 Group Execute Trigger (GET) interface message (page 4- 42) or a *TRG

common command.

There are only three valid commands that the Counter will accept:

:INITiate[:IMMediate], :READ?, or :FETCh?; otherwise, error -224 is generated.

If a zero-length <arbitrary block> is specified as the parameter, the Counter will

do nothing when it receives a GET or *TRG command.

Query Response

Definite length block

The query response will be one of the following:

#14INIT

#15FETC?

#15READ?

terminated with a new line and EOI.

*RST: #14INIT

Comments

When defining the device trigger to :FETCh? or :READ?, note that these

definitions do not allow the specification of a particular function. This lack of

a function specification results in each *DDT using the function specified/used

by the last :CONFigure, :FETCh, :READ, or :MEASure command, if

possible.

4-124

Programming Guide

Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.

Chapter 4 Command Reference

Introduction

*DMC <string>, <arbitrary block>

(Define Macro Command)

*DMC <string>, <arbitrary block>

This command assigns a sequence of zero or more commands/queries to a macro

label. The sequence is executed when the label is received as a command or query.

The <string> parameter specifies the macro label. The macro label may not be a

common command/query header. It may be the same as an instrument-specific

command/query header; in this case, provided macros are enabled, the macro

expansion is executed and the instrument-specific command/query may be

executed by disabling macros.

The <arbitrary block> contains the sequence of commands/queries being labeled.

Parameters may be passed to the sequence during execution. Placeholders for

parameters appear in the sequence as a dollar sign followed by a single digit in the

range one to nine inclusive. The first parameter following the macro label is

substituted for the parameter placeholder labeled $1, and so on up to nine

parameters.

See the section titled “How to Program the Counter to Define Macros” in Chapter

3 of this guide.

Comments

The maximum macro label length is 12 characters.

Redefining an existing macro causes an execution error.

The Counter allows up to four levels of recursion.

There is no query form. Use *GMC? (see page 4-129) to query the current

definition of a macro label.

Programming Guide

4-125

Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.

Chapter 4 Command Reference

*EMC <NRf>

(Enable Macro Command)

*EMC <NRf>

(Enable Macro Command)

*EMC?

(Enable Macro Query)

*EMC <NRf>

*EMC?

Sets or queries the Enable for defined macros.

Macro definitions are not affected by this command. One use of this command is

to turn off macro expansion in order to execute an instrument-specific command

with the same name as a macro.

The value of the numeric parameter determines whether the defined macros are

enabled or disabled. A value that rounds to an integer value of zero disables any

defined macros. A value that rounds to an integer value not equal to zero enables

any defined macros.

<NRf> Range

-32767 to +32767

<NRf>

Resolution

Query Response

Comments

Single ASCII-encoded byte, 0 or 1.

A value of zero indicates that macros are disabled and a value of one indicates

that macros are enabled.

*RST: 0 (disabled)

This value is unaffected by save/recall.

Macros are disabled at power-on.

4-126

Programming Guide

Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.

Chapter 4 Command Reference

Introduction

*ESE <NRf>

(Standard Event Status Enable Command)

*ESE?

(Standard Event Status Enable Query)

*ESE <NRf>

*ESE?

Sets or queries the Standard Event Status Enable Register, shown in Figure 4-4.

The parameter and query response value, when rounded to an integer value and

expressed in base 2 (binary), represents the bit values of the Standard Event

Status Enable Register. The value of unused bits is zero when queried and ignored

when set.

This register is used to enable a single or inclusive OR group of Standard Event

Status Register events to be summarized in the Status Byte Register (bit 5).

Figure 4-4. The Standard Event Status Enable Register

See the section titled “Standard Event Status Register Group,”

page 3-24, in Chapter 3 of this guide for a detailed description of the Standard

Event Status Register.

<NRf> Range

0 to 255

<NRf>

Resolution

Query Response

Comments

Numeric data transferred as ASCII bytes in <NR1> format.

At power-on, the Standard Event Status Enable Register is cleared (value is

0).

This value is unaffected by *RST and save/recall.

Programming Guide

4-127

Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.

Chapter 4 Command Reference

*ESR?

(Event Status Register Query)

*ESR?

(Event Status Register Query)

*ESR?

Queries the Standard Event Status Register, shown in Figure 4-5.

This event register captures changes in conditions, by having each event bit

correspond to a specific condition in the instrument.

An event becomes TRUE when the associated condition makes the defined

transition. The event bits, once set, are “sticky.” That is,

they cannot be cleared even if they do not reflect the current status of a related

condition, until they are read.

This register is cleared by *CLS, by *ESR?, and at power-on.

Note that the instrument’s power-on sequence initially clears the register, but then

records any subsequent events during the power-on sequence including setting the

PON (power on) bit.

Figure 4-5. Standard Event Status Register

See the section titled “Standard Event Status Register Group,”

page 3-24, in Chapter 3 of this guide for a detailed description of the Standard

Event Status Register.

Query Response

Numeric data transferred as ASCII bytes in <NR1> format.

Range is 0 to 255.

The query response is an integer formed by the binary-weighting of the bits.

The value of unused bit is zero.

4-128

Programming Guide

Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.

Chapter 4 Command Reference

Introduction

*GMC? <string>

(Get Macro Contents Query)

*GMC? <string>

Queries the current definition of a macro.

The <string> parameter must be a currently defined macro label.

Query Response

Definite length block.

The query response is a <definite length block> containing the

command/query sequence which is executed when the macro label is received.

A zero-length block response indicates that no command sequence is stored by

the specified label.

Programming Guide

4-129

Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.

Chapter 4 Command Reference

*IDN?

(Identification Query)

*IDN?

(Identification Query)

*IDN?

Queries the Counter identification.

A sequence of ASCII-encoded bytes:

Query Response

HEWLETT-PACKARD, 53131A,0,XXXX

HEWLETT-PACKARD, 53132A,0,XXXX

terminated with a new line and EOI.

XXXX represents the firmware date code.

Comments

This query should be the last query in a terminated program message; otherwise,

error -440 is generated.

4-130

Programming Guide

Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.

Chapter 4 Command Reference

Introduction

*LMC?

(Learn Macro Query)

*LMC?

Queries the currently defined macro labels.

Query Response

A sequence of one or more strings separated by commas.

If no macros are defined, the response is a null string

(two consecutive double quote marks).

Programming Guide

4-131

Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.

Chapter 4 Command Reference

*OPC

(Operation Complete Command)

*OPC

(Operation Complete Command)

*OPC

This event command enables the OPC bit (bit 0) in the Standard Event Status

idle. (Note — For HP 53131A/132A with serial number prefix 3646 and above

— If the measurement cycle is already idle, this command will immediately set the

OPC bit.) See the section titled “Standard Event Status Register Group,” page 3-

24, in Chapter 3 of this guide for a detailed description of the Standard Event

Status Register’s Operation Complete bit.

This event command is “disabled” by *CLS, *RST, Device Clear

(page 4-31), power-on, or upon the transition of the measurement cycle from

measuring to idle.

This event command has no query form.

See the section titled “Using the *OPC Command to Assert SRQ,”

page 3-48, in Chapter 3 for an example using this command.

4-132

Programming Guide

Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.

Chapter 4 Command Reference

Introduction

*OPC?

(Operation Complete Query)

*OPC?

This query produces a response upon the transition of the measurement cycle from

measuring to idle. This allows synchronization between a controller and the

instrument using the MAV bit in the Status Byte Register or a read of the Output

Queue. (Note that this query does not actually “read” a state, as most queries do.)

Since this query will not respond until the measurement cycle transitions from

measuring to idle, the only way to cancel the query “holdoff” is by Device Clear

(page 4-31) or power-on.

See the section titled “Using the *OPC? Command,” page 3- 47,

in Chapter 3 for an example using this command.

Query Response

NOTE

Single ASCII-encoded byte, 1.

The *OPC? query does not in any way affect the OPC bit in the Standard Event

Status Register.

Programming Guide

4-133

Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.

Chapter 4 Command Reference

*OPT?

(Option Identification Query)

*OPT?

(Option Identification Query)

*OPT?

Queries the instrument to identify any installed options.

The following options can be installed in the instrument:

Option 001, Medium Stability Oven Timebase

Option 010, High Stability Oven Timebase

Option 012, Ultra High Stability Oven Timebase

Option 030, 3.0 GHz RF Input Channel (Channel 3)

Option 050, 5.0 GHz RF Input Channel (Channel 3)

Query Response

A sequence of ASCII-encoded bytes, indicating <timebase option>, <3.0 GHz

RF Input option> terminated with a new line and EOI.

– The <timebase option> is 001, 010, or 0.

Note that the counter responds with 010 for either the high stability or ultra

high stability oven timebase.

– The <3.0 GHz RF Input option> is 030 or 0.

Note that the counter responds with 030 for either the 3.0 GHz or 5.0 GHz RF

Input option.

– A missing option is identified by an ASCII 0 (zero).

For example, if only the medium stability timebase option is detected, the response

would be: 001,0.

Comments

This query should be the last query in a terminated program message; otherwise,

error -440 is generated.

4-134

Programming Guide

Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.

Chapter 4 Command Reference

Introduction

*PMC

(Purge Macro Command)

*PMC

The Purge MaCros command deletes all macros previously defined using the

*DMC command.

Programming Guide

4-135

Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.

Chapter 4 Command Reference

*RCL <NRf>

(Recall Command)

*RCL <NRf>

(Recall Command)

*RCL <NRf>

This command restores the state of the instrument from a copy stored in local non-

volatile memory. Before the recall occurs, the current state of the instrument is

automatically saved to register 0.

0 to 20

<NRf> Range

<NRf>

Resolution

Comments

The following commands/states are unaffected by *RCL:

*EMC

*ESE

*OPC

*OPC?

*SRE

*WAI

:CALibration:COUNt?

:CALibration:DATA

:CALibration:SECurity:CODE

:CALibration:SECurity:STATe

:CONFigure?

:DIAGnostic:CALibration:INTerpolator:AUTO

:DISPlay:ENABle

:DISPlay:MENU[:STATe]

:DISPLay[:WINDow]:TEXT:RADix

[:SENSe]:FREQuency:EXPected[1|2|3]

[:SENSe]:FREQuency:EXPected[1|2|3]:AUTO

[:SENSe]:ROSCillator:EXTernal:CHECk

[:SENSe]:ROSCillator:SOURCe

[:SENSe]:ROSCillator:SOURCe:AUTO

:STATus:OPERation:ENABle

:STATus:OPERation:NTRansition

:STATus:OPERation:PTRansition

:STATus:QUEStionable:ENABle

:STATus:QUEStionable:NTRansition

:STATus:QUEStionable:PTRansition

:SYSTem:COMMunicate:SERial:CONTrol:DTR

:SYSTem:COMMunicate:SERial:TRANsmit:BAUD

:SYSTem:COMMunicate:SERial:TRANsmit:PACE

:SYSTem:COMMunicate:SERial:TRANsmit:PARity[:TYPE]

:SYSTem:ERRor?

:SYSTem:KEY?

:SYSTem:KEY:LOG?

HP-IB Address

(error queue)

(key queue)

4-136

Programming Guide

Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.

Chapter 4 Command Reference

Introduction

*RST

(Reset Command)

*RST

This event command performs an instrument reset .

The reset performs the following:

sets instrument settings to their *RST states,

disables macros,

places instrument in “Operation Complete Idle State” and “Operation

Complete Query Idle State,” and

clears (empties) the Key Queue

The reset does not affect:

the macros defined with *DMC,

the calibration data,

the Service Register Enable or the Standard Event Status Enable,

the Output Queue, and

the IEEE 488.1 address or the state of the IEEE 488.1 interface.

See the section titled “*RST Response,” page 2-36, in Chapter 2 of this guide for

a complete listing of the *RST state.

Each command description in this chapter (Chapter 4) includes the *RST state in

the “Comment” portion of the definition.

Programming Guide

4-137

Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.

Chapter 4 Command Reference

*SAV <NRf>

(Save Command)

*SAV <NRf>

(Save Command)

*SAV <NRf>

This command stores the current state of the instrument in local

non-volatile memory .

The current instrument state is saved in register 0 when *RCL or

front-panel recall is executed.

<NRf> Range

1 to 20

<NRf>

Resolution

The following states are not saved:

Comments

*EMC

*ESE

*OPC

*SRE

:CALibration:COUNt?

:CALibration:DATA

:CALibration:SECurity:CODE

:CALibration:SECurity:STATe

:CONFigure? response

:DIAGnostic:CALibration:INTerpolator:AUTO

:DISPlay:ENABle

:DISPlay:MENU[:STATe]

:DISPLay[:WINDow]:TEXT:RADix

:FETCh? implied function

:READ? implied function

[:SENSe]:FREQuency:EXPected[1|2|3]

[:SENSe]:FREQuency:EXPected[1|2|3]:AUTO

[:SENSe]:ROSCillator:EXTernal:CHECk

[:SENSe]:ROSCillator:SOURCe

[:SENSe]:ROSCillator:SOURCe:AUTO

:STATus:OPERation:ENABle

:STATus:OPERation:NTRansition

:STATus:OPERation:PTRansition

:STATus:QUEStionable:ENABle

:STATus:QUEStionable:NTRansition

:STATus:QUEStionable:PTRansition

:SYSTem:COMMunicate:SERial:CONTrol:DTR

:SYSTem:COMMunicate:SERial:TRANsmit:BAUD

:SYSTem:COMMunicate:SERial:TRANsmit:PACE

:SYSTem:COMMunicate:SERial:TRANsmit:PARity[:TYPE]

HP-IB Address

Error Queue

Key Queue

4-138

Programming Guide

Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.

Chapter 4 Command Reference

Introduction

*SRE <NRf>

(Service Request Enable Command)

*SRE?

(Service Request Enable Query)

*SRE <NRf>

*SRE?

Sets or queries the Service Request Enable Register, shown in

Figure 4-6.

The parameter and query response value, when rounded to an integer value and

expressed in base 2 (binary), represents the bit values of the Service Request

Enable Register.

This register is used to enable a single or inclusive OR group of Status Byte

Figure 4-6. The Service Request Enable Register

See the section titled “Status Byte Register and Service Request Enable Register,”

page 3-21, in Chapter 3 of this guide for a detailed description of the Service

Request Enable Register.

to 255

<NRf> Range

The value of bit 6 and unused bits is ignored when set.

<NRf>

Resolution

Numeric data transferred as ACSII bytes in <NR1> format.

The value of bit 6 and unused bits is zero when queried.

Query Response

Comments

At power-on, this value is cleared (set to 0).

This value is unaffected by *RST and save/recall.

Programming Guide

4-139

Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.

Chapter 4 Command Reference

*STB?

(Status Byte Query)

*STB?

(Status Byte Query)

*STB?

Queries the Status Byte Register, shown in Figure 4-7.

This register is cleared at power-on.

This query does not directly alter the Status Byte Register (including the

MSS/RQS bit) or anything related to the generation of SRQ.

Figure 4-7. The Status Byte Register

See the section titled “Status Byte Register and Service Request Enable Register,”

page 3-21, in Chapter 3 of this guide for a detailed description of the Status Byte

Query Response

Numeric data transferred as ASCII bytes in <NR1> format.

Range is 0 to 255.

The response value when rounded to an integer value and expressed in base 2

(binary), represents the bit values of the Status Byte Register.

The value of unused bits is zero when queried.

The Master Summary Status, not the RQS message, is reported on bit 6.

Master Summary Status indicates that the Counter has at least one reason for

requesting service. (The Master Summary Status is not sent in response to a

serial poll; the IEEE 488.1 RQS message is sent instead.) It is the inclusive

OR of the bitwise combination (excluding bit 6) of the Status Byte Register

and the Service Request Enable Register.

4-140

Programming Guide

Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.

Chapter 4 Command Reference

Introduction

*TRG

(Trigger Command)

*TRG

This command is the device-specific analog of the IEEE 488.1 Group Execute

Trigger (GET) interface message (page 4- 42), and has exactly the same effect.

The *TRG command will perform the action defined by the *DDT command

(page 4-124).

Programming Guide

4-141

Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.

Chapter 4 Command Reference

*TST?

(Self-Test Query)

*TST?

(Self-Test Query)

*TST?

This query causes an internal self-test and the response indicates whether any

errors were detected.

Error -330 is generated when the self-test fails.

Query Response

Comments

Numeric data transferred as ACSII bytes in <NR1> format.

A response value of zero indicates the self-test has completed without errors

detected, while a non-zero value indicates the

self-test was not completed or was completed with errors detected.

The following are tested:

CPU,

ROM,

RAM,

EEPROM,

QSPI,

FPGA,

Front End,

Measurement hardware, and

Interpolator hardware.

4-142

Programming Guide

Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.

Chapter 4 Command Reference

Introduction

*WAI

(Wait-to-Continue Command)

*WAI

This command prevents the instrument from executing any further commands or

queries until the measurement cycle transitions from measuring to idle. The only

way to cancel this “holdoff” is by device clear or power-on. (*RST and *CLS

have no affect on *WAI operation.)

See the section titled “Using the *WAI Command,” page 3-4 6, in

Chapter 3 for an example using this command.

Programming Guide

4-143

Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.

Chapter 4 Command Reference

*WAI

(Wait-to-Continue Command)

4-144

Programming Guide

Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.

Errors

Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.

Chapter 5 Errors

Introduction

This chapter explains how to read any errors from the Counter, discusses the types

of errors, and provides a table of all of the Counter ’s errors and their probable

causes.

Displaying Errors

When an HP-IB error is detected, the HP-IB XXX message will appear on the

front-panel display, where XXX indicates the error number found in Table 5-2.

The front-panel error messages are most easily seen if the Counter is in Single

(:INIT:CONT OFF) or in the menu display mode.

(When the Counter is configured to display measurement results,

the measurements will overwrite the HP-IB error messages.)

Reading an Error

Executing the :SYSTem:ERRor? command reads the oldest error from the error

queue and erases that error from the queue. The :SYST:ERR? response has the

form:

An example response is:

-113, “Undefined header”

Positive error numbers are specific to the Counter. Negative error numbers are

command language related and are discussed later in this chapter.

All errors set a corresponding bit in the Standard Event Status Register (see the

section titled “Standard Event Status Register Group” on page 3-2 4 of Chapter 3).

The following short program reads all errors (one at a time, oldest to newest) from

the error queue. After each error is read, it is automatically erased from the error

queue. When the error queue is empty (that is, all errors have been read from the

queue),

further queries return the +0, “No error” response.

5-2

Programming Guide

Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.

Chapter 5 Errors

Error Queue

10 ASSIGN @Cntr TO 703

20 !Assign path name

30 DIM Err_string$[255]

40 !Creates array for error string

50 REPEAT

60 !Repeats until error queue is empty

100

110

120

OUTPUT @Cntr;“SYST:ERR?”

!Read error number and string

ENTER @Cntr;Err_num,Err_string$

!Enter error number and string

PRINT Err_num,Err_string$

!Print error number and string

130 UNTIL Err_num = 0

140 END

Error Queue

As errors are detected, they are placed in an error queue. This queue is first in,

first out. That is, if there has been more than one error,

the first one in the queue is read out with :SYST:ERR?. Subsequent responses

continue until the queue is empty.

If the error queue overflows, the last error in the queue is replaced with error -

350, “Queue overflow”. Any time the queue overflows, the least recent errors

remain in the queue, and the most recent error is discarded. The length of the

Counter’s error queue is 30

(29 positions for the error messages, and 1 position for the “Queue overflow”

error). Reading an error from the head of the queue removes that error from the

queue, and opens a position at the tail of the queue for a new error, if one is

subsequently detected.

When all errors have been read from the queue, further error queries return +0,

“No error”.

The error queue is cleared when any of the following occur:

Upon power-on.

Upon receipt of a *CLS command.

Upon reading the last item from the queue.

Programming Guide

5-3

Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.

Chapter 5 Errors

Error Types

Error numbers are categorized by type as shown in Table 5-1.

Each and every error is listed in Table 5-2.

Table 5-1. Error Types

Error Number

Error Type

No Error

Command Errors

Execution Errors

Device-Specific Errors

Query Errors

-100 to -199

-200 to -299

-300 to -350

-400 to -499

+2000 to +2013

Counter-Specific Errors

The first error described in each class (for example, -100, -200, -300,

-400) is a “generic” error.

No Error

The :SYST:ERR? response +0, “No error” indicates that the Counter has no

errors. The error queue is empty when every error in the queue has been read

(:SYST:ERR? query) or the queue was cleared by power-on or *CLS.

Command Error

An <error number> in the range [ -100 to -199] indicates that an IEEE 488.2

syntax error has been detected by the Counter’s parser. The occurrence of any

error in this class causes the command error bit (bit 5) in the Event Status Register

to be set. One of the following events has occurred:

An IEEE 488.2 syntax error has been detected by the parser.

That is, a controller-to-Counter message was received that is in violation of

the IEEE 488.2 Standard. Possible violations include a data element that

violates the Counter listening formats or whose type is unacceptable to the

Counter.

An unrecognized header was received. Unrecognized headers include incorrect

Counter-specific headers and incorrect or unimplemented IEEE 488.2

Common Commands.

A Group Execute Trigger (GET) was entered into the input buffer inside of an

IEEE 488.2 program message.

5-4

Programming Guide

Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.

Chapter 5 Errors

Error Queue

Events that generate command errors do not generate execution errors, device-

specific errors, or query errors.

Execution Error

An <error number> in the range [ -200 to -299] indicates that an error has been

detected by the Counter’s execution control block.

The occurrence of any error in this class causes the execution error bit (bit 4) in

the Event Status Register to be set. One of the following events has occurred:

A <PROGRAM DATA> element following a header was evaluated by the

Counter as outside of its legal input range or is otherwise inconsistent with the

Counter’s capabilities.

A valid program message could not be properly executed due to some Counter

condition.

Execution errors are reported by the Counter after rounding and expression

evaluation operations have been taken place. Rounding a numeric data element,

for example, is not reported as an execution error. Events that generate execution

errors do not generate command errors, device-specific errors, or query errors.

Device- or Counter-Specific Error

An <error number> in the range [ -300 to -399] or [+1 to +32767] indicates that

the Counter has detected an error that is not a command error, a query error, or an

execution error; some Counter operations did not properly complete, possibly due

to an abnormal hardware or firmware condition. These codes are also used for

self-test response errors. The occurrence of any error in this class causes the

device-specific error bit (bit 3) in the Event Status Register to be set.

Programming Guide

5-5

Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.

Chapter 5 Errors

Error Types

Query Error

An <error number> in the range [ -400 to -499] indicates that the output queue

control of the Counter has detected a problem with the message exchange protocol.

The occurrence of any error in this class should cause the query error bit (bit 2) in

the Event Status Register to be set. One of the following is true:

An attempt is being made to read data from the output queue when no output

is either present or pending.

Data in the output queue has been lost.

5-6

Programming Guide

Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.

Chapter 5 Errors

Error Queue

Table 5-2. Errors

Cause

Number Error String

No error

The error queue is empty. Every error in the queue has been read

(:SYSTem:ERRor? query) or the queue was cleared by power-on or *CLS.

This is the generic syntax error used if the Counter cannot detect more

specific errors.

A syntactic element contains a character that is invalid for that type.

For example, a header containing an ampersand, :INP:COUP& AC.

An unrecognized command or data type was encountered.

The parser was expecting a separator and encountered an illegal

character.

-100

-101

Command error

Invalid character

-102

-103

Syntax error

Invalid separator

-104

Data type error

The parser recognized a data element different than one allowed.

For example, numeric or string data was expected, but block data was

received.

-105

-108

-109

-112

GET not allowed

Parameter not allowed

Missing parameter

A Group Execute Trigger was received within a program message.

More parameters were received than expected for the header.

Fewer parameters were received than required for the header.

The header or character data element contains more than twelve

characters.

Program mnemonic too long

-113

-120

Undefined header

Numeric data error

The header is syntactically correct, but it is undefined for the Counter.

For example, *XYZ is not defined for the Counter.

This error, as well as errors -121 through -129, are generated when

parsing a data element which appears to be numeric, including the

non-decimal numeric types. This particular error message is used when

the Counter cannot detect a more specific error.

An invalid character for the data type being parsed was encountered.

For example, a “9” in octal data.

-121

Invalid character in number

-123

-124

Exponent too large

Too many digits

Numeric overflow.

The mantissa of a decimal numeric data element contained more than

255 digits excluding leading zeros.

-128

-131

Numeric data not allowed

Invalid suffix

A legal numeric data element was received, but the Counter does not

accept one in this position for the header.

The suffix does not follow the syntax described in IEEE 488.2 or the suffix

is inappropriate for the Counter.

-134

-138

Suffix too long

Suffix not allowed

The suffix contained more than 12 characters.

A suffix was encountered after a numeric element that does not allow

suffixes.

-141

-148

Invalid character data

Character data not allowed

The character data element contains an invalid character.

A legal character data element was encountered where prohibited by the

Counter.

-150

String data error

This error can be generated when parsing a string data element.

This particular error message is used if the Counter cannot detect a more

specific error.

Programming Guide

5-7

Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.

Chapter 5 Errors

Error Types

Table 5-2. Errors (Continued)

Cause

Number Error String

-151

Invalid string data

A string data element was expected but was invalid for some reason.

For example, an END message was received before the terminal

quote character.

-158

-160

String data not allowed

Block data error

A string data element was encountered but was not allowed by the

Counter at this point in parsing.

This error can be generated when parsing a block data element.

This particular error message is used if the Counter cannot detect a

more specific error.

-161

-168

-170

-171

-178

-181

-183

-200

Invalid block data

A block data element was expected, but it was not allowed by the

Counter at this point in parsing.

A legal block data element was encountered but was not allowed by

the Counter at this point in parsing.

This error can be generated when parsing an expression data

element. It is used if the Counter cannot detect a more specific error.

The expression data element was invalid (see IEEE 488.2).

For example, unmatched parentheses or an illegal character.

Expression data was encountered but was not allowed by the Counter

at this point in parsing.

Indicates that a macro parameter placeholder ($<number>) was

encountered outside of a macro definition.

Indicates that the program message unit sequence, sent with a *DMC

command, is syntactically invalid.

This is the generic syntax error if the Counter cannot detect more

specific errors. This code indicates only that an Execution Error has

occurred.

Block data not allowed

Expression error

Invalid expression

Expression data not allowed

Invalid outside macro definition

Invalid inside macro definition

Execution error

-210

-211

-213

-220

-221

-222

Trigger error

Used if the Counter cannot detect a more specific error from the :INIT,

:TRIG, or :ABOR subsystems.

Indicates that a GET or *TRG was received and recognized by the

Counter but was ignored.

Indicates that a request for a measurement initiation was ignored as

another measurement was in progress.

Indicates that a program data element related error occurred. This

error is used when the Counter cannot detect more specific errors.

Indicates that a legal program data element was parsed but could not

be executed due to the current Counter state.

Indicates that a legal program data element was parsed but could not

be executed because the interpreted value is outside the legal range

defined by the Counter. Typically, the value is clipped to legal limit.

Indicates that a legal program data element of block, expression,

or string type was received that contained more data than the Counter

could handle due to memory or related Counter-specific requirements.

Trigger ignored

Init ignored

Parameter error

Settings conflict

Data out of range

-223

Too much data

5-8

Programming Guide

Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.

Chapter 5 Errors

Error Queue

Table 5-2. Errors (Continued)

Cause

Number Error String

-224

-230

-240

Illegal parameter value

Data corrupt or stale

Hardware error

Used where exact value, from a list of possible values, was

expected.

No valid data available. New measurement started but not

completed.

-241

Hardware missing

Indicates that a legal program command or query could not be

executed because of a hardware problem in the Counter.

Indicates that a legal program command or query could not be

executed because of missing Counter hardware. For example,

the Channel 3 option was not installed.

Indicates that a syntactically legal macro program data sequence

could not be executed due to some error in the macro definition.

Indicates that the macro label defined in the *DMC command was a

legal string syntax, but it could not be accepted by the Counter.

For example, the label was too long, the same as a common

command header, or contained invalid header syntax.

Indicates that a syntactically legal macro program data sequence

could not be executed because the Counter found the maximum

recursion level of four was exceeded.

-272

-273

Macro execution error

Illegal macro label

-276

-277

-278

Macro recursion error

Macro redefinition not allowed

Macro header not found

Indicates that a syntactically legal macro label in the *DMC

command could not be executed because the macro label was

already defined (see IEEE 488.2).

Indicates that a syntactically legal macro label in the *GMC? query

could not be executed because the header was not previously

defined.

-300

-310

-321

Device-specific error

System error

Out of memory

This is the generic device-dependent error.

Indicates that a system error occurred.

Indicates that the Counter has detected that insufficient memory is

available. For example, this error will eventually occur on a *DMC,

once the macro memory is filled with previously defined macros.

Indicates at least one failure occurred when *TST? was executed.

Power-on self test detected this hardware failure.

-330

Self-test failed

Self-test failed; CPU failure

Self-test failed; ROM failure

Self-test failed; RAM failure

Self-test failed; EEPROM failure

Self-test failed; HP-IB failure

Self-test failed; QSPI failure

Self-test failed; FPGA failure

Self-test failed; front-end failure

Self-test failed; measurement

failure

Self-test failed; interpolator

failure

-350

Power-on self test detected this hardware failure.

Queue overflow

Indicates that there is no room in the error queue and an error

occurred but was not recorded.

Programming Guide

5-9

Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.

Chapter 5 Errors

Error Types

Table 5-2. Errors (Continued)

Cause

Number Error String

-400

-410

Query error

Query INTERRUPTED

This is the generic query error.

Indicates that a condition causing an INTERRUPTED Query

error occurred. For example, a query followed by DAB or GET

before a response was completely sent.

-420

-430

-440

Query UNTERMINATED

Query DEADLOCKED

Indicates that a condition causing an UNTERMINATED Query

error occurred. For example, the Counter was addressed to talk

and an incomplete program message was received.

Indicates that a condition causing a DEADLOCKED Query error

occurred. For example, both input buffer and output buffer are

full and the Counter cannot continue.

Indicates that a query was received in the same program

message after a query requesting an indefinite response

( for example, *IDN? or *OPT?) was executed.

Query UNTERMINATED

after indefinite response

+2000

+2001

+2002

+2003

+2004

Offset calibration on channel 1 failed

Offset calibration on channel 2 failed

Gain calibration on channel 1 failed

Gain calibration on channel 2 failed

Interpolator calibration failed

:DIAGnostic:CALibration:INP:OFFS:AUTO ONCE failed.

:DIAGnostic:CALibration:INP2:OFFS:AUTO ONCE failed.

:DIAGnostic:CALibration:INP:GAIN:AUTO ONCE failed.

:DIAGnostic:CALibration:INP2:GAIN:AUTO ONCE failed.

:DIAGnostic:CALibration:INTerpolator:AUTO ONCE, *CAL?,

or :CALibration[:ALL]? failed.

+2005

+2006

+2007

Oscillator calibration failed

Time interval calibration failed

Measurement hardware calibration

failed

:DIAGnostic:CALibration:ROSCillator:AUTO ONCE failed.

:DIAGnostic:CALibration:TINTerval:QUICk failed.

A measurement calibration failed on the last measurement.

+2008

+2009

Measurement interpolator calibration

failed

No valid external timebase

Interpolator calibration failed on the last measurement;

therefore, no valid measurement was taken.

You have selected external reference and there is no external

reference applied to the rear-panel Ref In connector, or the

external signal is not an allowed frequency.

+2010

External timebase failed during

measurement

You have selected the auto reference mode and the Counter

detected that the external reference became invalid during the

measurement. Therefore, the current result is not valid, and the

Counter switches to using the internal reference.

*RCL failed.

*RCL failed because the register specified for recall is empty.

*SAV failed, or *RCL couldn ’t save to register 0.

A request to update a setting which is stored in the EEPROM

(:SYST:COMM:SER:TRAN:BAUD,

+2011

Recall setup failed; hardware failure

Recall setup failed; empty register

Save setup failed

+2012

+2013

EEPROM failed

:SYST:COMM:SER:TRAN:PAR,

:SYST:COMM:SER:TRAN:PACE,

:SYST:COMM:SER:CONT:DTR, :DISP[:WIND]:TEXT:RAD,

:CAL[:DATA], or :DIAG:CAL: ...) resulted in a hardware failure.

5-10

Programming Guide

Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.

Index

definition, 2-21

summary list, 2-22

syntax, 2-21

9.91E37, 3-17

Common Commands Summary Table, 2-22

Common Commands, IEEE 488.2,

4-122

abort, 4-4

abbreviated commands, 3-9

address, HP-IB, 3-4

Applications, 1-8

arbitrary block, 3-11

ASCII, 4-41

ASCII format, 3-59

Assumptions, 1-9

auto-trigger, 4-44, 4-45, 4-83

*CAL?, Calibration, 4-122

*CLS, Clear Status, 4-123

*DDT, Define Device Trigger

Command, 4-124

*DMC, Define Macro Command,

4-125

*EMC, Enable Macro Command,

4-126

*EMC?, Enable Macro Command, 4-126

*ESE, Standard Event Status Enable, 4-

127

Boolean, 3-11

*ESE?, Standard Event Status Enable

Query, 4-127

*GMC?, Get Macro Contents Query, 4-

129

*IDN?, Identificarion Query, 4-130

*LMC?, Learn Macro Query, 4-131

*OPC, Operation Complete, 4-132

*OPC?, Operation Complete Query, 4-

133

*OPT?, Option Identification, 4-134

*PMC, Purge Macro Command,

4-135

calibrating status bit, 3-30

calibration, 4-26

reference oscillator, 4-34

remote, 4-32

security code, 4-28

security state, 4-28

unsecure, 4-28

calibration error status bit, 3-32, 3-33

CALibration

SECurity, 4-28

clear, 4-123

*RCL, Recall, 4-136

CME, 3-24

*RST, Reset, 4-137

*SAV, Save, 4-138

comma, 3-8, 3-12, 3-16

command

*SRE, Service Request Enable,

4-139

abbreviated, 3-9

keyword, 3-7

*SRE?, Service Request Enable Query,

4-139

*STB?, Status Byte Query, 4-140

*TRG, Trigger, 4-141

*TST?, Self-Test Query, 4-142

*WAI, Wait-to-Continue, 4-143

ESR?, Event Status Register Query, 4-

128

parameter, 3-11

short form, 3-53

syntax, 3-9

terminator, 3-13

terminators, 3-8

command error

definition, 5-4

status bit, 3-26

common/separate, 4-81

computing statistics status bit, 3-30, 3-31

condition register, 3-27, 3-28

CONFigure with INITiate and FETCh?

using, 4-76

command warning status bit, 3-32,

3-34

commands to set Counter for optimal

throughput, 3-35

common command

format, 3-7

CONFigure with READ

using, 4-76

syntax, 3-8

configuring the HP-IB, 3-4

common commands

Programming Guide

Index-1

Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.

Index

conformance

fall time, 4-62, 4-89, 4-96

firmware

IEEE488.1, 3-7

IEEE488.2, 2-20, 2-21, 3-7

SCPI, 2-20, 3-7

date code, 4-130

revision, 4-130

connecting the Counter to a computer, 3-6

connector

firmware revision, 2-32, 4-81

firmware revisions, 1-3, 2-31, 2-34

format

RS-232, 4-114

ASCII, 4-41

REAL, 4-41

frequency, 4-63, 4-85, 4-89

frequency ratio, 4-65, 4-89

front panel to SCPI command maps, 2-3

function, 4-60, 4-89

data, measurement, 4-80

date code, firmware, 4-130

DCL, 4-31

DDE, 3-24

DDT, 4-124

decimal point, 3-11, 3-17

DEG, 3-12

GET, 4-42

Device Clear, 4-31

device trigger, 4-124

device-dependent error

definition, 5-5

device-specific error

status bit, 3-26

Getting Started, 1-6

group execute trigger, 4-42

Group Execute Trigger, GET, 4-42

How to Use This Guide, 1-6

HP 53131A/132A SCPI Subsystem

Commands, 2-24

HP Basic, using, 3-58

HP-IB

differences between firmware revisions, 1-3

display, 4-38

enable, 4-37

display results, 3-43

displaying errors, 5-2

double-quoted string

sending a double-quoted string, 3-58

duty cycle, 4-61, 4-89, 4-96

configuration, 3-4

operating modes, 3-4

HP-IB operating modes

Addressed (talk/listen), 3-4

Talk-only, 3-4

hysteresis, 4-81

HZ, 3-12

EOI, 3-13

error

command, 5-4

displaying, 5-2

execution, 5-5

how to query, 5-2

list, 5-7

messages, 5-7

query, 3-25, 4-116, 5-6

queue, 5-3

IEEE 488.2

summary list, 2-22

IEEE 488.2 Common Commands, 2-21

IEEE488.1

conformance, 3-7

obtaining copy of standard, 1-10

IEEE488.2

common commands, 2-21

conformance, 2-20, 2-21

obtaining copy of standard, 1-11

syntax, 3-8

type, 5-4

errors list, 5-7

ESB, 3-22, 3-23

event enable register, 3-27, 3-29

event register, 3-27, 3-29

EXE, 3-24

execution error

definition, 5-5

status bit, 3-26

implied channel, 3-10

in limit event status bit, 3-30, 3-31

initiate, 4-44

initiate measurements, 4-44

input

attenuation, 4-48

coupling, 4-48, 4-50

impedance, 4-49, 4-50

fail limit test, 4-14

Index-2

Programming Guide

Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.

Index

low-pass filter, 4-48

interpolator

automatic calibration, 4-32

calibration, 4-26, 4-33

program, 3-14

response, 3-16

MINimum, 3-12, 4-19

minimum value, 3-11

multipliers, 3-13

key queue, 4-117

keyword, 3-9

optional, 3-9

N, 4-20

negative pulse width, 4-67, 4-89

negative transition filter register, 3-27

new line, 3-11, 3-18

non-decimal numeric, 3-11

Not a Number

9.91E37, 3-17

NR1, 3-17

NR2, 3-17

NR3, 3-17

separator, 3-9

Learning to Program the Counter, 1-7

level, 4-83

limit

fail, 4-14

fail count, 4-15

graph, 4-14

lower, 4-16

pass count, 4-17

test, 4-11

NRf, 3-11

numeric value, 3-12

enable, 4-17

upper, 4-18

offset/scale, 4-7

OHM, 3-12

limit testing, 4-11

list of errors, 5-7

literal, 3-11, 3-18

local, 3-6

OPC, 3-24

operation complete, 4-132

operation complete status bit, 3-24,

3-25

operation status register group, 3-27, 3-30

optimizing throughput, 3-35

Optimizing Throughput Results for

Different Computers, 3-37

optional keyword, 3-9

options

identifying, 4-134

OSB, 3-22, 3-23

oscillator

macros, 3-52

define, 3-52, 4-125

get contents, 4-129

labels, 4-131

memory, 4-79

purge, 4-135

math, 4-7

enable, 4-10

offest, scale, 4-7

offset, 4-10

reference, 4-92

out of limit event status bit, 3-32, 3-34

scale, 4-10

math/limit operations, 3-49

MAV, 3-22

parameter separator, 3-12

parameter types, 3-11

Boolean, 3-11

MAXimum, 3-12, 4-19

maximum value, 3-11

mean, 4-19

literal, 3-11

string, 3-11

measure, 4-52

pass limit test, 4-17

PCT, 3-12

using, 4-75

measurement functions, 4-89

See function, 4-60

measurement instructions commands

definition, 4-52

measuring status bit, 3-30, 3-31

memory, 4-79

peak-to-peak voltage, 4-70, 4-89

period, 4-68, 4-89

phase, 4-70, 4-89, 4-91

PON, 3-24

positive pulse width, 4-70, 4-89

positive transition filter register, 3-27

post-processing, 4-9, 4-19

messages

Programming Guide

Index-3

Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.

Index

power on status bit, 3-24, 3-26

power-on, 3-23, 3-26, 3-30

preset, 4-110

recall, 4-136

reference oscillator

calibration, 4-34

print, 4-43

reference, oscillator, 4-92